B-16 Final Specifications

PLAN HISTORY
DATE
200G.02.07
REV.
PAGE
DESCRIPTION
DRAWN BY BASIC RESEARCH TEAM
OWN.
CHKD.
^GR.
II I A K i t f R mrn
iiviu NuiVitich
(
435
COVER
) SHEETS WITH A
HULL
NO.
TYPE
S-2005
51,O0G M l
TANKf
OIL/PRODUCT
MANA
GER
TITLE
CHECK
ED
FINAL
SPECIFICATIONS
DRA
WN
C. H. PARK
loWG. NO.
PATE
[EL. NO.
Or
>....
055) 543 - 71B4 j________

BASIC RESEARCH TEAM]'
S!XSL-C30H^00301)
STX S h i p b ui l d i n g Co.,Ltd
(3
16
REV.
NO.
C:WSTXSEC30t.XLS
r
MANAGER
X
(
HULL NO.
TYPE
) SHEETS WITH A
S 2005
51,000 DWT OIL/PRODUCT TANKER
^ ^ A/ LCHECKED TITLEFINAL
G
^ DRAWN
/H^PARf ^
TEL. NO.
055) 548 - 7164
DEP'T BASIC RESEARCH SCALE
TEAM
STXSE-
435
SPECIFICATIONS
DATE2006.02.07 DWG. NO.5B110P36CB
STX S^'n ^ f i l i l r l i n n
I tri
REV. NO.
C:WSTXSEC301.X
INDEX
Section__________Description_____________________________________________Page
0
GENERAL
00
PRINCIPAL PROVISIONS
0 -1
General
0-1
1
2
3
4
Materials and workmanship
0-3
Measurement unit and language
0-3
Buyer's supply
0-4
Identification of equipment
0-5
01
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE VESSEL
0-6
5
6
7
8
9
10
General arrangement
0-6
Dimensions
0-8
Deck height, camber and sheer
0-8
Deadweight
0-9
Capacities (100% volume)
0-9
Complement
0-9
02
POWERING AND SPEED
0 -10
11
12
13
14
Main engine
0-10
Service speed
0-10
Daily fuel oil consumption of main engine
0-10
Cruising range
0-10
03
TECHNICAL GUARANTEE
0 -11
15
16
17
Deadweight
0-11
Speed
0-11
Specific fuel oil consumption of main engine
0-11
04
CLASSIFICATIONS, RULES AND
REGULATIONS
0 -12
18
19
20
Calssification society
0-12
Rules and Regulations
0-12
Registration
0-14
05
PROPERTIES OF THE VESSEL
0 -14
21
22
23
24
25
Lightweight and deadweight
0-14
Trim and stability
0-15
Noise and vibration
0-16
Ship's model
0-17
06
DOCUMENTATION
0-18
26
27
Certificates
0-18
Drawings
0-19
07
SUPERVISION, TESTING AND TRIALS
0 - 20
28
29
30
31
General
0 - 20
Shop tests
0-20
Inclining experiment
0-21
Sea trials
0-21
08
I
DELIVERY AND GUARANTEE

HULL STRUCTURE
0 - 24
10
GENERAL HULL WORK
1 -1
32
33
34
Material and scantling
1-1
Workmanship
1-2
Construction test
1-3
II
MAIN HULL
1-4
110
General
1-4
III
Aft body construction
1-5
35
Rudder and assembly
1-5
Model ship tank test
0-17
36
37
38
Engine room construction

Fore body construction
1-8
39
DECKHOUSE AND FUNNEL
1-10
40
MISCELLANEOUS
1 -11
41
42
43
44
45
46
Foundation
1-11
Bulwark
1-11
Bilge keel
1-11
Bottom plugs
1-11
Grease nipple
1-12
Hull and house marking
1-12
MATERIAL PROTECTION
20
GENERAL
2 -1
47
48
49
General
2-1
Surface preparation
2-3
Painting work
2-5
21/22
PAINTING SCHEDULE
2-7
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
Flat bottom
2-7
Vertical outside
2-7
Topside
2-7
Exposed area and hull outfitting
2-8
Cargo area
2-10
Accommodation area
2-11
Engine room
2-12
Steering gear room
2-13
Tanks
2-13
Machinery and equipment
2-14
Miscellaneous
2-14
23
Cargo area construction
1-7
-
CATHODIC PROTECTION
1-8
2 -16
24
GALVANIZING
2-16
Page
Description
Section
SHIP EQUIPMENT AND OUTFITTING

MANOEUVRING EQUIPMENT
Steering gear system
Bow thruster
3-1
3-1
3 - 2a
ANCHORING AND MOORING EQUIPMENT

Deck machinery in general
Windlass combined with mooring winch
Mooring winch
Power unit for deck machinery
Anchor, anchor chain, etc.
Mooring fitting
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-5
3-6
3-8
DECK OUTFITTING
Small hatch and manhole
Steel door
Mast, post and rigging
Ladder and rail
Gangway for passageway, platform and miscellaneous
Cargo hose handling crane and provision crane
Davits
Deck inventory
3 - 10
3-10
3-14
3-15
3-17
3-23
3-24
3 - 26
3 - 27
LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES

General
Lifeboat and lifeboat davit
Liferaft and davit
Personal life savings, etc.
Rescue boat and davit
3 - 33
3-33
3-33
3-34
3-35
3 - 35a
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

3 - 36
General
3-36
Fire main and wash deck system
3-36
Fire hydrant
3-37
Fixed high expansion foam system in E/R
3-38
Fixed water based local application fire extinguishing system 3 - 3 8
Fire detection system
3 - 38a
Foam fire extinguishing system on deck
3-39
Emergency fire pump
3-40
Loose fire fighting equipment
3-40
ACCOMMODATION
40
GENERAL
4 -1
61
62
Complement and cabin
4-1
Layout
4-2
41
JOINER WORK
4-4
63
64
General
4-4
Joiner bulkhead and lining panel (wall panel)
4-5
65
66
Ceiling panel
4-5
Steel wall
4-6
42
DECK COVERING, INSULATION,

LADDER AND RAIL
4-7
67
68
69
70
General
4-7
Deck covering
4-7
Insulation
4-9
Ladder and rail in accommodation
4-10
43
FURNITURE AND FIXTURE
4-11
71
72
73
74
General
4-11
Furniture list
4-14
Upholstery
4-19
Sanitary fixture
4 - 20
44
CATERING, LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT

AND FURNITURE
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
General
4-22
*
4-22
Galley equipment
4-22
Pantry
4 - 23
Drinking water fountain
4-23
Laundry and drying equipment
4-24
Sundry spaces
4-25
Miscellaneous room
4-26
Section__________Description________________________________________
Page
45
WINDOW, SCUTTLE AND DOOR
4 - 27
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
General for window
4-27
Window
4-28
Side Scuttle
4 - 28
General for door
4 - 29
Door type and size
4-31
Door fitting
4-32
Key system
4-32
46
PROVISION STORE AND

REFRIGERATED PROVISION CHAMBER
4-33
89
90
91
Dry provision store
4-33
Refrigerated provision chamber
4-33
Refrigerating plant
4-35
47
VENTILATION AND AIR

CONDITIONING SYSTEM
4 - 38
92
93
94
95
96
97
General
4 - 38
Air conditioning system
4-39
Mechanical ventilation system
4-43
Duct and trunk
4 - 45
Natural ventilation system
4-46
Room heater
4-46
48
MISCELLANEOUS
4 - 47
98
99
100
Notice board and name plate
4-47
Picture and painting
4-48
4 - 48
Voice tube
HULL PIPING SYSTEM
50
SEGREGATION AND
101
102
CARGO OIL PUMPING SYSTEM
5-1
General
5-1
Cargo oil pump
5-1
Page
103
104
Prime mover for cargo oil pump
5-5
Piping system
5-9
51
CARGO OIL STRIPPING SYSTEM
5 - 12
105
106
Cargo oil stripping pump
5-12
Piping system
5-12
52
BALLAST SYSTEM
5-13
107
108
109
110
Ballast pump
5-13
Prime mover for ballast pump
5-14
Piping system
5-15
Valves for water ballast system
5-16
53
CARGO OIL TANK VENTING SYSTEM
5 - 17
111
112
Cargo oil tank vent system
5-17
Portable ventilation system
5-17
54
INERT GAS GENERATING SYSTEM
5 - 18
113
114
115
116
117
118
General
5-18
Inert gas generating plant
5-19
Piping system
5-21
Safety and control device
5-22
Cargo tank vapor recovery system
5-23
Water ballast tank inerting and gas freeing
5-24
55
CARGO OIL TANK CLEANING SYSTEM
5 - 25
119
120
121
122
General
5 - 25
Tank cleaning sea water heater
5-27
Tank cleaning pump
5-27
Tank cleaning machine
5-28
56
CARGO OIL HEATING SYSTEM
5 - 29
123
124
125
General
5 - 29
Design requirement
5-29
Piping system
5-29
57
Page
CARGO AND BALLAST

MONITORING SYSTEM
5 - 31
126
127
128
129
130
Cargo tank and ballast tank level gauge
5-31
Cargo oil and ballast control console
5-32
Valve control and power unit
5-35
Oil pollution monitor
5-36
Miscellaneous
5 - 37
58
GENERAL HULL PIPING SYSTEM
5 - 38
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
General
5-38
Water service system
5-51
Air and sounding system
5-53
Drainage system
5-55
Compressed air system
5-56
Bilge system
5 - 56
Fuel/lub. oil filling and transfer system
5-57
Bunker station
5-58
Fresh water filling system
5-58
5-58
Steam and condensate system

MAIN MACHINERY COMPONENT
60
GENERAL
6 -1
141
142
143
Inspection and test
6-2
Fuel oil
6-4
Design condition
6-5
61
PRINCIPAL PARTICULARS OF MACHINERY
6-9
144
145
146
147
148
149
Main engine
6-9
Shafting and propeller
6-9
Steam generation plant
6-10
Electric generating plant
6-11
6-12
Auxiliaries
6-13
Page
150
Miscellaneous
6-21
62
MAIN ENGINE
6 - 24
151
152
Construction
6-24
Accesories and fittings
6-25
63
SHAFTING AND PROPELLER
6 - 26
153
154
155
156
157
General
6 - 26
Shafting
6-26
Coupling
6 - 27
Intermediate shaft bearing
6-27
Stern tube, stern tube bearing and
6 - 2 8 stem
tube seal
158
Propeller and cap
64
ELECTRIC GENERATING ENGINE
6 - 30
159
160
161
162
General
6 - 30
Construction for diesel generator engine
6-30
Accessories for main generator engine
6-31
Accessories emergency generator engine

Description
STEAM GENERATING PLANT
General
Construction
Accessories
AUXILIARY MACHINERY
Pump
Heat exchanger
Air compressors and air reservoir
Purifier
Fresh water generator
Oily water separator
Engine room ventilating fan
Main engine overhauling crane
Waste oil incinerator
Miscellaneous
PIPING SYSTEM IN ENGINE ROOM
General
Steam system
Lub. oil system
6-32
Page
6-33
6-33
6-33
6-34
6-35
6-35
6-37
6-40
6-41
6-41
6-41
6-42
6-42
6-42
6-43
6-44
6-44
6-63
6-66
Section
65
650
651
652
66
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
67
670
671
672
"
6-29
673
Fuel oil system
674
Cooling water system
675
676
Ship's service system
677
Exhaust gas system
Section
Description
68
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND
OUTFITTING
681
Insulation
682
Overhauling and removal of machinery
683
Tank in engine room
684
Ventilation of machinery space
685
Silencer
686
Machinery workshop and engine room store
687
Ladder, handrail, grating, floor and emergency escape
688
Name plate
689
Painting in engine room
Page
6-71
6-78
6-84
6-86
6-89
Page
6-91
6-91
6-94
6-95
6-95
6-96
6-96
6-97
6-99
6-99
69
SPARE PARTS AND TOOL
-100
691
General
66
-100
692
Ship's inventories
-100
Page
Section__________Description
AUTOMATION SYSTEM
70
GENERAL
701
General description
7-1
71
CONTROL
7-2
163
164
165
166
Control of main engine
7-2
Control of composite and auxiliary boiler
7-6
Control of diesel generator
7-8
Control of others
7-9
72
CONTROL STATION LAY-OUT
7 -14
167
168
169
General
7-14
Engine control room
7-15
Navigation control space
7-17
73
ALARM AND SAFETY SYSTEM
7 -19
170
171
172
General
7-19
Engine room alarm and monitoring system
7-19
Distribution of alarms
7-20
APPLICATION LIST
7 - 21
Main engine/operation
7-22
Main engine/control position change over
7-25
Main engine/instruments
7-26
Main engine/emergency function
7-27
Main engine/pressure
7-28
Main engine/temperature _
7-29
Generator plant/operation
7-30
Generator plant/emergency function and instruments
7-31
Composite and auxiliary boiler/emergency function
7-32
74/75
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
and instruments
182
183
184
Steam, condenstate & feed water system
7-33
Lub. oil system
7-34
Fuel oil system
7-39
-1
Page
Description
Section
185
186
187
188
7-44
7-47
Fire, bilge, ballast system
7-50
Others
7 - 54
Description
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND

NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT
80
GENERAL
8 -1
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
Test and inspection
8-2
Voltage, frequency and distribution system
8-4
Electric cable and installation
8-5
Color of electrical equipment
8-7
Distinguishing colour
8-7
Polarity arrangement
8-8
Colour of indication lamp
8-8
Fues, terminal and name plate
8-8
81
ELECTRIC POWER SOURCE
8-10
197
198
199
200
201
202
General
8-10
Main diesel generator
8-10
Emergency generator
8-12
Service
8-13
Battery & battery charging and discharg. board
8-13
Transformer
8-15
82
SWITCHBOARD AND PANEL BOARD
8 - 16
203
204
205
206
207
Main switchboard
8-16
Emergency switchboard
8-21
Shore connection box
8-22
Distribution board
8-23
Test panel
8 - 24
83
DISTRIBUTION
8 - 25
208
209
210
211
Electric distribution system
8-25
Main distribution
8 - 25
Secondary distribution
8-26
Emergency distribution
8-26
84
POWER EQUIPMENT
8 - 27
212
213
214
General
8 - 27
Motor
8 - 27
Starter and control equipment
8-29
85
ELECTRIC LIGHTING
8 - 33
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
General
8 - 33
Lamp bulb and lamp holder
8-34
Ceiling light
8 - 34
Special light
8-35
Navigation light and signal light
8-38
Emergency light
8-40
Switch and receptacle
8-41
86
INTERIOR COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
8 - 43
222
Telephone equipment
8-43
Description
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
87
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
Public addresser and general emergency alarm
8-46
Calling signal system
8-47
Engine order telegraph
8-48
Fire alarm, and C02 alarm
8-49
Quartz crystal clock
8-50
Bridge console
8-51
Wheelhouse gauge board
8-51
Main engine revolution indicator and

-
8 - 5 1 rudder angle indicator
NAUTICAL INSTRUMENT
8-53
Radar
8 - 53
Magnetic compass
8-54
Gyro compass & auto pilot
8-54
Speed log, echo sounder and navigator
8-55
Weather chart facsimile
8-56
Anemometer, anemoscope and whistle
8-56
Voyage data recorder and automatic identification system
8-57
Section__________Description_____________________________________________Page
88
RADIO EQUIPMENT
8 - 58
238
239
240
241
General
8 - 58
Radio equipment
8-58
Broadcast/TV antennas
8 - 60
Load master computer
8-60
89
SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS
8 - 61
ABBREVIATION
The following abbreviations shall be used in the Specifications.
Abbreviation
Contents
Abbreviation
A.CVh
Air Changes per hour
L.C.V
Appx.
Approximately
L.O.
Arr.'
Arrival
Lub.
Auto.
Automatic
M.A.
Aux.
Auxiliary
MCR
B.C.R.
Ballast Control Room
(M.)D.O.
Circ.
Circulating
M.E.
Class
Classification Society
mic.
C.H.
Cargo Hold
MID, mid
Dep.
Departure
mlc
Dia.
Diameter
MT
DMCR
Derated Maximum
mwc
Continuous Rating
NBR
E.C.R
Engine Control Room
NCR
Ele.
Electric
ND
Em'cy
Emergency
NM
E.R.
Engine Room
NMCR
Exh.
Exhaust
F'cle
Forecastle
No.
FRP
Reinforced Fiberglass Plastic
P&S
F.O.
Fuel Oil
Q'ty
F.W.
Fresh Water
R.H.
FWD, fwd
Forward
RPM
GA.
General Arrangement
Sch.
Galv.
Galvanized
Sec.
G.E.
Generator Engine
(S.)F.O.C.
G/S
General Service
H.F.O.
Heavy Fuel Oil
S.G.
hori
horizontal
STD
hyd.
hydraulic
S.W.
JIS
Japanese Industrial Standard
SWL
I.O.P.P
International Oil Pollution
U.S.(A)
Prevention
U.S.C.G
ISC
Integrated Ship's Control
vert.
KS
Korea Industrial Standard
W.B.(T.)
LBP
Length Between Perpendicular
LOA
Length Overall
Contents
Lower Calorific Value
Lubricating Oil
Lubricating
Machinery Arrangement
Maximum Continuous rating
(Marine) Diesel Oil
Main Engine
micron
Middle
Mater Liquid Column
Metric Ton
Mater Water Column
Natural Butadiene Rubber
Normal Continuous Rating
Nominal Diameter
Nautical Mild
Nominal Maximum
Continuous Rating
Number
Port & Starboard
Quantity
Relative Humidity
Revolutions Per Minute
Schedule
Section
(Specific) Fuel Oil
Consumption
Specific Gravity
Standard
Sea Water
Safety Working Load
United States (of America)
United States Coast Guard
vertical
Water Ballast (Tank)
Chapter 0
GENERAL
00
PRINCIPAL PROVISIONS 000
General
The Specifications and accompanying plans are intended to describe the details of
technical matters in the Contract, i.e. performance, capacities, structure, materials,
equipment and control required for the construction of Oil/Product Tanker (hereinafter
called as the "Vessel").
The accompanying plans listed below shall form an integral part of the Specifications;
- General arrangement (DWG.No.: 51PCGA02-030330)

- Accommodation arrangement (Ref. NO. : 51PCAA02-030330)
- Manufacturer's list (Ref. No. : 51PCML02-030330)
If any discrepancy is found between the Contract and the Specifications, the Contract
shall prevail and if any discrepancy is found between the Specifications and the
accompanying plans, the Specifications shall prevail.
In the event of conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the parts of the
Specifications, the hull part shall prevail in respect of hull items, and the machinery part
in machinery items, and electric part in electric items respectively.
The Specifications and the accompanying plans may be modified under meeting
memorandum countersigned by both parties, and the latest meeting memorandum shall
prevail.
When words such as " or", "and/or", "similar", "necessary", "if any", "may", etc, are used,
the Builder's option shall be respected.
If any item(s) is repeated twice or more in the Specifications, it is understood that these
item(s) shall be supplied and/or applied only once.
Details in design, construction, installation, inspection, test and workmanship not covered by the
Specifications shall be performed under the working plans.
0-27
Any items which are not described in the Specifications shall neither be furnished nor applied by
the Builder.
The requirements of the Buyer, which is in excess of the requirement of the Rules and
Regulations as specified in "04 CLASSIFICATION, RULES AND REGULATIONS" or the
contents of the Specifications shall be applied subject to the adjustment of the contract price,
deadweight, scheduled delivery date and any other applicable item which may be affected.
The changes to the Rules and Regulations as specified in the Specifications coming into effect
after signing the Contract shall not be applied, unless the mutual agreement in writings together
with change in price, delivery, guarantee figures and other terms in the Contract is made.
Spare parts shall be supplied by the Builder according to the Specification which
meet the requirements of the specified Classification Society, Regulatory Bodies
and/or the normal standards of the Builder and manufacturers.
Additional spare parts required by the Buyer may be supplied by the Builder on
the Buyer's account. Heavy spare parts and tools shall be mounted on suitable
brackets and fastended near the auxiliaries for which they are intended.
All spare parts except ones which are mounted on the arranged position shall be
stowed at suitable position in consultation with the Buyer.
The Builder may make changes to the design and the arrangement for introduction of the
improved production methods or design techniques or others during the building period with the
Buyer's approval. This change shall be in accordance with the applicable contractual terms and
conditions.
Materials supplied and used for the construction of the Vessel shall be of such quality as
approved by the Classification Society where required.
Materials, machinery and equipment shall be in accordance with Korean Industrial
Standards (KS) or Japanese Industrial Standards(JIS) or Builder's standards or
manufacturer's standards unless otherwise described in the Specifications.
If any material, machinery and equipment described in the Specifications can not be
obtained under certain circumstances, the Builder shall substitute for the suitable
equivalents with the Buyer's acceptance.
The works shall be executed in accordance with the Builder's current building practices
accepted by the Classification Society.
0-28
The Builder may employ sub-contractors for execution of part of the building work under
the responsibility of the Builder.
002
Measurement unit and language

Metric system and temperature in Celsius shall be adopted for design and construction of
hull, machinery and equipment unless otherwise specified in the Specifications.
All documents and drawings for design and construction which are submitted to the
Buyer shall be prepared in English.
All name plates and notices including those for main engine, auxiliaries, electrical
equipment, necessary valves and etc. shall be written in English and in metric system.
0-29
Buyer's supply
The Buyer's supply items shall be delivered to the Builder's yard on the Buyer's account at the
time designated by the Buider to meet the Builder's construction schedule. For this purpose the
Builder shall give the Buyer sufficient advance notice for the items required to be arrived at the
Builder's yard.
The Builder shall be responsible for storing and handling of Buyer's supply items after arrivalto
the Builder's yard and shall install and/or store those items to the Vessel.
The Buyer shall furnish the plans, instruction books, test reports and test certificates, etc., if any,
required by the Buyer's supply items to the Builder in time for installation work.
The supervision fees related to final adjustment, inspection and certifications of the Buyer's
supply items shall be paid by the Buyer.
The Buyer's supply will be such items as belows.
- Nautical instruments in excess of the Specifications

- All bedding and linen(blankets, sheets, cover, etc) except mattresses
- Napery
- Cook's and steward's utensiles
- Chandlery
- Charts, sailing books and flags
- Medicines, medical and surgical instruments
- Portable hoses and cleanning devices
- Operating and lubricating oil for all machinery and water, except consumed quantities before
delivery (The supplier of L. O. must be decided before keel laying of the Vessel by the Buyer)
- Consumable stores
- Steel wires and mooring lines in excess of the Specifications
- Test kits for boiler water, fuel oil and lubricating oil
- Bosun's and carpenter's inventory in excess of the Specifications
- Decorative pictures and paintings
- Gymnasium equipment in excess of the Specifications
- All entertainment equipment in excess of the Specifications
- Such items as described "Buyer's supply" in the Specifications
- All other spares, stores and equipment over and above the Rule requirements and the
Specifications.
0-30
- Garbage management plan according to MARPOL 73/78

- Ship board marine pollution emergency plan (SMPEP)
The Builder shall supply necessary plans and information to the Buyer for the
prepartion of Garbage management and SMPEP.
004
Identification of equipment
All units of equipment shall be identified by name and, in case of multiple units, by name
and numeral.
Allocation of numerals shall be as follows.
0-31
Starboard side
Forward
Upper
No. 1
No. 1
No. 1
Port side
Aft
Lower
0-32
No. 2
No. 2
No. 2
01
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE VESSEL
0-33
010
General arrangement
The Vessel shall be designed as an ocean going, single screw diesel engine driven
Oil/Product Tanker.
Accommodations including navigation bridge and engine room shall be located aft as
shown on the General Arrangement (hereinafter called as the "G.A")
The Vessel shall be divided by bulkheads, decks and platforms into the following spaces
and compartments:
-
Aft body
The aft body with transom stern shall be used for the steering gear compartment, fresh
water tanks and aft peak tank .
Engine room area

The engine room shall be arranged to accommodate the main propulsion machinery,
platform decks for the auxiliary machineries, engine control room, workshop, and
store, etc.
Service, settling and storage tanks for fuel, and lubricating oil and other small
necessary tanks shall be provided at suitable places.
The double bottom shall contain main engine lubricating oil sump tank, diesel oil tank,
bilge oil tank and other necessary tanks.
Cargo area
The cargo area shall have three(3) longitudinal bulkheads with double bottom and
double hull, and consist of six(6) pairs of cargo oil tanks, one(l) pair of slop tanks and
four (4) pairs of water ballast tanks.
The fore body with f cle deck and bulbous bow shall be used for the fore peak tank, chain
lockers, paint & lamp store and bosun store.
Bow thruster shall befitted in way offore peak tank as shown on the G.A.
Intended cargoes
The Vessel shall carry the following cargoes which are compatible to the coating system in cargo
oil tanks, all systems in connection with cargo oil handling and other provisions specified in the
Specifications set forth hereinafter.
Oil products, Crude oil
-
MTBE, Palm oil, Vegetable oil, IMO type III Chemicals, Caustic soda
0-34
011 Dimensions
Length overall
Length between perpendiculars
Breadth, moulded
Depth, moulded
Designed draught, moulded
Scantling draught, moulded
012
: Appx. 183.00 m
:
173.90 m
:
32.20 m
:
19.10 m
:
11.00 m
:
/5.27 m
Deck height, camber and sheer

1) Deck height moulded at center line
Upper deck to 'A' deck
'A' deck to lB' deck
'B' deck to 'C deck
'C deck to Nav. bridge deck
Nav. bridge deck to compass deck
Upper deck to fcle deck
:
:
:
:
:
:
3.00 m
3.00 m
2.90 m
2.90 m
2.85 m
2.85 m
2) Camber & sheer of decks

Camber (trapezoid type)
Upper deck
Accommodation deck
Navigation bridge wing/compass deck
Platform decks in engine room
and other decks
:
:
:
:
0.7 m
Nil
0.1m
Nil
Sheer
Fore end of upper deck at center line
Other decks
3) Rise of floor
: Nil
: Nil
: Nil
0-35
013Deadweight
39,209.9 metric tonnes
50,921.9 metric tonnes
At designed draft, moulded At

scantling draft, moulded
014
Capacities (100% volume)

Cargo oil tank including slop tank & residue tank Slop
tank Residue tank
Heavy fuel oil tank including settling and service tank
Diesel oil tank including settling and service
tank Fresh water tank
Water ballast tank including peak tanks
54,146.7 nf
1,457.1 nf 84.4
nf
1,289.6 nrf
186.1 nf
420 nf 23,461.3 rrf
0
0-36
02
0-37
POWERING AND SPEED
020
0-38
Main engine
One(l)
STX MAN B& W 6S60MC-C
(MK VII)
18,420311? x 105KPM
Number of set
Type
Maximum continuous rating(MCR)

Normal continuous rating(NCR, 75% MCR) : 13,815B\ I P
021
Service speed
Service speed at the moulded design draft of 11.00m shall be appx. 15.9
knots at NCR power of main engine with 15% sea margin.
022
Daily fuel oil consumption of main engine

Appx. 40.72 MT/day at 75% MCR of the main engine based on shop test
results with the fuel oil of lower calorific value(LCV) of 10,200kcal/kg.
023
Cruising range
Appx. 9,000NM nautical miles on the basis of service speed of 15.9 knots,
total fuel oil tank capacity of 98% full and daily fuel oil consumption at
75% MCR of main engine only with the fuel oil of LCV of 9,800kcal/kg
and 3 days reserve.
0-39
03
030
TECHNICAL GUARANTEE
Deadweight
Deadweight shall be 50,921.9 metric tonnes on the moulded scantling draft of 13.27m on
even keel in sea water of specific gravity of 1.025.
031
Speed
The ship speed shall be 15.9 knots at the moulded design draft of 11.00m and at main
engine output of 12,010BH? (NCR/1.15).
The speed shall be guaranteed at above engine output with clean bottom, calm(no wind,
no wave, no current) and deep sea conditions.
For the deviations from the above conditions during speed tests, the test results shall be
corrected accordingly in accordance with NSMB trial allowance chart (NSMB
publication No. 524a), if the sea state during speed measurement exceeds Beaufort scale
No. 2.
032
Specific fuel oil consumption of main engine

125.0 Gr/BHP.HR at a test result measured at manufacturer's shop trial, with burning of
the marine diesel oil having the lower calorific value of 10,200 kcal/kg at MCR of the
main engine under the ISO 3046/1-1995 reference condition mentioned below.
Total barometric pressure
:
750mmHg
Suction air temperature
:
25 C
Charge air cooling water temperature : 25 C
Relative humidity
:
30%
In case the shop trial conditions differ from the above, the results shall be corrected in
accordance with the manufactruer's standard.
Actual fuel oil consumption at manufacturer's shop test shall be allowed to have the
tolerance margin of 5% on above figure.
0-40
04
040
CLASSIFICATION, RULES AND REGULATIONS

Classification Society
The Vessel, including hull, machinery, equipment shall be constructed in accordance with
the Rules and Regulations (edition and amendments thereto being in effect as of the signing
date of the Contract) of the Classification Society and under survey of the Classification
Society (hereinafter called as the "Class") and shall be distinguished in register by symbol
of;
Registro Italiano Navale (R1NA)
+C, Unrestricted navigation, Oil tanker - Chemical tanker ESP, AUT-UMS, MON-SHAFT,
ICE Class IA, INWATERSURVEY, SPM, VCS
041
Rules and Regulations

Following Rules and Regulations (edition and amendments thereto being in effect as of the
signing date of the Contract) shall be complied with :
-
International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974 with
Protocol of 1978 and related amendments.
International Convention on Load Lines, 1966. and related amendments.
Convention on the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 and
related amendments.
International Tele-Communications Union(ITU) Radio Regulations 1982.
International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) 1973
and Protocol 1978 (Annex I, II, IV, V and VI) and related amendmets.
IMO resolution A468 (XII), " Code on Noise Levels on board ships, 1981"
ISO-DIS 6954 proposal - "Guidelines for overall evaluation of vibration in merchant

ships, 1984".
International Convention on Tonnage Measurement of Ships, 1969.
IMO Resolution for navigation equipment - A224(VII), A422(VII), A424(XI),

A477(XII), A478(XII)
MARPOL Annex VI/13 (air pollution NOX) Diesel engine to be supplied with
"Statement of compliance with NOX technical code" (MEPC/CIRC 344) and
engines to be subject to initial surveys after installation on board to confirm
continuing compliance with MARPOL VI/13 but, provisional certificate for the
compliance of NOX requirement shall be issued by the authorized body (Class)
based on the NOX test result from engine manufacturer's shop test instead of
surveys after installation on board, if required by the Class.
MARPOL Annex VI/15 /air pollution/VECs) Builder to issue a Statement of Fact

for compliance with MSC/CIRC.585 and 46 CFR39
IMO Resolution for navigation equipment - A224(VII), A422(VII), A424(XI), A477(XII),
A478(XII)
IMO Resolution A586/XIV) revised guidelines and specification for oil discharge,
monitoring and control system for tanker
IMO Resolution MSC35 Guidelines for emergency towing arrangements on tankers
IMO Resolution A708(17) navigation bridge visibility and function
Suez Canal Navigation Regulations and Tonnage Measurement of Ships.
Panama Canal Navigation and Tonnage Measurement of Ships.
U.S Coast Guard's Regulations for Foreign Flag Vessels operating in navigable waters of U.S.A
(CFR Title 33 - Part 155, 156, 157, 159 and 164, CFR Title 46-Part 32.53, 34.05, 35.01 -1,
35.30 and 35.35) (Except Nox Control system)
I.E.C. recommendation regarding electric equipment
International Labour Conference concerning Crew Accommodation on Board Ship

(Convention No.92 and 133).
OCIMF recommendations for standardization of tanker manifold and associate equipment,

1991.
OCIMF recommendation for cargo equipment employed in the mooring of ships at Single
Point Mooring, 1993 (for fixed fitting only)
OCIMF recommendation for mooring equipment guideline 1997 Ed. (fixed fitting only)
ICS guide to helicopter/ship operation, 1989 (winching mark only)

OCIMF international Safety Guide for Oil Tankers & Terminals (ISGOTT) within the
range of the Specifications set forth hereinafter.
IBC code : International code for the construction and equipment of ships carrying dangerous
chemicals in bulk (applicable part only).
At the time of delivery of the Vessel, if the sequential ballast exchange of a Sistership is
available, the same shall be provided to the Buyer for reference only.
Marine environmental and safety criteria for industry Vessel in ExxonMobil affiliate service
(2002 Edition).
Maritime Regulations of the registered country.
Following Rules and Regulations shall not be applied to the Vessel.

If required by the Buyer after the date of Contract signing, the Buyer and the
Builder shall discuss and agree separately.
-
Special measures to enhance maritime security (SOLAS New Chapter XI-2)
Technical Provisions for means of access for inspections (IMO resolution MSC 133(76)).
042 Registration
The Vessel shall be registered under Italian flag..
05
PROPERTIES OF THE VESSEL
050
Lightweight and deadweight

The deadweight shall be the difference between the lightweight and displacement in sea
water including shell and appendages which is given by the hydrostatic , tables.
The lightweight measurement shall be carried out during inclining experiment. The
lightweight shall be ascertained according to the following procedure.
-
Read the draft at forward, midship and aft of both port & starboard sides. Measure the
specific gravity of sea water taken from midship of both port & starboard sided.
Calculate the displacement at inclining experiment condition (deadweight
measrueement for subsequent Vessels)
Finally lightweight shall be obtained by subtracting the weight of temporarily loaded
items from the above displacement and then add the weight of unloaded items at the
time of lightweight measurement to the above displacement.
The corrections for trim, heel, deflection of the ship and specific gravity of sea water at the
lightweight measurement shall be made to the calculation in accordance with the Builder's
standard.
"Lightweight" is the weight of the Vessel completed, and shall consist of the followings.
Hull weight
Weight of fittings and equipment as stated in the Specifications, but excluding such
items as described in "Buyer's supply".
Main and auxiliary machinery in dry condition.
Spare parts, tools and accessories required by the specified Rules and Regulations.
The minimum quantity of fresh water and lub. oil in main and auxiliary machineries
directly related to main engine starting in engine room.
All weight other than those included in above mentioned lightweight shall belong to the
deadweight.
The Vessel shall satisfy the IMO stability requirement in normal seagoing conditions specified
below and damage stability requirement of MARPOL 1973/1978.
Light ship condition

Docking condition
MARPOL ballast condition
Ballast condition (Dep./Arr.) excluding F.P.TK & A.P.TK
Emergency ballast condition (Dep./Arr.)
Homogeneous design draft loaded condition (Dep./Arr.) Homogeneous
scantling draft loaded condition (Dep./Arr.) Caustic soda partial loaded
condition (Dep./Arr.)
The partial loading conditions and typical group loading conditions(up to twenty(20)
conditions) by cargo segregation (Dep./Arr.) with the same specific gravity obtained from
homogeneous scantling draft shall be determined after discussion between Buyer and
Builder, but the loading conditions shall be prepared subject to the condition that the
maximum bending moment and shear force shall not be beyond the allowable bending
moment and shear force which are applied to the above mentioned loading conditions.
"Departure Condition" shall be based on full consumable supplies and "Arrival Condition" on
approximately 10% consumable supplies of departure condition.
Water ballast may be used fully and/or partially to obtain suitable trim and stability within the
permissible sheer force and bending moments assigned by the Class (except for above
mentioned homogeneously loaded condition/departure only).
Trim by stem may take place at homogeneous loaded condition.
Final trim and stability calculations shall be calculated on the basis of lightweight and the
position of center of gravity of the Vessel obtained from inclining experiment.
Final trim and stability calculations for various service conditions, mutually agreed and defined in
early design stage between the Buyer and the Builder, shall be furnished.
If the final trim and stability booklet is under the approval stage by the Class or Authority at the
delivery time of the Vessel, the preliminary one shall be onboard for provisional use.
The Builder shall deliver the final trim and stability booklet to the Buyer before expiry of
preliminary one.
Flow-through method of Ballast exchange at normal ballast condition with half bunker shall
be provided for the Buyer f s reference only.
The longitudinal strength shall be within the allowable strength assigned from the Class and
the Ballast exchange shall comply with stability criteria. The Ballast exchange may not comply
with visibility requirement, minimum bow draft and propeller immersion in some steps.
Following values shall be used as specific gravity for trim and stability calculation.
Filling ratio
- Sea water
:
1.025
100
- Fresh water
:
1.00
100
0-44
Trim and stability

- Heavy fuel oil
- Diesel oil
- Lub.oil
- Cargo oil
052
:
:
:
:
1.01
0.92
0.90
-
98
98
98
98
Noise and Vibration

1) Noise
Noise levels in accommodation and working spaces shall be in accordance with the
IMO Resolution A468(XII) - "Code on Noise Levels on board Ships, 1981".
Noise level shall be measured by the Builder when the Vessel is going ahead steadily
at normal continuous rating of main engine during sea trial.
One(l) point per room shall be measured near center and 1.2m above from floor in
general.
If the measured noise levels exceed 4 dB (A) over the recommended value, the
Builder shall make necessary improvement agreed between the Buyer and the Builder.
2) Vibration
Vibration levels in the accommodation and in spaces normally worked in or occupied
shall be targeted to be within the range of "hatched zone" given by the guideline in the
ISO-DIS 6954 proposal- "Guidelines for overall evaluation of vibration in merchant
ships".
The Builder shall prepare a schedule for recording the level of vibration and
measurement shall be done in accordance with the builder's practice when the Vessel
is going ahead steadily at normal continuous rating of the main engine during sea
trial.
If some of the measured vibration values exceed the boundary of " hatched zone" of
the ISO-DIS 6954 proposal, practical and effective countermeasures, at Builder's
time and expenses, which will be proposed by the Builder, shall be taken.
0-45
053
Model ship tank test

The Builder shall submit the reports of the following model tests to the Buyer for
reference.
Resistance tests at a ballast draft and the designed draft.

Self-propulsion tests with stock propeller at a ballast draft and the designed draft.
Axial wake measurements at the designed draft on service speed.
Propeller open water test with designed propeller.
Propeller cavitation test with designed propeller at the designed draft at service speed.
Final self propulsion test with designed propeller at a ballast draft and the
designed draft.
- Flow line paint test for bilge keel at the designed draft on service speed. 054
Ship's model
One (1) model ship/two (2) Vessels of scale 1:150 shall be delivered onboard upon the
delivery of the first Vessel
0-46
06
060
DOCUMENTATION
Certificates
The Builder shall obtain following certificates and deliver to the Buyer in triplicate (one(l)
original and two(2) copies). If formal certiflcate(s) can not be obtained upon the Vessel's
delivery, the Builder may furnish provisional one(s) which substitutes the formal
certificates(s).
In such case, the Builder shall deliver formal certiflcate(s) to the Buyer as soon as
practicable after the Vessel's delivery.
Classification certificate (hull & machinery) (Class)

Builder's certificate (Builder)
Cargo ship safety certificates (construction, radio telegraphy and equipment) (Class)
International loadline certificate (Class)
De-ratization exemption certificate (KG)
Test certificates of anchors, chains and hawsers (Issued by maker under authority of
Class)
Suez and Panama canal tonnage certificate (Class)
Deadweight certificate (Builder) with statement by Class
Certificate of compass adjustment (Maker)
International tonnage certificate (Class)
I.O.P.P. certificate (Class)
U.S.C.G. letter of compliance for foreign flag vessel (Class)
Lifting gear certificate for hose handling crane, provision crane and E/R overhead
crane (Class)
Crew accommodation certificate (Class) Certificate of
marine vapour control system (Class)
Certificate of fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemicals in bulk (Class)
Certificate for lifeboat and life saving equipment (Authority or Class )
Certificate for navigation light (Authority)
USCG type approval for sanitation device (without certificate, type approval
only by Class)
ODME type approval certificate
Oily water separator/oil content meter type approval certificate
Statement of compliance for I.S.P.P. (Class)
Statement of compliance for I.A.P.P. (Nox statements for propulsion and auxiliary
engines) (Class) E.I^A.P.P. certificate for Nox (Class)
Note
Class : Classification Society KG
: Korean Government
1) Approval
0-47
06
DOCUMENTATION
Prior to starting work, the Builder shall submit major plans to the Buyer and/or the
Class for approval in due time of design and construction schedules.
The list of plans to be approved by the Buyer shall be submitted to the Buyer in early
stage of design (including all required manual : COW manual, IGS manual,
ODME manual, VECS manual, Trim & stability booklet)
Three (3) copies of plan for approval shall be submitted to the Buyer.
The Buyer shall return one (1) copy of each plan to the Builder by courier, together
with the Buyer's approved signature and comments, if any, contained in a letter which
shall be faxed in advance to the Builder within twenty (20) calendar days counted
from the date of arrival at the Buyer's office.
If the Buyer fails to return the drawing and/or to send any comments to the
Builder within the said period, the Builder shall contact the Buyer by telex or
telefax for advice of urgent comment giving three (3) working day extension, if
no reply from the Buyer is received, then the drawing shall be considered as
approved.
The Buyer shall receive the correspondence between the Builder and the Class,
which is directly related with hull key plans only.
2) Finished plans, etc.
The Builder shall furnish total three (3) sets of drawings including fire safety
operation booklet and total three (3) sets of manual of machinery and equipment to
the Buyer in accordance with "List of Finished plans" before delivery of the Vessel.
The following plans on metal photo with aluminum frames shall be installed onboard
at such locations as designated by the Buyer's supervisor.
General arrangement
Capacity plan with deadweight scale
Fire control and safety plan (3 locations)
Manoeuvring chart as required by U.S.C.G.
Bunkering plan
Pumping plan and cargo and ballast system
Steering gear and actuating system block diagram in wheelhouse and steering
gear room
Docking plan
Muster list
Any other required by Rules and regulations
One (1) transparent copy of an agreed list of basic plans shall be submitted to
the Buyer.
0 - 19
0-48
07
SUPERVISION, TESTING AND TRIALS
070
General
The Vessel shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of the Class and other
regulatory bodies under the Builder's practice.
Correction works of the non-conformity to the Specifications shall be carried out by the
Builder as soon as possible before delivery.
During the period of the building the Buyer shall have the right to have authorized
representatives at the Shipyard in order to inspect the execution of the work.
The Buyer's supervisor shall attend the inspections and tests with his expense according to
the-Builder's application schedule which shall be informed when and where tests shall be
carried out.
The Builder shall inform the Buyer of the scheduled major shop test at least ten (10)
days before they are actually carried out. The Buyer shall confirm his
representatives' attendance at least two (2) days before the due date. In any
case, the Contract shall prevail.
The Buyer's supervisors shall make the best efforts not to delay the Builder's construction
schedule and failure of the Buyer's supervisor to be present, without proper cause after due
notice as above, shall be deemed to be waiver of the right to be present, and in such case
the Buyer's supervisor shall be obliged to accept the results of such test on the basis of the
Builder's, the Class' and the maker's reports on the said results.
In any difference of opinion on inspections or tests, the Buyer's supervisor and the
Builder's inspector shall be referred to the opinion of the Class' surveyor for the settlement.
071
Shop tests
Main engine, auxiliary and equipment shall be tested or inspected according to the Class
rule, Regulatory body and manufacturer's practices by using available facilities in the
manufacturer's shop.
The Buyer and the Builder shall, on the basis of the detailed schedule, determine the scope
of tests or inspections to be attended by the Buyer's supervisor.
The tests except for those which are agreed between the Buyer and the Builder to be
attended by the Buyer's supervisor shall be carried out by the manufacturer's on their
responsibility without attendance of the Buyer's supervisor and/or the Builder's inspector.
072
Inclining experiment
When the Vessel is nearly completed, an inclining experiment shall be carried out to
ascertain the position of center of gravity and weight of the Vessel in light ship condition at
the Builder's quay in the presence of the Buyer's supervisor and the Class' and/or
Authority's surveyor.
The inclining experiment shall be conducted by shifting water ballast and by measuring the
Vessel's heel using two pendulums and a light weight measurement shall be carried out.
For subsequent Vessel(s) the inclining experiment shall not be carried out and the results of
the first Vessel shall be referred to. But deadweight measurement shall be carried out for
every Vessel.
073
Sea trials
When the Vessel is nearly completed, leaving minor items of unfinished work to be
completed after the offcial sea trial but before the delivery, the following trials and tests
shall be carried out nearby sea of the Shipyard according to the Builder's practice and
mutually agreed programme in the presence of the Buyer's representative and the Class'
0-50
surveyor.
1) Quay trial
Quay trial for the main engine shall be carried out to check the running of main engine
and associated auxiliary machineries prior to the sea trial according to the Builder's
practice while the Vessel is moored at quay.
Confirmation of starting position.
Turning gear interlock test.
Confirmation of control position.
Safety device test (automatic trip by simulation).
Minimum revolution test.
Inspection of crankcase before mooring trial.
Fire fighting equipment test.
2) Official sea trial
The official sea trial shall be conducted in accordance with the sea trial schedule and
method mutually agreed with the Buyer.
The official sea trial shall be carried out under the weather condition which is deemed
favourable enough by the judgement of the Builder.
A
11
Heavy fuel oil obtainable from domestic market or diesel oil shall be used for the main engine
during sea trial by the Builder in accordance with the test schedule and operating condition of
main engine.
Trial draft shall be at moulded design draft (11.00m) and the official sea trial shall consist of the
following tests.
a) Progressive speed test
The progressive speed test shall be carried out under the following main engine load.
Trial running on each main engine load shall consist of one (1) run in a direction on the
course and one (1) run in the opposite direction.
The Vessel's speed shall be measured by Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) and
the power of main engine shall be measured according to the main engine manufacturer's
recommendation.
50% of MCR
NCR (75% of MCR)
MCR power or Maximum attainable power
For the first Vessel only, the progressive test shall be carried out at both moulded design
draft (11.00m) and ballast draft.
b) Endurance test
The endurance test including unmanned engine room operation test shall be carried out under
the following condition.
-
Main engine load

Duration
: NCR/MCR
: Two (2) hours/Four (4) hours
Fuel consumption of main engine shall be measured for reference during the endurance test.
0-52
c) Manoeuvring test
The following tests shall be carried out to check manoeuvrability of the Vessel.
-
Crash stop astern test

Turning test
: From full ahead to full astern at NCR

: At 50% MCR and at NCR with rudder
angle of 35 , port and starboard.
Inertia test Zig-Zag

test Williamson's
test
For the first Vessel only, turning test and Williamson's test shall be carried out
at both moulded design draft (11.00m) and ballast draft.
d) Other test at sea

The following tests shall be carried out at a proper time during the official sea trial
according to the Rule requirements and the Builder's practice.
Steering gear test

Anchor windlass test
Tests and calibration or adjustment of navigation and communication
equipment and instruments such as gyro compass and magnetic compass.
- Starting test of main engine
- Lowest revolution test of main engine
- Remote control test of M/E such as M/E manoeuvre, load up and down, slow
down, shut down and stop test, etc.
- Measurement of noise level at NCR and MCR (for reference only)
- Measurement of hull local vibration (For the first Vessel only, the
measurement at both moulded design draft (11.00m) and ballast draft shall
be carried out)
- Torsional vibration measurement at about every five (5) engine revolutions
between minimum (dead slow speed) and maximum in trial according to
Maker's standard.
- Fresh water generator capacity test at NCR of main engine
- Fire alarm and general alarm test
- Black out test
Exhaust gas section of composite boiler demonstration at 50% MCR,
75% MCR and NCR
Electrical load measurements
During ballasting or deballasting :
. Cargo pump capacity test
. Ballast pump capacity teat
. Inert gas system test (capacity, 02, etc.)
. Auxiliary boiler test (capacity, etc., smoke test shall be carried only
if the Buyer supplies test equipment) . Operating test
of COW machines . Operating test of cargo tanks
stripping Any other test that may be required by the
Class
Cargo tank shall be fresh water washed after sea trial and inspected for paint
breakdown.
0-53
e) Overhaul inspection after sea trial
One (1) piston overhaul inspection for main engine including main bearing and
crank pin bearing.
Retightening of main engine tie bolt and foundation bolt.
f) Official sea trial for the subsequent Vessel(s)

For the subsequent Vessel(s) of the series, only following official sea trials shall be
carried out at moulded design draft (11.00m) and manoeuvring test shall not be
carried out.
Speed trial only at NCR of main engine power

Endurance test
Steering gear test
Anchoring test
Test and calibration or adjustment of navigation equipment and instruments
such as gyro compass and magnetic compass.
Starting test of main engine
Remote control test of M/E such as M/E manoeuvre, load up and down, slow
down, shut down and stop test, etc.
Fire alarm and general alarm test
Black out test
One (1) piston overhaul inspection of main engine including main bearing and
crank pin bearing, and retightening of main engine tie bolt & foundation bolts
after sea trial. Any other test that may be required by the Class.
08
DELIVERY AND GUARANTEE

When the Vessel has been completed ready for service, the Vessel shall be delivered to the
Buyer at the Builder's wharf or premises.
The Builder shall guarantee the Vessel other than those supplied by the Buyer for a period
of twelve (12) calendar months from delivery.
0-54
CHAPTER 1 HULL
STRUCTURE
10
GENERAL HULL WORK
100
Material and scantling

Hull construction except otherwise specified shall be of mild steel and/or higher tensile
steel which have been approved by the Class, and steel material including castings and
forging shall be of quality complying with the requirements of the Class.
Higher tensile steel having 32 kg/mm and/or 36 kg/mm minimum yield stress shall be
used for the following parts, in compliance with the requirements of the Class:
- deck transversal webs and deck longitudinal,
- transversal bulkhead with upper and lower stool,
- center longitudinal bulkhead with upper and lower stool, B
forward & midship of ICE belt,
- especially thick plate due to local high stress level B
inner bottom
Total amount of higher tensile shall not be exceed 40% of total steel weight.
Steel materials not specified by the Class shall be in accordance with Korean Industrial
Standard (KS) or Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS).
Scantlings of cargo tanks' structural members shall be in compliance with the
requirements of the Class based on the S.G 1.025 cargo full loading in all cargo tanks
(P/S) and slop tanks (P/S).
The hull structure shall be so designed as to meet the scantling needed for homogeneously
partial loading of S.G. 1.53 cargo in all cargo tanks up to full deadweight.
Scantlings not specified by the Class shall be in accordance with the Builder's practice.
Any special strengthening and quality of materials exceeding those approved by the
Class, requested by the Buyer, but not specified in the Specifications, shall be applied as a
change on the Buyer's account, so long as the work may not disturb the Builder's working
schedule.
Detail design and welding standards including outfitting for highly stressed zones in
cargo tank area shall be agreed upon between the Buyer, Builder and Class. These
highly stressed areas shall be marked in the detail drawings respectively.
3-D FEM analysis of cargo tank structure, and rule scantling for Midship Section
and Transverse Bulkhead shall be submitted to Buyer for reference.
- X
Bottom forward structure shall be strengthened against slamming based on fore peak
draught in normal ballast or heavy weather ballast condition as required by the Class
Sloshing forces in tanks shall be considered with respect to support and strengthen piping
and outfitting in tanks.
Marking of steel plates with respect to alignment shall be made according to agreed
procedure.
Workmanship
Hull work shall be executed in accordance with the Builder's current practice accepted by the
Class.
Welding
Welding procedure including edge preparation shall be executed in accordance with the Builder's
current practice approved by the Class.
Automatic and semi-automatic welding shall be executed extensively as far as practicable.
Loose mill scale and excessive rust shall be removed from the steel surface where welding will be
applied.
Corrective measures for mis-cut holes, the lack of alignment of joints, excessive gaps, etc. shall
be applied according to the Builder's practice approved by the Class.
Welding joints between castings and platings shall be heated prior to and/or during welding in
accordance with the requirements of the Class.
All welding shall be continuous except dry spaces in the funnel, deckhouses and engine casing
where intermittent weld may be adopted.
Access opening and temporary piece
Access openings for workers during construction and for the future convenience shall be provided
on the structural member such as girders, floors, web frames, etc.
If necessary, provisional access for workers shall be provided during construction and closed by
welding after completion of the construction work.
Temporary pieces such as staging pieces, lifting lugs and their reinforcements located in the
fatigue sensitive area, high stressed area or passage way shall be treated without leaving
notches. However those pieces considered not inconvenient for the future service may
remain in consultation with the Buyer.
1-2
102
Construction test
The testing schedule shall be determined by the Builder in view of the building
schedule and submitted to the Buyer's supervisor.
Testing shall be executed as required by the Class for all of which to be witnessed by their
surveyors and the Buyer's representatives.
Air tight test shall be carried out using suitable detective soap water in accordance
with the requirement of the Class.
Strength test by sea water shall be carried out for cargo and ballast tanks before or during
sea trial.
In order to ascertain the soundness of welding, non-destructive test with radiographic or
ultrasonic or magnaflux shall be carried out for the examination of welding bead on
important members according to the requirement of the Class.
Weathertight and/or watertight doors, hatches, etc. shall be tested with water hose in
accordance with the requirements of the Class.
The extent and location of the NDT shall be in accordance with the requirements of
the Class and NDT plan approved by the Class shall be submitted to the Buyer for
reference.
11
MAIN HULL
110 General
Structural details in general shall be in accordance with the Builder's practice approved by
the Class.
Slots, air holes, drain holes, scallops and lightening holes shall be provided in accordance
with the Builder's practice.
Air/drain holes shall be located clear of bracket toes as far as practicable.
Frames, beams and stiffeners shall be either of flat bar, rolled section or built-up section.
Connection between upper deck plate and sheer strake shall be directly welded type in
accordance with the Builder's practice approved by the Class.
The main hull shall be longitudinally framed extensively, however, ends of hull may be
framed longitudinally and/or transversely to suit the construction of the structure.
The shell and deck plate shall be gradually tapered in thickness from midship zone to
ends.
Locations under heavy concentrated load shall be reinforced with doublers or inserted
thicker plates and/or stiffeners where necessary.
Flat plate keel shall be fitted throughout the Vessel's length and connected to stem and
stern frames.
Tug pushing areas of ship side at forward, mid and aft shall be strengthened with
stiffeners according to the Builder's practice.
Reinforcement for docking shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of
the Class.
1-59
111
Aft body construction

Stern shall be of open water type and designed to obtain proper clearance for propeller
and to support rudder.
Deep solid floors shall be arranged in aft peak tank.
Aft peak bulkhead shall be of plane type.
Eye plates on the shell for lifting rudder and propeller shall be provided. Stern frame
shall be fabricated with steel plates and weldable cast steel partly. A rudder horn shall be
of cast steel and connected to the hull structure by welding.
112
Rudder and assembly

Rudder and rudder pintle
A rudder shall be of semi-spade streamline type and fabricated with rolled steel plate and
weldable cast steel for securing pintle and rudderstock.
Rudder shall have working angle of 35 each side and stopper shall be fitted at 37 .
Propeller shall be capable of being removed without dismantling the rudder.
Bottom clearance of the rudder and propeller shall be of minimum 100mm for dry
docking.
Welded lifting stopper shall be provided on the top of the lower rudder casting for
preventing the rudder from undue lifting and accidental unshipping.
Change of shell plate thickness shall occur on the inside with proper chamfering for
smooth surface and strength of rudder and pintle shall be in accordance with the Class
requirement.
Rudder shall have one(l) pintle made of forged steel with shrunk-on stainless steel
(SUS316) sleeve.
Pintle shall be fixed to the rudder by tapered connection without key by hydraulic
mounting device.
1 -60
Pintle bearing shall have a synthetic bush of Thordon type and the freeze fitting will be used for the
installation, and no special lubricating device shall be provided.
Rudder shall be tested for leakage with air in accordance with the requirements of the Class.
Drain plugs of stainless steel (SUS 316) shall be fitted, one(l) in top and two (2) [one(l)] in
bottom.
Two (2) lifting holes shall be provided in the rudder, which are located in way of upper part and
lower casting of the rudder.
Welded removal box shall be provided in the rudder body for maintenance of the pintle
without unshipping of the rudder body.
One inspection hole with a bolted cover shall be provided in the rudder body for checking of
the pintle bush clearance.
Rudder stock
Rudder stock shall be of one (1) straight piece of forged steel with shrunk-on stainless (SUS 316)
sleeve in way of bush bearing at lower part of the stock.
The connection between lower end of rudder stock and rudder top casting, and connection
between upper end of rudder stock and steering gear tiller shall be tapered type without key by
hydraulic mounting device.
The bush bearing shall be made of synthetic polymer, Thordon type, and the freeze fitting will be
used for the installation, and no special lubricating device shall be provided.
Checking means for the movement of stock/pintle shall be provided.
1 -61
Engine room construction
Double bottom in the engine room shall be built with transverse framing system and solid
floors shall be fitted at every frame space and have the recess to accommodate the main
engine foundations.
Upper deck shall be longitudinally stiffened and side shell transversely and/or
longitudinally.
Deep beams and/or pillars shall be provided to minimize the vibration.
Lubricating oil tanks under main engine shall be surrounded by void space at sides/
bottom. Lube oil sump tank shall be provided under the entire length of main engine
bedplate.
Bilge wells shall be arranged at suitable place in the double bottom.
Platform decks shall be arranged in engine room. These decks shall extend from side to
side with opening around main engine and access ladder.
Openings in the platform decks shall be fitted with steel coamings.
One low (one side) and one high (the other side) sea water chests shall be provided at side
shell in way of engine room.
Engine room casing
Engine room casing walls shall be of flat type with vertical stiffeners or corrugated plate.
1 -7
Cargo area construction

Cargo space shall be constructed with double hull as shown on the G.A.
Peak stress load at knuckle and structual strength analysis shall be carried out.
Attention shall be considered to design and construction of longitudinal side bulkheads at
knuckle lines and hopper tank areas. The nominal stresses shall be kept low as far as
possible. The knuckle lines shall be backed by continuous girders, gusset plates or similar.
Highly stressed area and welding details shall be marked on the construction drawings.
All stiffenings in way of cargo space shall be arranged into the double bottom, wing ballast tanks
and on deck.
Cargo tank bottom to be slightly sloped to ensure draining to pump well.
Bottom shell and inner bottom shall be of longitudinal framing system with floors and girders.
ICE belt zone shall be strengthened in compliance with the requirement of the Class.
Access holes shall be arranged in floors and girders.
Side shell and upper deck in cargo tank space shall be of longitudinal framing system with web
frame.
Center line longitudinal bulkhead and transverse bulkheads between cargo tanks shall be of
corrugated type with upper and lower stool.
Side longitudinal bulkheads consisting of inner hull in cargo tank space shall be of plane type
with longitudinal stiffeners and shall have inclination at bottom.
A transverse fish plate (gutter bar) of 250mm high shall be fitted on upper deck in line with
deckhouse front wall and longitudinal fish plates shall be fitted along the side shell (P/S),
gradually rising from 150mm midship zone to 250mm high at aft part of cargo area.
The structure of forepeak tank shall be transversely and/or longitudinally framed and
supported with solid floors, stringers and/or webs.
Stem throughout shall be of fair formed welded steel plate construction with bulbous bow
under water line and raked forward with round face above water line. Stem shall be
provided with breast hooks as per the Class Rule and connected to shell and keel plating
by welding.
Forward flat bottom shall be reinforced against slamming load according to the
requirement of the Class.
Shell plating in way of anchor hawse pipes and anchor rubbing area shall be increased by
min. 2 mm thickness above the requirements of the Class.
Chain lockers, hawse pipes and chain pipes
The two(2) chain lockers shall be of square type stiffened outside and watertight
construction with no sparrings, and provided with perforated steel plate grating at the
level of appx. 800 mm above bilge of locker.
An access shall be arranged into each chain locker for inspection of locker and cables.
One(l) pair of hawse pipe with cast steel bellmouth and cast steel bolster, if required,
depending upon finalization of hull form, shall be provided at the bow and shall allow
acceptable housing of the anchor and easy lead of chain to the gypsy wheel.
12
One (1) pair of chain pipe shall be fitted around the middle of chain locker on the upper
deck.
DECKHOUSE AND FUNNEL
Deckhouse shall be of welded steel construction.
Plate thickness shall not be less than the following:
Exposed decks : 8 mm External walls : 7 mm
Other areas : 6mm
Exposed front wall of deckhouse shall be of flat plate type with vertical stiffeners and
rear, exposed side walls and inner walls shall be of plane or corrugated type according to
Builder's practice.
Decks shall be transversely and/or longitudinally stiffened.
Wet spaces or spaces that are frequently hosed down, such as service lockers, laundry
rooms, etc. shall be continuously welded to prevent rust streaks.
Knuckled wind-deflectors shall be provided on the front bulwarks of the navigation

bridge wings.
Bridge wings shall extend to full beam of the Vessel and be suitably supported with open
type construction.
Manhole and lugs shall be provided to access for maintenance underneath bridge
wing.
Drain pipe shall be arranged in way of compass deck aft.
Funnel shall be square type built with mild steel construction and fitted internally with
vertical stiffeners and horizontal webs by intermittent welding.
All openings for doors and windows shall have round corners where necessary.
13____MISCELLANEOUS
131
Foundation
Foundation of main engine shall be of welded steel construction in conjunction with bed
plate, floors and girders of double bottom structure and shall have an adequate strength
and rigidity.
Foundations of auxiliary machinery, deck machinery,.etc. shall be of welded steel
construction and shall be reinforced with girders or carlings underneath, if necessary and
shall be designed according to the Builder's practice and manufacturer's
recommendation.
Steel coaming appx. 75 mm high shall be fitted around the foundation of machineries
containing liquid.
132
Bulwark
Steel bulwarks of appx. 1.1m to 1.3m high shall be fitted at forward navigation bridge
wing and forecastle deck as shown on the G.A.
133
Bilge keel
Bilge keels shall be fitted on both sides amidship for appx. 25% LBP of the Vessel.
Bilge keels shall be non-continuously fabricated with steel plate or cut-out rolled profile
and tapered at fore and aft ends.
134
Bottom plugs
M52 for water ballast tanks and * oil tanks of bottom plug of stainless steel (SUS 316)
with steel socket shall be fitted.
Bottom plugs shall be fitted as close as possible to the lowest point of each tank and shall
be kept clear of points where keel block are laid beneath in dry dock.
Two(2) spanner wrenches for common use of each type bottom plug shall be supplied for
opening/closing of drain plugs with square head for ballast tanks and hexagonal head for
oil tanks.
Grease nipple shall be provided as per JIS B1575 A-type PT-1/8".
136
Hull and house marking
Paint line between boottop and topside shall be marked by appx. 50 mm long welding
bead, spaced appx. 3.0 m apart.
Marks shall be fitted as follows.
Item
Vessel's name
Location
Both sides of bow
Port of registry
Transom stern
Lifeboats, liferafts,
lifebuoys
Both sides at top of
wheelhouse
Both sides of bow,
midship and stern
Vessel's name board

Draught mark
Remarks
Intermittent welding bead and
painted
Painted
FRF covered plywood or
PVC plate
6.0 mm steel plate welded
and paintedArabic numerals of
100mm projected height and
200mm pitch
Freeboard mark
Both sides of midship
Notice boards and

caution plates
Name plates to identify
quarters and spaces
Vessel's call letter
Funnel mark
Suitable location
Cabins, public rooms,
stores, lockers
Suitable location
Around funnel
1) same
Bulbous bow mark
Both sides of bow shell
Hatches and manhole

No smoking mark
Tank boundary mark
Indication of bottom plug
Pilot boarding
Suitable location
Front wall of deck house
Bottom and/or side shell
Adjacent to bottom plug
Suitable location

painted
Welding bead
Welding bead and painted
Welding bead
Welding bead
Painted
Item
Ventilator mark
Tug boat pushing point
Location
Suitable location
Side shell
6.0 mm steel plate welded and

painted
Brass or plastic plate
1) same
Intermittent welding bead
and painted
Remarks
Painted
Welding bead and painted
mark
Register tonnage and
official number
Bulkheads mark
Manifold mark
Cargo tank No.
Bow thruster mark
Suitable location
Punched and painted
Side shell
Side shell
On hatch cover
Both sides of bow shell
Welding bead and

painted
painted
Remarks
1) Notice board and name plate, section 481 shall be referred to.
CHAPTER! MATERIAL
PROTECTION
20
GENERAL 200
General
All painting works including surface preparation and shop priming shall be carried out in
accordance with the Builder's practice, the paint manufacturer's recommendation and
industrial standards based on the Specifications.
Before starting the construction, the Builder shall prepare a detailed working
procedure and the Builder's practice shall be submitted to the Buyer for approval.
Paint specifications shall be submitted to the Buyer for approval.
Final colors of each area specified in the paint schedule shall be provided by the Buyer
within one(l) month after the Contract but colors for each coat other than final coat shall
be in accordance with the paint manufacturer's recommendation bearing in mind the color
of final coat.
Technical supervision and guarantee during preparation and application shall be provided
by the selected paint manufacturer.
No paint shall be applied to the following items or spaces unless otherwise specified.
- Copper, brass, bronze, aluminium, aluminium alloy * and other non-corrosive metals.
- Wooden work in stores and lockers.
- Polished fittings.
- Inner surfaces of doubling plates and steel surface enclosed tightly.
- Internal steel decks covered with deck covering.
Paintings for the following items or spaces shall be carried out according to the Builder's
standard paint manufacturer.
- Universal primer of outfitting.
- Ultra heat resistant paint
- Alkydprimer and alkyd F/C
- Anti-rust oil
- Fresh water tank.
- Inside of masts, vent duct and posts.
- Various seats.
Paintings for the equipments and machineries, shall be carried out according to each
manufacturer's standard and the damaged part after installation shall be touched up with
one(l) coat of finish paint of compatible kind in accordance with the Builder's practice if
the damaged area shall be shown steel surface, one (1) coat of universal primer and
two (2) coats of finish paint shall be applied but discoloration shall not be
considered.
2 -1
Where painting work for the part or spaces which are not specified and/or not described in detail
in the Specification, it shall be pursuant to the approved drawings.
All the openings and outfittings in internal/external of hull structures shall be executed prior to
painting as much as practicable.
All inspection of painting including surface preparation shall be carried out according to the
Builder's practice and the manufacturer's recommendation.
Small outfittings and fittings may be galvanized instead of painting according to the Builder's
practice.
Steel pipes for 100mm and below in diameter shall not be painted inside, but shall be galvanized
or pickled, if necessary.
* * *
Inner surfaces of double plates and steel surface under deck covering shall not be painted unless
otherwise specified.
Non-slip paint work shall be in accordance with the Builder's practice. Abbreviation
A/F
A/C
F/C
ISO ST2
ISO ST3
Sa 2.5
DFT
TBT
:
:
:
:
:.
:
:
:
Anti-fouling paint
Anti-corrosive paint
Finish coat
ISO 8501-1 : 1988 ST2 grade
ISO8501-1 : 1988 ST3 grade
Abrasive blasting to Sa 2.5 grade (ISO 8501-1 : 1988)
Dry Film Thickness
Tri Butyl Tin
According to amendment to Chapter II-l SOLAS (Regulation 3-2 Part A-l), the scheme for
the selection, application and maintenance of Ballast Tank corrosion prevention system
shall meet the requirements of IMO Resolution A.798(19) as far as painting concerned.
201 Surface preparation Shop
priming
All steel plates and sections shall be shot blasted to ISO Standard ISO 850101 : 1988 Sa
2.5 grade and immediately primed with one (1) coat of inorganic zinc shop primer to
2-72
dryfilm thickness of 10-15 microns.

The steel surface of thin plate and profiles (below 6mm) and fittings such as pipes, pipe
supports, grating supports, auxiliary machinery seats, mast, stairs and etc. shall not be
shot blasted, but pickling treated or power cleaned with wire brush or disc sander to ST2.
Prior to the first coat
Damaged area on shop primed steel due to burning and welding during fabrication shall
be treated according to "the table of surface treatments for damaged areas", however
intact shop primer areas which are allowed by paint manufacturer shall be remained,
thereafter painted with first coat.
Oil, dust, and other foreign materials shall be cleaned with thinner, fresh water, wire
brush, or compressed air prior to painting.
After the main coat
After the main coats, damaged areas on steel surface due to burning and welding shall be
cleaned according to "the table of surface treatments for damaged areas" and shall be
painted as originally specified.
When damage does not reach steel surface, the surface shall be roughened by sand
papering and touched up to specified film thickness.
Area
Prior to the
After the
first coat
main coat
Bottom, Boottop and Topside
ISO ST3
ISO ST3
Weather deck
ISO ST3
ISO ST3
Deckhouse exterior
ISO ST3
ISO ST3
Deckhouse interior
ISO ST2
ISO ST2
E.R. interior
ISO ST2
ISO ST2
Fresh water tank
ISO ST3
ISO ST3
Water ballast tank
ISO ST3
ISO ST3
Cargo oil tank & Slop tank
ISO Sa2.5
ISO ST3
L.O. tank
ISO ST2
ISO ST2
F.O. tank and other oil tanks
Dry and cleaning
Dry and cleaning
No paint area
Dry and cleaning
Dry and cleaning
Others
ISO ST2
ISO ST2
Fresh Water Tank shall be abrasive (steel grit) blasted prior to the first coat according to
ISO 850101 : 1988 Sa 2.5.
2-73
202
Painting work
Painting shall be carried out by airless spray mainly, however, hand brush or roller brush
may be adopted where it is more suitable than spray.
During construction any damage to the shop primed surface shall be cleaned by power
tools and directly painted with the first coat according to painting schedule without touchup of shop primer.
The painting schedule specified hereunder may have alteration in number of coats and the
dry film thickness in accordance with standard specification of the selected paint
manufacturer with cost adjustment, if any.
Mixing and thinning of paint materials, conditions, method of application and interval
time between each coat shall be in accordance with product data sheet of the
manufacturer.
In case of the application of the coal tar epoxy paint or epoxy paint during winter season,
the Builder may use the winter type paint recommended by the paint manufacturer.
Stripe coat shall be conducted at free edge of inside of the cargo tanks, slop tanks and
water ballast tanks (stripe coat shall be applied between the coat except before
application of the first coat).
Oil and other contaminations shall be removed from cargo oil tank surface prior to
blasting.
Working procedure for cargo and slop tanks shall be prepared by the Builder in
cooperation with the selected paint manufacturer and submitted to the Buyer for
approval.
Free-edges of steel members cut by gas cutting and welding slags and/or irregular
weldings shall be treated in accordance with the Builder's practice accepted by the
Buyer.
Watertight weld lines by manual welding shall be painted after air test has been finished,
but touch up of shop-primer may be performed before air test.
Non-watertight weld lines and fillet welding for stiffening members shall be painted
after block inspection.
2-74
202 Painting work

Any structures and/or spots except above, however, shall be painted before the inspection with
consent of the Class and the Buyer.
After the specified coating is applied, the damaged parts of paint film shall be repaired at proper
time in accordance with the Builder's practice and the paint manufacturer's recommendation.
When such a damage reaches to the steel surface and rust occurs, the surface shall be cleaned by
the wire brush, disc sander and/or sand papering and shall be coated as originally specified in
page 2-4.
Measurement of film thickness
Checking each coat for possible defects before application of the next one.
DFT measurement after each coat on ballast, cargo, slop, fresh water tanks.
For all other areas DFT measurement after application of same type of coating materials or
after application of topcoat.
Measurements of DFT shall be follows.
-
Inside of cargo oil tanks and slop tanks :

90% of measured points shall have the specified DFT, the balance 10% of the points may
have DFT of not less than 90% of the specified DFT.
Inside of water ballast tanks (Including FPT and APT)

87.5% of measured points shall have the specified DFT, the balance 12.5% of the points
may have DFT of not less than 85% of the specified DFT.
Other general parts than above :
85% of measured points shall have the specified DFT, the balance 15% of the points may
have DFT of not less than 80% of the specified DFT.
No measurement shall be made for edges/corners where the measurement is difficult or

impracticable.
Inspection
Inspection by the Buyer's representative, paint manufacturer's supervisor and inspector of the
Builder shall be arranged for acceptance of:
2-75
202 Painting work

- Surface preparation
- Checking of each coat
2-76
Type
21/22 PAINTING SCHEDULE
No. of Coat
211 Flat bottom (keel to bilge keel)
1
Tar epoxy A/C
1
Vinyl modified tar epoxy A/C
1
TBT free self-polishing A/F
1
212 Vertical outside (bilge keel to ICE belt zone lower line)
1
Tar epoxy A/C
1
Vinyl modified tar epoxy A/C
1
1
1
150
100
150
150
550
150
100
125
125
125
625
ICE belt zone

2
1
1
1
S I 163 series only) 1
Glassflake or equivalent paint

Sealer coat
213 Topside (from ICE belt

1
1
zone upper line to upper deck)

Epoxy primer
Epoxy F/C
300
75
125
125
125
750
150
100
25
0
2-77
Type
No.
Coat
214 ofExposed
area and hull outfitting
1) Weather deck 1 1
Dry Film Thickness (micron)
Epoxy primer Epoxy

F/C
100 100 200
2) Bulwark Outside
11
Epoxy primer Epoxy
F/C
inside
2-78
150 100 250
Type
No. of Coat
Epoxy primer
Epoxy F/C
100 100
200
2-79
Type
No. of Coat
3) Deckhouse
Outside wall
1
1
1
Epoxy primer
Sealer coat
Urethane F/C
100 75
50
225
Exposed decks
11
1
Epoxy primer
Sealer coat
Urethane F/C
2-80
100
50
225
75
__________No. of Coat_____________Type_________Dry Film Thickness (micron)

4) Funnel, Mast and Post
Outside
2-81
___________________________________No. of Coat_____________Type
___________________________________Dry Film Thickness (micron)
Epoxy primer
Sealer coat
Urethane F/C
2-82
100 75
50
225
Inside
Heat resistance epoxy type paint
5) ventilation
Outside
2-83
100
___________________________________No. of Coat_____________Type
Epoxy primer
Epoxy F/C
2-84
100 100
200
Inside
2-85
_______________________No. of Coat_____________Type_________Dry
Thickness (micron)
Epoxy primer
2-86
100
Film
6) Platforms, mooring fittings, handrails, stanchion, walk way, steel pipe outside and
other outfitting outside
Galvanized
Refer to Section 24.
Other than galvanized
2-87
___________________________________No. of Coat_____________Type
Epoxy primer
Epoxy F/C
2-88
100 100
200
________________No. of Coat_____________Type_________Dry Film Thickness

(micron)
215
Cargo area
1) Cargo oil tanks
1
1
1
Phenolic epoxy
Phenolic epoxy
Phenolic epoxy
100
100
100
300
2) Slop tanks
Same as Cargo oil tanks
3) Outfittings in cargo oil tanks and slop tanks (except non-corrosive metals)
4) Hatch covers and coamings
Outside
Same as Weather deck
Inside
2-89
Type
No.
Coat
216 ofAccommodation
area
1) Accommodation and store

Wall / overhead / floor
Behind lining / insulation
No coating
(*) However, the shop primer damaged parts caused by welding & burning shall
be touched up with zinc shop primer as per the Builder's practice.
(2) Under deck covering

No coating
(3) Other than above area
2-90
No. ofType____________________________Dry
Coat
Film Thickness (micron)
Alkyd primer
Alkyd F/C
2-91
70 40
Type
No. of Coat
110
2) Refrigerated provision chamber
2-92
No. ofType____________________________Dry
Coat
Epoxy A/C
2-93
100
Type
No. of Coat
3) Provision store and working / machinery spaces
2-94
No. ofType_____________________________Dry
Coat
11
Alkyd primer
Alkyd F/C
2-95
70 40
Type
No. of Coat
110
217
Engine room
1) Wall and overhead
2-96
No. of Coat
Type____________________Dry Film Thickness (micron)
Alkyd primer
Alkyd F/C
70 40
110
2-97
Type
No. of Coat
2) Deck and flat

1
1
Epoxy primer
Alkyd F/C
3) Oil coaming area
2-98
70 40
110
No. of Coat
T/F epoxy
150
2-99
Type
No. of Coat
4) Below lowest grating (incl. tank top)
2-100
No. of Coat
Epoxy A/C
150
2-101
Type
No. of Coat
5) Behind lining / insulation
2-102
No. of Coat
Ultra heat resistant paint
Type___________________Dry Film Thickness (micron)
35
2-103
Type
No. of Coat
* * *
6) Under deck covering of ECR
No coating
7) Machinery foundation
Same as surrounding
2-104
Type______________Dry Film Thickness (micron)
218
Steering gear room

1) Wall / overhead / deck / machinery foundation
Same as engine room
2) Emergency fire pump space
1
219
Epoxy A/C
150
Tanks
1) Water ballast tanks (Including FPT and APT) (*)
1
1
50
100
100
250
Epoxy A/C (light color)

150
150
300
2) Fresh water / drinking water tank (*)(*)
1
1
1
Holding primer
Pure epoxy
Pure epoxy
3) Fuel oil and lub. oil tanks

Anti-rust oil
4) Bilge tanks & bilge well in engine room
1
T/F epoxy
"
200
(*) The coating system, procedure, inspection, etc. shall meet IMO and SOLAS
requirements concerning corrosion prevention of Ballast tanks.
(*)(*) The system shall be certified for portable/drinking water.
In case the shop-primer is left on the surface, certificate must clearly include
this product also.
2-105
No. of Coat
220
Type____________Dry Film Thickness (micron)
Machinery and equipment
- Deck machinery
: Equivalent to surroundings
- Engine room machinery : According to manufacturer's standard

(Finish color : Munsell 7.5BG 7/2 blue green)
- Electric equipment and
all machineries in E.C.R.
221
: According to manufacturer's standard

(Finish color Munsell 7.5BG 7/2 blue green)
Miscellaneous
1) Void space, upper stool inside, cofferdam
1
150
Tar epoxy
200
2) Chain locker
1
3) Rudder and rudder horn
Outside
Same as vertical outside
Inside
Volatile corrosion inhibitors or float coat
4) Rudder trunk/rudder stock
Same as flat bottom
5) Sea chest inside
Same as vertical outside
2-106
Type
No.
of Coat mark and freeboard mark
6) Draught
Same as surroundings with touch up coat of epoxy marking paint

7) Vessel's identification
Epoxy F/C
8) Other store and workshop
2-107
Type
No. of Coat
Alkyd primer
Alkyd F/C
2-108
70 40
Type
No. of Coat
110
9) Anchor and anchor chain
As per manufacturer's standard
10) Bow thruster room 1 1
125 125
Epoxy
A/C
Epoxy A/C
250
2-109
23
CATHODIC PROTECTION
Recess type ICCP (automatically controlled impressed current cathodic protection)
system shall be applied on the immersed part of hull stern outer shell and aluminium
anodes shall be fitted in sea chests for Five(5) years life time.
Mean current density shall be appx. 30mA/sq.m
Builder's standard U-boIt type zinc anode shall be fitted in water ballast tanks(incl.
F.P.Tank and A.P.Tank).
- Life time
: Three(3) years
- Ballast ratio
: 50 %
- Mean current density : 5.0 mA/m2
Ionizing type anti-fouling system shall be installed on the main sea cross strainers with
the total life time offive (5) years.
The anode completes shall be composed of five (5) sets of one (1) year anode complete ;
1 year for working + 4 sets of 1 year life time anode for spare or one (1) set of three (3)
years anode for working + 1 set of 2 years life time anode for spare according to the
actual strainer size.
However, the actual anode size shall be correctly informed on approval drawing on the
basis of 5 years life time.
The capacity of anti-fouling system shall be calculated based on the one (1) set of main
C.S.W. pump, one (1) set of deck seal pumps, F.W. generator ejector pump and one (1) set
of fire & G.S. pump.
24
GALVANIZING
Galvanizing of steel outfits shall be done to the steel works specified in the
Specifications by hot dip process except bolts, nuts and thin material which shall be done
by electric galvanizing.
The damaged parts of galvanized steel surface shall be touch up with one (1) coat
of same as surrounding first coat as far as practicable.
* * *
Galvanized pipe outside
Universal primer x 1 coat 75mic and 1 coat of same as surrounding finish paint
scheme.
Galvanized outfittings outside except galvanized pipe
One (1) coat of same as surrounding finish paintfor cosmetic coating without
2-110
23
CATHODIC PROTECTION
guarantee.
2-111
CHAPTERS SHIP'S EQUIPMENT

AND OUTFIT
30
MANOEUVRING EQUIPMENT
301
Steering gear system

One (1) electro-hydraulic rotary vane type steering gear shall be provided in steering gear
room.
The steering gear shall consist of a steering motor, two (2) hydraulic pump units (each
100%) and relevant hydraulic pipings and instruments.
The hydraulic pump units shall be installed close to the steering gear and the hydraulic
pump shall be started and stopped in the wheelhouse and steering gear room.
Each pump unit shall be capable of power supply for turning the rudder from 35 deg. on
one side to 30 deg. on the other side within 28 seconds during the Vessel running ahead
normal sea going condition with main engine running in MCR power.
Design pressure and scantlings of piping shall be in accordance with the requirements of
the Class and manufacturer's standard.
The steering gear and accessories shall be designed and equipped in accordance with the
requirement of the Class and Regulatory body concerned.
The rudder carrier shall be combined with steering motor.
In case of main power failure, electric power shall be supplied from emergency generator
to one (1) power unit automatically within 45 seconds.
The steering gear shall be arranged so that single failure in its piping or in one (1) power
unit will not impair operation of the remaining part of the steering gear.
A notice plate for emergency operation shall be provided in the steering gear room.
The maximum rudder angle shall be limited to 37 degrees on either side by means of the stopper
fitted on the steering gear.
3-112
Low level alarm switch shall be provided for steering gear hydraulic oil expansion tank to give
audible/visual alarm on bridge and in ECR.
An efficient means of communication with wheelhouse shall be provided adjacent to the local
manual control position.
A mechanical type rudder angle indicator shall be fitted on the steering gear.
Seat for steering gear and hydraulic power units shall be of fabricated steel construction directly
welded to deck.
Oil coamings (about 150 mm height) shall be provided around steering gear.
The direct access from E.R. to steering gear room shall be provided with an air lock.
Handrails and non-skid paint shall be provided on steering gear room floor where necessary for
passage and routine operation and maintenance around steering gear.
Wooden grating shall be provided around steering gear.
Eye plate for lifting chain blocks shall be provided above hydraulic power units.
Large tools, if any, shall be mounted and well fastened on the proper space in steering gear room.
Motor starts
Stb'd - Autotransformer starting Port - DOL
(direct on line) starting
3-113
302
Bow thruster
1) Bow thruster
One (1) set of hydraulic motor driven bow thruster shall be installed at bow of the
Vessel.
3-114a
302
Bow thruster
Capacity
Type
No. of blade
appx. 950KW Fixed

pitch propeller Four
(4)
3-115a
302
Bow thruster
Material of blade : Ni-Al-Bronze

Bow thruster shall consist of propeller unit, hydraulic motor, tunnel and control panel.
The tunnel shall be of well dimensioned steel plate and the propeller shall be mounted
in a tunnel.
Stainless steel grid shall be fitted on the end of tunnel to protect the propeller
tip.
The thruster shall be operated by means of electric remote control from bridge.
The prime mover of thruster shall be fed from the central hydro power unit for cargo
pump.
Material, construction, spare parts and tools shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's standard to comply with the Rule/Regulations.
2) Remote control o f bow thruster
(1) Remote control from wheelhouse
Bow thruster shall be remotely controlled by operating the start/stop on
wheelhouse control panel.
The wheelhouse control panel shall be fitted with following equipment and
instruments necessary for bow thruster operation.
242
RPM controller.
243
RPM indicator.
3-116a
244 Start/stop push button switch for a. Thruster

on/off
245 Changeover switch for operating position.

(Wheelhouse, bridge wing (P&S))
246 Indicating lamps for

a. Operating position (Wheelhouse, bridge wing (P&S))
b. Thruster on/off
f) Alarm lamps for
a. Pressure low.
b. Gravity tank low level.
g) Push button switch for buzzer stop.
h) Push button switch for lamp test.
i) Other necessary equipment and instruments in accordance with
manufacturer's standard.
(2) Remote control from bridge wings
Bow thruster shall be remotely-controlled by operating the start/stop by fixed type controller
at both navigation bridge wing.
The bridge wing controller shall be fitted with following equipment and instruments
necessary for bow thruster operation.
247 RPM controller.

248 RPM indicator.
249 Other necessary equipment and instruments.
3 -117b
31
ANCHORING AND MOORING EQUIPMENT
3-118
310
Deck machinery in general

Deck machinery shall consist of two(2) hydraulic motor driven windlasses and
four (4) hydraulic motor driven mooring winches as shown on the G.A.
Each deck machinery shall be fitted with local hand operated friction band
brake and clutch as required in accordance with manufacturer's standard.
Remote control of at each ship's side for windlass and mooring winches shall
be provided, however two mooring winches on mid deck shall be controlled
machine side only.
The mooring drums shall be of split and non auto tension type.
The cable lifter and mooring drum shall be designed to suit anchor chain cable
and one (1) mooring rope specified in "Sec. 314" respectively.
The slack rope speed shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard
and the Rule Requirement.
Brake holding force and winding overload shall be in accordance with the Rule
Requirement and the manufacturer's standard.
The warping head shall be of cast iron of barrel tube type and shall be directly
connected to driving shaft without clutching device.
The deck machinery shall be leveled off by using epoxy resin chock, but cable
lifter only shall be applied with steel chock.
Oil drip trays (min. 100mm high) shall be provided around hyd. motor and gear
box.
All bearings of the deck machineries shall be lubricated with grease.

The construction, material, accessories, spare parts and tools shall be provided
in accordance with the manufacturer's standard and the Rule Requirement.
The mooring winch shall be designed in accordance with the requirement of
"Recommendation for ship designers (Section 7.9.1) of OCIMF Mooring Equipment
Guideline, 1997" including as follows.
250
251
252
Minimum rated speed to be appx. 0.25m/sec.

Minimum light line speed to be appx. 0.75m/sec.
Winch brakes to be capable of holding 80% of the line's MBL, with provision for
adjustment to 60% of the line's MBL.
253
Winch brake test with a test kit to be provided.
(Brake test shall be done by manufacturer's shop and done before vessel's delivery)
(5) The strength of all structural winch components to be based on the line's MBL.
Manufacturer's certificate for winch brake holding capacity (B.H.C cert.) shall be
provided.
311 Windlass combined with mooring winch
The particular of windlass shall be as follows:
- No. of set
- Type
- Duty capacity
: Two (2) sets.

: Hydraulic motor driven opened gear type with protection
for cable lifter part and enclosed gear type for mooring drum part.
: Appx. 27.5\ x 9m/min. at cable lifter.
Appx. 16t x 15m/min. at 1st layer on mooring drum.
The windlass shall consist of one(l) cable lifter, two (2) mooring drum, one (1) warping
3-119
head and one (1) hydraulic motor, and the windlass shall be designed to obtain the duty
capacity at the cable lifter when operating the cable lifter only.
The control stand shall be provided on each windlass for local operation.
The mechanical clutch of windlass shall be provided with hand operated "device at
windlass according to the manufacturer's standard.
Cable lifter and mooring drum shall be operated independently each other by the
mechanical clutch.
3-120
312
Mooring winch
The particular of mooring winch shall be as follows:
3-121
312
Mooring winch
- No. of set
-Type
- Duty capacity
Four (4) sets.

Hydraulic motor driven enclosed gear type.
Appx. 16t x 15m/min. at 1st layer on mooring drum.
3-122
312
Mooring winch
Two (2) mooring winches located on the upper deck mid shall consist of two(2) mooring
drum, one (1) warping head and one(l) hydraulic motor on each mooring winch.
Two(2) mooring winches located on the upper deck aft shall consist of two(2) mooring
drum, one(l) warping head and one(l) hydraulic motor on each mooring winch.
The control stand shall be provided each mooring winch for local operation.
The mechanical clutch of mooring winch shall be provided with hand operated device at
mooring winch according to the manufacturer's standard.
313
Power unit for deck machinery

The hydraulic power unit for high pressure type deck machinery shall be supplied by
hydraulic power pack unit for cargo pumping system in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendation.
The diameter of hydraulic oil lines shall be sufficient to run one(l) windlass and two(2)
mooring winches simultaneously.
When more winches are operated simultaneously, the load shall be decreased accordingly.
3-123
314

1) Anchor and anchor chain
Anchors, anchor chain cables and mooring ropes shall be equipped in accordance with
the requirement of the Class.
Particulars shall be as follows :
3-124
314
Item
Bower
anchor
2
Spare
Mooring rope
anchor
12
Heaving line
No. steel.
Cast
Material
Size
appx. 6,975 kg, HHP stockless
Grade 3
appx. 76mm dia.x 660m (?:330.0m,S :330.0m)

Superflex (Polypropylene/polyester) rope 60mm dia.
x 200m (8-strand, MBL appx. 67. Oton) Eye splice
shall be provided on one end. Polypropylene rope,
10mm dia. x 40m
3-125
314
The anchors shall be of high holding power type.

Roller bar type anchor chain compressors of fabricated steel shall be provided on the
forward mooring deck to hold the anchor chains.
Anchor stoppers of steel wire rope with turnbuckle shall be provided.
Anchor chain cable shall be jointed with a Kenter joining shackle at every 27.5m and shall
be marked with white paint and stainless steel band on the stud in last link of every unit
length (appx. 27.5m).
The cable end shall be fitted with quick release detachable type cable clench located on
accessible position of each chain locker.
A swivel piece shall be fitted at extreme outboard end of each chain cable.
Mooring ropes other than the above shall be supplied by the Buyer and shall be stowed in
rope storage space in bosun store.
The size of anchors, chain cables and mooring ropes may be adjusted according to the
final calculation of Equipment Number of the Class at detail design stage.
The following spares and tools for anchoring equipment shall be supplied , and stowed in
bosun store.
3-126
2) Accessory for anchoring equipment
Spare kenter shackle

Chain hooks Shackle
punch Pin punch
Anchor hammer
Spare taper pin for anchor shackle Spare taper
pin for Kenter shackle Disengaging tool for
Kenter Joining shackle
3-127
2 4 1 1
2251
2) Accessory for anchoring equipment
3) Hawse pipe and chain pipe

Each hawse pipe of cast steel shall be designed so that the anchor shall not strike the
external shell at a trim of two percent (2%) by the stern and adverse heel of one(l)
degree, and arranged to allow satisfactory housing of the anchor and easy chain lead to
the cable lifter.
Minimum clearance between anchor flukes and ship side shell shall be at least 300mm
at upright condition.
Three(3) jet nozzles (bronze material) shall be provided in hawse pipe for washing
chains and washing water shall be fed from fire and wash deck line through branch
pipe with a stop valve (cast iron material) operated on the forecastle deck.
Guard rails shall be provided around the hawse pipes on the forecastle deck consisting
of galvanized steel pipe (25A x 900 mm high) and a hawse pipe steel cover shall be
provided at top of each hawse pipe.
Chain pipes shall be of steel plate and welded to deck and to the top of chain locker
with suitable diameter for chain and shackles.
4) Emergency towing system
Emergency towing equipment (fwd & aft) shall be provided in accordance with IMO
Resolution MSC.35(63).
One(l) chafe chain (76mm dia. of 8m long, grade 3) for forward emergency towing
system shall be supplied.
3-128
One(l) set of single point mooring fittings shall be fitted on forecastle deck in
compliance with the requirements of the OCIMF and shall be commonly use for
forward emergency towing system, which shall consist of the following :
Bow fairlead : 600mm x 450mm in size for 76mm dia. grade 3 chain
Bow stopper : Working strength of 200 MT, tongue type.
Roller fairlead : For 76mm dia. chafe chain (Builder's standard type).
Chafe chains and loose equipments for SPM shall not be provided.
5) Fire wire rope
Forward
Aft
: One (1) set of galvanized fire wire rope (28mm dia. x

45m) and messenger line (10mm dia. x 20m P.P. rope) shall be
provided on upper deck forward with the manual operation rope
reel.
: One (1) set of galvanized fire wire rope (28mm dia. x
45m) and messenger line (10mm dia. x 20m P.P. rope) shall be
provided on upper deck aft with the manual operation rope reel.
6) Escorting and pull back mooring fitting

One (1) set of fairlead and strong point shall be provided at aft mooring deck in
accordance with OCIMF "RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SHIPS' FITTINGS FOR
USE WITH TUGS with particular reference to Escorting and other high loading
operations" 1st Edition, 2002.
Fairlead
Strong point
315
: 600mm x 450mm in size closed chock for SWL 200MT

: 600mm dia. x 300mm eight single bitt for SWL 200MT
Mooring fitting
Mooring fitting, such as bollard, fairleader, mooring pipe, deck stand roller, etc., shall be
arranged as shown on the G.A.
Size and number of mooring fitting shall be as follows.
(1) Bollard
6 - 400mm diameter on the upper deck
4 - 400mm diameter on the upper deck for S.T.S.
6 - 400mm diameter on the f cle deck
8 - 400mm diameter on the aft mooring deck
4 - 300mm diameter on the upper deck near manifold
12 - 200mm diameter (cross bitts) on the upper deck near manifold
(2) Fairleader
6 - 300mm diameter x 2 rollers on the f cle deck
8 - 300mm diameter x 2 rollers on the aft mooring deck
(3) Closed chock (A-type)

4 - 400mm x 250mm on the upper deck near manifold
12 - 250 mm x 200mm on the upper deck mid.(only for 1186/2005/2006 12-universal
fairleader with extra cost USD 29,000/vessel PB/STX-PR-1163/64-0294)2004.12.7) 4
- 400mm x 250mm on the upper deck for S.T.S.
3-8
(4) Panama chock
2 - 360mm x 260mm on the upper deck
254 - 360mm x 260mm on the f cle deck (double type)
255 - 360mm x 260mm on the aft mooring deck (double type)
256 - 360mm x 260mm on the aft mooring deck
(5) Stand rollers
1 - 350mm diameter on the f cle deck for SPM.
3 - 300mm diameter on the f cle deck
3 - 300mm diameter on the aft mooring deck
1 - 400mm dia on on f cle deck for SPM 2-300m dia
o f f cle deck Added with extra cost USD

8,500/vessel PB/STX-RR-1163/64-0305(2004.12.15)
(6) Mooring fitting near manifold
Mooring fittings near manifold such as bollard, chock, eye plate, etc. shall be provided in
accordance with OCIMF recommendation for Ship to Ship transfer guide regarding mooring
bitts and fairlead. (fixed fitting only-without other equipment)
Bollards shall be of the double head type and a welded construction with steel pipe or steel plate
according to the Builder's standard.
Material of fairleader and chock shall be as follows.
(1) Fairleader
- Roller
- Seat
- Shaft
(2) Chock
- Chock
- Seat
: Cast steel :
Mild steel :
Carbon steel
: Cast steel :
Mild steel
3-131
Rope guide shall be provided, where necessary, (appx. 150-300mm diameter)

The deck, where bollards are fitted, shall be reinforced with suitable stiffening members,
where necessary.
Solid half round chafing bar shall be welded on shell at deck edge in way of mooring
fitting as necessary to prevent chafing of mooring lines.
Scantling of the mooring fittings shall be in accordance with the breaking strength of the
mooring ropes.
S.W.L. shall be clearly marked at all mooring fittings by welding bead. All
rollers for mooring fittings shall have grease nipples for lubrication. All mooring
fittings shall be in accordance with the Builder's standard.
32
DECK OUTFITTING
321
Small hatch and manhole

1) Access hatch for cargo oil tank and slop tank and ballast tank
One (1) oil tight steel access hatch of 700mm x 1,000mm oval type on the oval
type deck opening of appx.660mm x 960mm shall be provided for each cargo
oil tanks and slop tanks.
The oval type hatch of horizontal side swinging cover of flat top type shall be
operated by means of a swivel gear through 360 with locking slots on every
90 in accordance with the Builder's standard.
The hatch coaming of about 610mm height shall be of welded steel
construction and stainless steel (SUS 316) round bar shall be fitted on the top
of the hatch coaming.
Access hatch shall be also used for lifting injured person from inside of cargo
oil tank and slop tank.
The gasket of oil tight hatch cover shall be of cargo resistant (teflon).
Bolts shall be of stainless steel 304, and nuts shall be of brass. Sharp
edges shall be grounded smoothly.
Each cargo and slop tank number shall be marked by welding beads on the top
of the hatch cover.
2) Tank cleaning hatches
Each cargo tank and slop tank shall be equipped with minimum one (1) tank
cleaning hatch for portable tank cleaning machine and gas freeing fan however
final number of tank cleaning hatches shall be decided in accordance with the
requirement of the Rule and Regulation and according to shadow area diagram.
Each wing ballast tank shall be provided with two (2) tank cleaning hole
(one is fwd and the other is aft).
Two (2) sets of grid type potable tank hole guard for protection of onboard
person shall be provided.
The type of tank cleaning hatch shall be of US F 2331 TYPE A.
Hinged type large hatches of above 1 .Om x 1 .Om in size shall be fitted with counterbalance weight for easier handling.
The hatch shall be fitted with packing holder, neoprene gasket and brass butterfly nut
3-132
and stainless steel (SUS 304) bolt in accordance with the Builder's standard.
(1) Bosun store hatch
One(l) weathertight hinged rope hatch commonly used for Suez canal searchlight
handling hatch of 1,000mm x 1,000mm square on the fwd mooring deck shall be
arranged.
The coaming height of rope hatches shall be about 610mm as required by the Class
The hatches shall be fitted with round bar at top and bottom rim of coaming so as
to protect ropes from wearing.
(2) Steering gear room hatch
One(l) weathertight hinged rope hatch commonly used for steering gear room
maintenance hatch of about 1,000mm x l 5000mm square shall be provided on top
of steering gear room.
(3) Engine room hatch
One(l) weathertight bolted hatch of about 1,600mm x 1,600mm size with 150mm
coaming shall be provided on the aft deck for engine room spare parts handling.
Small hinged hatch of about 750mm x 750mm size with 450mm coaming shall
be provided on the engine room bolted hatch top for handling small engine
parts.
Oval type manhole with bolted steel cover shall be provided to water ballast tanks, fore
peak tank, aft peak tank, fuel oil tanks, fresh water tanks, chain lockers, cofferdams,
etc., where necessary.
The manholes shall be of watertight or oiltight depending upon its location and
purpose.
Manholes shall be located as near as possible to the transverse partition.
Manhole cover shall be fitted with two (2) hand grips, stud bolts, nuts, packings, etc. in
accordance with the Builder's standard.
Manholes shall be provided as follows :
-
One (1) watertight manhole of oval liner type (600mm x 800mm) and one (1)
weathertight oval hinged type access hatch on upper deck for each ballast tank in
cargo area. (appx. 660mm x 960mm)
The size of manhole for void space in cargo area shall be as follows ; Large void
space :
- Two (2) 600mm x 800mm manhole and/or 400 x 600 M/H Small
void space :
- One (1) 600mm x 800mm manhole and/or 400 x 600 M/H
Each two(2) watertight manholes of steel liner type for each of fore peak tank and
aft peak tank.
One (1) watertight manhole of liner type at side wall of each fresh water tank shall
be arranged in steering gear room.
One (1) watertight manhole of steel liner type for each of chain lockers and
cofferdam, if any.
One (1) watertight manhole with 150mm coaming or steel liner type on the steering
gear room for rudder trunk.
Two (2) oiltight manholes of steel liner type for each fuel oil storage tank.
3-133
One(l) watertight or oiltight manhole for other hull structural tanks in engine room
Material of packings, bolts & nuts for oiltight manhole and watertight manhole shall be as
follows:
Application
Material of packing.
Material of stud bolt.
Material of nut.
Weather exposed deck

Chloroprene rubber
Stainless steel (SUS 304)
Brass (Cap nut)
Other Part
Chloroprene rubber.
SUS 304 (Hexagonal)
The size of manhole in cargo area shall meet the requirement of SOLAS and the other
manholes shall generally be of 600mm x 400mm (oval type), however 500mm x 400mm or
450mm x 350mm size may be used for some manholes according to the position and space.
Name of the compartment shall be written on the cover by welding bead with paint.
Small independent tanks may be provided with a handhole if it is not practical to provide
the manhole.
- Two(2) spanner of non-sparking material for manholes shall be provided.
3-134
322 Steel door

Weathertight steel door shall be provided at entrances to the stores, etc. on the exposed
deck and entrances to the accommodation space on the upper deck and A-deck.
Clear height of door opening from deck, sill height, number of clips, etc. shall be in
accordance with the requirement of ILLC and Regulatory body.
The number of clips shall be limited to minimum required.
The height of the door top shall be about 1,900mm above the surface of the deck or deck
covering, and the clear width shall be referred to Section 454.
All steel doors shall have hinges which are strong enough to withstand the weight of the
door.
A warning light shall be provided on the door of bosun store.
The hinge pins shall be of SUS 304 and shall be fitted with grease nipple for lubrication.
Door facing to weather, without overhanging deck, shall be provided with an eyebrow.
An adequate stopper shall be provided for all hinged doors.
Foot step shall be provided for the sill of 600mm and above in height.
All steel door shall be rectangular type with round corner opening.
The steel doors shall be finished with paint.
Padlock shall be provided, where necessary
Inside lock for the entrance to provision store and engine casing from open deck, shall be
provided.
Doors in partitions shall be of expanded metal with steel frame.
1) Mast
General
One(l) foremast, one(l) radar mast, etc. shall be arranged as shown on the G.A. and
shall be provided with platforms and safety railings of suitable dimensions for easy
3-135
322 Steel door

access and maintenance of the equipment.
Necessary blocks and fittings shall be fitted in accordance with the Builder's standard.
The hull structure under the mast or post shall be stiffened enough to withstand the
load.
Wire rope stays with rigging screw shall be provided to avoid vibration, if necessary.
Foremast
One(l) foremast shall be arranged on the fwd mooring deck at the center line of the
Vessel, and fabricated of steel pipe or steel plate with platform and railing on top.
The foremast shall be furnished with vertical ladder, mast headlight, electric horn,
anchor light, Panama Canal steering light and necessary fittings.
Radar/signal mast
One(l) radar/signal mast shall be arranged on the compass deck at the center line of
the Vessel, and fabricated of steel plate with platform and railing on top.
The radar mast shall be furnished with platform and handrails, vertical ladder, radar
scanner, mast headlight, signal light, air horn, flag yard arms and necessary fittings.
3-136
2) Miscellaneous post
Miscellaneous posts, davits, etc. shall be equipped as follows:
Item
Jack staff.
Ensign staff.
Lifeboat embarkation
lamp post.
Stem light post.
Lighting post
No. of set
1
Type
Steel pipe
1
2
Steel pipe
Steel pipe
1
2
Steel pipe
Steel pipe
Location
Forecastle deck (Combined
with Suez canal search
light davit)
Upper deck aft.
Both side on
"A" deck.
Upper deck aft.
On mid deck store top near
to cargo manifold area
Stern light post shall be fitted with stern light and anchor lamp.
Miscellaneous posts shall be constructed in accordance with the Builder's
standard.
3) Miscellaneous Rigging
Necessary riggings and tackles for davits, Suez searchlight davit, oil hose davit,
accommodation ladders, flag yards, signal yards, etc. shall be furnished completely.
Running riggings shall be provided as follows:
- Black ball halyard ......................10mm diameter synthetic fiber rope.
- Flag halyard.....................................8mm diameter synthetic fiber rope.
3-137
324
Ladder and rail

1) Accommodation ladder
Each one(l) accommodation ladder shall be provided at each side of the upper deck as
shown on the G. A.
The ladders shall be constructed of aluminum alloy frame having 600mm clear width
and shall be of self-stowing type.
The ladders shall have sufficient length so that bottom platform reaches appx.
1,000mm above the water level at an angle of 55 degrees against the horizontal, when
the Vessel is upright at light water ballast arrival condition.
The ladders shall be stowed vertically along the accommodation ladder recesses on
the upper deck side.
The ladders shall be designed for weight of appx. 75kg at every step when the ladder
is in a horizontal position.
Handrails of polyethylene sheathed polypropylene ropes, with height of appx.
1,000mm, shall be provided on each side of the ladder and stanchions for handrails
shall be of foldable type.
The upper platform and turn table of the ladder shall be of galvanized steel checkered
plate.
The surface for the steps and platforms shall be of non-skid type.
One(l) fixed arm type davit and one (1) winch driven by a fixed air motor shall be
fitted for each accommodation ladder.
The davits shall be of fabricated steel construction and shall be fitted with necessary
riggings, chocks and eyes for sheaves.
Galvanized steel wire ropes for hanging ladder shall be provided for each ladder.
The ladders shall be designed to be capable of being raised, lowered and stowed by
one(l) man, and controlled at each accommodation ladder side.
Means of manual emergency operation shall be provided.
3-138
A life net of polypropylene ropes shall be supplied.
Construction, material, accessories, etc. shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's

standard unless otherwise specified.
2) Pilot ladder fin accordance with International Pilot Boarding Arrangement)
One(l) rope ladder with wooden step for pilot shall be provided at each side on the
upper deck in accordance with the Rule/Regulation.
The length of pilot rope ladder shall be sufficient to reach down to about 610mm
above water line when the Vessel is in normal ballast arrival condition.
Gate, steps, rail, stanchion and eyes shall be provided as required by the regulatory
body concerned.
Wooden step of the rope ladder shall be non-slip type with groove.
3) Wharf ladder
One (1) set of 600mm width and 12m length aluminum-alloy wharf ladder shall be
provided near the manifold area and handled by hose handling crane.
Ladder shall be stowed along side of cargo oil pipe lines within the outreach of cargo
hose handling crane.
4) Steel vertical ladder and step
(1) Vertical ladder
Vertical ladders shall be fitted for access to water ballast tank, large hull tank,
stores, masts, posts, chain lockers, peak tanks, etc., where necessary.
One(l) set of vertical ladder or step shall be provided for an access to each tank or
space from manhole or hatch except engine room hatch, steering gear room hatch
and bosun store hatch.
If it is impractical to have either inclined or vertical ladder, steps of square bar
shall be directly fitted on the surface.
3-139
The vertical ladders without handrail shall be constructed of mild steel in accordance with the
Builder's standard as follows:
Application
Clear Width
(mm)
300
Stringer
Masts, posts, store,
plate
Water ballast tank,
No. of rung per
65 mm x 9 mm 19 mm square
etc.
350
Step
bar.
65 mm x 9 mm 22 mm square
large hull tank, E/R
plate
step
One (1)
One (1)
bar.
hull tank, double

bottom tank, etc.
Vertical spacing of steps shall be appx. 300mm. Ladders shall
be welded to the ship structure.
16mm diameter handgrip of steel round bar shall be provided where necessary.
If the total height of vertical ladder exceeds 9,000 mm, intermediate platform shall be
provided.
(2) Steps
Steps shall be fitted to davits, tanks, small posts, etc., where necessary. Steps shall be of steel
square bar.
Inclined steel ladders shall be arranged for the weather deck as shown on the G.A.
The inclined ladders shall be constructed in accordance with the Builder's standard as
follows:
(1) Weather deck ladder
Item
Clear width
Stringer
Step
Top rail
Dimension
appx. 600 mm
Material
2 x 50 x 50 x 6.0 mm
galvanized
180x6.0 mm
galvanized
Double steel angle.
34.0 mm outside dia.

3 - 140
Checkered steel plate

with round edge.
SPP. galvanized.
galvanized
Non-skid surface shall be provided at the each step.
The inclination of deck ladder shall be less than 55 degrees to the
horizontal as far as practicable.
Steps shall be welded to the stringer.
Vertical spacing of steps shall be appx. 250mm apart.
(2) Ladder in cargo oil tank and slop tank
One(l) combined first vertical and inclined ladder shall be provided at each cargo oil tank
and slop tank in accordance with requirement of IMO Regulation.
The inclined ladders and vertical ladders shall be constructed as follows:
Item
Dimension
Material
appx. 500 mm
Clear width of ladder
Stringer (frame)
125 x 75 x 10 mm
Angle, (mild steel)
Step
22 mm
SUS 316 square bar (2 rung)
Handrail
appx. 25 mm dia.
Round bar. (mild steel)
Stanchion
65 x 161
Flat bar (mild steel)
^latform
Item
Dimension
Material
Frame
125 x 75 x 10 mm
Angle (mild steel)
Grating
22 mm
Square bar (SUS 316)
Handrail
appx. 25 mm dia.
Round bar (mild steel)
Stanchion
65xl6t
Flat bar (mild steel)
Vertical ladder
Clear width
Stringer
Step
500mm
(appx.)
65mm x 9mm
steel plate
(mild steel)
22mm
SUS 316
sq. bar
No. of rung
per step
One (1)
Vertical spacing of steps shall not be exceed 300mm for inclined ladder and appx. 300mm for
vertical ladder.
6) Miscellaneous ladder
3 - 141
The following portable ladders shall be equipped on board:

2 - Survival craft embarkation ladders with wooden steps near lifeboat. 1 - Survival craft
embarkation ladder with wooden steps near liferaft on the f cle deck.
1 - Jacob ladder for chain locker and miscellaneous use with aluminum alloy steps and nylon
side ropes or wooden step and manila side ropes.
(1) Handrail and stanchion
Handrails and stanchions shall be arranged around all exposed decks and deckhouse top
as shown on the G.A. except where bulwarks or screens are provided.
Size and material of handrails shall be as follows:
Lower rail
Location
Height Top rail
Stanchion
(mm) Outside
Dia. (mm) Tier
(mm)
(appx.) dia. (mm)
Upperdeck
1,000
42.7
16 (Steel 2
65 x 16
(SPP)
round bar)
steel flat
bar.
Deckhouse
1,000
34.0
16 (Steel 2
65 x 16
(SPP)
round bar)
steel flat
bar.
Platforms on
1,000
34.0
16 (Steel 2
65 x 16
Masts
(SPP)
round bar)
steel flat
bar
Stay
(mm)
65x9
steel flat
bar.
65x9
steel flat
bar.
-
Handrails shall be galvanized.

Spacing of stanchions shall be appx. 1,500mm apart.
Spacing of lower rails shall be in accordance with the requirement of
Rule.
Stanchion for rail shall be directly welded to deck. The stanchion shall be supported by
stay at every third stanchion. Portable chain or hinged gate type handrail shall be fitted in
way of accommodation ladder, lifeboats, liferaft, pilot ladder, rope ladder and wharf
ladder, and chain shall be galvanized.
Long railings shall be provided with the adequate number of expansion joints.
Railing in way of roller fairleader and rope guide shall be designed for easy passage of
mooring rope.
3 - 142
(2) Storm rail
Galvanized storm rails of 34.0mm outside dia. steel pipe(SPP) shall be fitted on
the exposed walls of deckhouse up to navigation bridge deck where men usually
walk around.
All storm rails shall be fitted at about 1,000mm above the deck with adequate
distance from the wall.
At spaces covered by open door, storm rail shall be omitted or door shall have
suitable stopper to avoid contact with storm rails.
(3) Guardrail
Guardrail of 34mm out-dia. steel pipe(SPP) shall be fitted in way of bow chock,
and its height shall be appx. 1,000mm.
Gangway for passageway, platform and miscellaneous
(1) Gangway for passageway
Gangway of galvanized steel bar gratings with hand rails and stanchions (galvanized)
shall be provided on the ship center line from accommodation forward to aft end of
fwd mooring deck for passageway and cross platform for both port and starboard side
passageway shall be provided from the gangway.
Shelter shall be provided on gangway in accordance with the requirement of
Rule/Regulation.
(2) Platform
Platforms made of galvanized steel bar grating construction with railing for fire
fighting foam monitors shall be arranged adjacent to the gangway on upper deck.
The number and position of the foam monitor shall be in accordance with the
requirement of the Rule/Regulation.
3-143
(3) Miscellaneous
Window platform of 22mm mild steel square bar about 500 mm width with handrails
shall be arranged in front of the wheelhouse to facilitate cleaning of the window.
Portable type Panama Canal pilot platform with stanchions and an awning shall be
provided in accordance with Panama Canal Regulation.
Sloped way made of 6 mm thick checkered steel plate, about 800 mm wide shall
be provided where necessary for passage of the handcart on upper deck. Number
of sloped way shall be minimized.
Eye plate shall be fitted on the funnel top, on the accommodation wall for
painting work and on the stern shell for handling rudder and propeller.
Helicopter winching mark (ICS Guide to Helicopter/Ship Operations, 1989)
(winching mark only for em'cy winching shall be provided on upper deck fwd).
326
Cargo hose handling crane and provision crane

1) Cargo hose handling crane
The particulars of the crane shall be as follows based on even keel condition.
(3) Miscellaneous
No. of set Type

Hoisting load
Hoisting speed
Slewing speed
Slewing angle
Luffing speed
Lifting height
Outreach Service
condition
: One (1) set.

: Self-contained electro-hydraulic cylinder
luffing, single jib type : 10 MT SWL.
: Appx. 12 m/min at rated load.
Appx. 25 m/min at no load
: Manufacturer's standard (appx. 0.8 RPM at even keel) :
360
: Manufacturer's standard (appx. 95 seconds) :
Appx. 10.0m above upper deck : Appx. 5.0m
from ship sides at manifold. : Heel of 5 degree
and trim of 2 degree.
(3) Miscellaneous
The crane shall be arranged on the Vessel's centerline in way of cargo manifold as
show on the G.A.
The working area of the crane shall cover the cargo crossover manifolds. Plumbing
depth shall be at light water level.
Height of crane post shall be taken into consideration with regards to dangerous zones
on the upper deck while deciding electric motor of explosion proof type.
The crane also shall be suitable for lifting/launching the Suez mooring boat (the
Buyer's supply) and wharf ladder.
3-24
The crane shall be operated by one (1) winch at one (1) motion with full load or two (2)
motions at the same time with reduced speed.
Plumbing depth shall be at light water level.
Open type control stand shall be provided on the crane body without cabin. Automatic braking
for luffing, slewing and hoisting shall be provided. The crane jib rest shall be provided at a
suitable location.
Detail construction and material not mentioned above shall be in accordance with the OCIMF
recommendations for the standardization of Ship's manifold
and
associated
equipment, 1991 (4th edition) and the
Wire rope shall be of galvanized steel anti-twist.
2) Provision and engine part handling crane
The crane shall be equipped with hoisting, luffing and slewing device.
No. of set Type

Hoisting load
Hoisting speed
Slewing speed
Luffing time
Outreach Service
condition Control
One(l) set,
Electric motor driven, single jib type 3.4
MT SWL Appx. lOm/min
Manufacturer's standard (appx. 0.5 RPM, at even keel)
Manufacturer's standard (appx. 60 sec) Appx. 3.0m from
the Vessel's extreme beam. 5 degree of heel and 2 degree
of trim. By a remote push button switch.
The crane shall be arranged at port side with securing devices as shown on the
G.A.
Hatch shall be provided within crane reach to allow engine spare parts, etc.
shall be easily lowered onto landing platform in engine room.
The crane shall consist of a hoisting device, a slewing device, luffing device,
etc.
The crane shall be operated by one (1) winch at one (1) motion with full load or
two (2) motions at the same time with reduced speed.
Plumbing depth shall be at 2nd deck in engine room for engine part handling.
Safety devices shall be provided in accordance with the Builder's practice.(to
include overload, luffing, hoisting and max. jib slewing angle limit)
Wire rope shall be of anti-twist galvanized steel.
Jib rest shall be provided at a suitable location.
Class certificate for provision crane shall be provided.
1) Oil hose davit
Two(2) set of oil hose davit shall be provided at lubrication oil
bunkering station on the upper deck.
The particular shall be as follows:
3-147
327 Davits
-Type
- Hoisting load
- Hoisting operation
: Fixed jib type.

: 0.49 MT SWL.
: One (1) portable air motor driven. (One (1) motor
for the common use of both side davits)
: Appx. 1.5M from the Vessels extreme beam.
- Outreach
3-148
327 Davits
2) Suez canal searchlight davit.

One(l) set of Suez Canal searchlight davit combined with bosun store parts handling
shall be provided on the forecastle deck and shall be operated [manually.] by air motor
- Type
- Hoisting load
: Fixed jib type.

: 0.2 MT SWL.
: Manual operation by chain block.
3) Injured person/sludge handling davit

One(l) set of portable davit shall be provided for removing a stretcher and taking
sludge.
- Type
: Portable type.
3-149
327 Davits
- Hoisting load
3-150
: 0.2 MT SWL.
: Portable air motor driven.
328 Deck inventory

1) Bosun's and carpenter's store
The Vessel shall be furnished on board with the general tool and outfitting of the
following list, in accordance with the Builder's standard.
No.
Name
Size (mm)
Material
Q'ty
Remark
257 Carpenter's
19
Carbon
steel
Strike chisel
chisel
258 Carpenter's
13
Carbon
steel
Hollow chisel
chisel
259 Mooring
P.P rope
6 stopper
260 Anchor buoy
0300
261 Gimlet
40x200
262 Sledge
6kg
Carbon
steel
263 Hand
0.5kg
- 1 hammer
1
0.9kg
264 Claw hammer
0.8kg
265 Large wood
150 x 250
266 Hatchet
L = 350
267 Fid
1 hammer
1
Non-sparking
hammer
-
Hard
Wood
1
1
1
Non-sparking
hammer
1
1
1
45 dia. x 300
55dia.x380
60dia. x 460
12. Marine spike 20 dia. x 200

25dia. x 350
30dia. x 500
1 hammer
3-151
Name
Size (mm) Q'ty

Remark
Material
No.
13. Serving
mallet
14. Serving
board
3-152
80 dia. x 150 Wood x300
30 x 100
x 100
Wood
No.
Q'ty
Remark
Name
Size (mm)
Material
268 Sale maker's
Leather
palm
269 Chipping
hammer
17. Big scraper
L = 760
3-153
Right type
Name
Size (mm)
Q'ty
Remark
Material
No.
18. Triangular
scraper
19. Paint scraper
3-154
L = 250
L = 200
Carbon steel
Non-sparking
material
Size (mm)
Material
No.
Q'ty
Remark
Name
20. Wire brush

21. Squeezer
3-155
L-300
L - 1,200
Name
Size (mm)Q'ty
Remark
Material
No.
L - 1,250
22. Mop
Liner
Coir
23. Coir broom

24. Paint pot
L = 1,000
200 x 200 x l.Ot
3-156
Galv.
steel
No.
Q'ty
Remark
Name
Size (mm)
Material
25. Long paint

brush
L = 600
26. Paint brush
100x23
0
Round type
L = 800
Flat type
27. Crow bar

L = 1,500
3-157
Q'ty
Remark
Name
No.
Size (mm)
Material
28. Monkey
wrench
L = 250
L = 375
29. Common
spanner
13x17
19x24
24x27
30x32
36x41
3-158
No.
Q'ty
Remark
Size (mm)
Name
Material
30. Cutting plier
L = 210
3-159
Q'ty
Remark
Name
No.
31. Tin shears
Size (mm)
Material
L = 300
3-160
No.
Q'ty
Remark
Size (mm)
Name
32. Screw driver
Material
5 dia. x 100
8 dia. x 150
3-161
10 dia.
x 200
Each
2
Total 6
Each type
Q'ty
Remark
Name
No.
33. Shovel
Size (mm)
Material
240 x 270 Non-sparking L =

900
material
3-162
No.
Q'ty
Remark
Size (mm)
Name
34. Carborundum
stone
Material
35. Cork fender

450 dia.
20 dia. x 15m
270 Rat guard

with rope
271 Oiler
Oil stone
Fine
medium
Cork manila
O.D : 600
I.D : 40
Galv.
steel
1.6txl5
0
xl60
Galv.
steel
3-163
6 sets with rope
Total 12
For mooring
rope
Q'ty
Remark
Name
No.
Size (mm)
38. Funnel
39. Oil measure

40. Lamp scissors
Material
155 x 1.6t
200 x 1.6t
Galv.
steel
3Ltr
Plastic
L = 200
Steel
3-164
Material
No.
Q'ty
Remark
Name
41. Bench vice
3-165
125
Q'ty
Remark
Name No.
Size (mm)
42. Bosun chair

with block
& rope
Material
200 x 620 Wood x 3 0

20 dia. x 50m Manila
43. Paint stage 350x2,600 with

block & x 50t
3-166
Wood
2 sets
4 sets
Size (mm)
Q'ty
No.
Remark
Material
Name
rope
20 dia. x 50
3-167
Manila
Q'ty
No.
Remark
Name
44. Hand saw

45. Safety net
46. Grease pump

adapter
Size (mm)
Material
L = 600
7m x 7.4m
6 dia. rope
P.P.
rope
18Ltr. with
272 Tool box

273 Carpenter's
tool box
3-168
For
accommodation
ladder
2) Navigation outfit
Navigation outfits shall be equipped as follows:

2 - Prism binocular (50mm x 7 times magnification, night glass, object glass)
- Aneroid barometer (with thermometer & milibar scale)
- Aneroid barometer with recorder (battery driven)
- Thermometer for sea water.
- Thermometer for atmosphere (wet/dry).
- Hand lead (3.2 kg weight with 46 meter line).
- Deep sea lead (12.7kg weight with 230 meter line with reel)
- Sextant.
- Clinometer (pendulum type : Engine control room)
- Clinometer (clock type : wheelhouse and cargo control room)
- Megaphone, portable type (battery use)
- Chronometer, portable type (battery use.)
- Stop watch
- Chart weights with leather cover set Triangular ruler
- Parallel ruler, plastic
- Divider, 200mm
3) Signal equipment
Signal equipment shall be provided as follows:
3 - Black balls (610mm dia., folding type).
1 - Black diamond shape (610mm x 1,200mm dia., folding type). 1 Black cylindrical shape (610mm x 1,200mm dia., folding type) 1 Ship's bell (300mm dia., on the f cle deck) with ship's name 1 - Gong
of steel (460mm dia., with hitter) 1 - Signal shape for STS operation
(will be informed to the Builder by the Buyer)
3-169
4)
Flag, Etc.
Flags shall be equipped as follows in a flag shelf & locker:
1 - International signal flag (medium size)
274
275
- Ship's name code flag (medium size)

- National flags (medium size), eight countries. 2
- Pilot flags (G type : 1, H type : 1)
1 - Quarantine flag 1 - Blue
peter
Other flags, register book, nautical almanac, signal code book,etc. than mentioned above
shall be furnished by the Buyer.
5) Canvas outfit.
Canvas covers shall be of water proof quality vinyl.
Each one(l) of canvas cover shall be provided for the following equipment installed on the
exposed deck :
- Chain pipe.
- Mooring drum of deck machinery.
- Lifeboat davit winch drum.
- Accommodation ladder winch drum.
- Rope ladder for lifeboat and liferaft.
- Navigational equipment.
- Rigging screw of stay.
- Magnetic compass, gyro repeater
- Projectors.
- Speakers.
- Pilot ladder.
- Storage drum of aft E.T.A.
- Fire wire reel
6) Other equipment and instrument not mentioned above shall be supplied by the
Buyer.
330
General
Lifesaving appliance including equipment, arrangement and installation shall be furnished
in accordance with the requirement of SOLAS Regulation and Regulatory body of the
3-170
4)
Flag, Etc.
Vessel's registry.
331
Lifeboat and lifeboat davit

1) Lifeboat
The lifeboat shall be provided as follows.
No.
Type
Capacity
Speed
Material
Two (2)
Totally enclosed type.
The lifeboat shall be driven by a water cooled diesel engine with
electric starting.
One (1) of these lifeboats shall be used as a rescue boats for carrying 6
persons.
30 persons
Not less than 6 knots in still water at a loaded condition
Fiberglass reinforced plastics (F.R.P)
Capacity and certified date shall be marked at position approved by the Regulation.
Name of the Vessel and port of registry shall be painted.
Lifeboat shall be equipped with necessary distress signals, etc. in accordance with
the Rule/Regulations.
Construction and material of lifeboat and accessories shall be in accordance with
the approved manufacturer's standard to comply with the Rule/Regulations.
3-171
2) Lifeboat davit and winch
One(l) set hinged gravity type lifeboat davit made of fabricated steel plate shall be
installed for each lifeboat with necessary blocks, boat falls, galvanized steel wire
rope, etc.
Each davit shall be provided with one (1) set of fixed electric motor driven lifeboat
winch and equipped with a handle for manual operation in an emergency.
Each winch shall have one (1) limit switch to avoid over-hoisting.
The winch shall have a sufficient capacity for lower the lifeboat with persons
onboard.
Hoisting speed shall be in accordance with SOLAS Regulation.
The davits shall be welded to the deck and all moving parts shall be lubricated by
grease nipple.
Lifeboat davits shall be tested as required by the Rule and Regulation.
Other material, fittings, and construction not specified above shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer's standard in compliance with the Rule/ Regulation.
332 Lifer a ft and davit 1)
Liferaft
Liferaft shall be provided as follows:
(Effected term of 8 months)
Seating capacity
15 persons
NO. of set
2 sets
2 sets
6 persons
Iset
Location
"A "-deck port
Man overboard type
"A"-deck stb'd
Man overboard type
F'cle deck
Liferaft shall be of inflatable type of approved construction and equipped in

accordance with SOLAS Regulation and shall be located at an easily accessible
position.
3-172
The liferafts shall be of neoprene coated synthetic fabric and stowed in fiber glass
reinforced plastic container.
Liferafts located "A"-deck shall be provided with a hydraulic pressure releasing device and
necessary fittings in accordance with Regulation.
Marking required by Regulation shall be provided on liferaft and its container.
2) Liferaft davit
Liferaft davit shall not be provided, unless required by the Rules.
Personal life savings, etc. (to be MED (Marine Equipment Directive) type approved)
The life jackets, life buoys, rescue signals, etc. of KG approved type, shall be
provided as follows :_________________________________________________________
Item
No.
Type/Location
Life buoy with self-igniting light and
2
Rigid polyurethane type
activating smoke signal (lifebuoy min.
4kg or able to operate quick-release
arrange.)
Life buoy with self-igniting light
4
Life buoy with life line
2
Life buoy without attachment
4
Life jacket for adult
37 Each cabin (27) Eng.
control room (2)
Wheelhouse (2) Upper
deck fwd. (6)
Immersion suit
3
In rescue boat
Line throwing appliance
1
Wheelhouse
Parachute distress signal
12 Wheelhouse
Red star handflare
6
Wheelhouse (Buyer's supply)
Red light handflare
9
Wheelhouse (Buyer's supply)
Six (6) life jackets shall be stowed on the shelf in the bosun's store.
As for other signals, Sec. 328 shall be referred to.
3-173
One (1) of lifeboat and davit shall be common use of rescue boat and davit, sec. 331
shall be referred to.
3-35a
3-174
34
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM 340
General
The Vessel shall be provided with fire extinguishing equipments necessary to comply with
the requirement of the Class, SOLAS Regulation and the Regulatory body.
Fire extinguishing system shall be installed as follow.
Engine room
Living quarters
Cargo oil tank deck
Galley
Paint store
Emergency
generator room
Other space
Fixed C02 fire extinguishing system, seawater from fire main (fire
hydrant, hose/nozzle) and portable fire extinguishers.
Fixed water based local application fire extinguishing system.
Seawater from fire main (fire hydrant, hose/nozzle) and portable
fire extinguishers.
Fixed foam fire extinguishing system and seawater from
fire main (fire hydrant, hose/nozzle).
Fixed fire extinguishing system for deep-fat fryer.
Sea water spraying system.
Portable fire extinguisher.
Seawater from fire main (fire hydrant, hose/nozzle) or portable
fire extinguishers.
341 Fire main and wash deck system

A fire main and wash deck line shall be served by the following pumps:
- One (1) fire & general service pump in engine room.

- One (1) fire & bilge pump in engine room.
- One (1) emergency fire pump in steering gear room recess.
A main fire and wash deck line shall be arranged on the upper deck with branch pipe to
each hydrant on deck for fire fighting and wash deck.
3-175
Branch line from the main line shall also be led to the following:
- Living quarters fire main with an isolating valve.

- Bilge eductor in chain locker/bosun store/paint store.
- Anchor chain washing.
- Water spraying for paint/lamp store.
- Foam fire extinguishing system.
- Water ballast stripping eductor.
- Portable gas freeing fan for cargo/slop tanks.
One(l) isolating valve shall be provided on the fire main line at deckhouse front.
The detail of fire & general service pump and fire & bilge pump shall be referred to
"Section 616".
342
Fire hydrant
Fire hydrants shall be arranged for exposed deck, living quarters and engine room.
The arrangement of fire hydrants and provision of hoses and nozzles shall be in
accordance with the requirement of Rule.
Fire hydrants shall be of 2 1/2 " STORZ 65mm in nominal diameter for engine room &
upper exposed deck and of 2 1/2 " STORZ 65mm in nominal diameter for other parts, and
hose valves shall be provided with an instantaneous bronze hose coupling of DIN
standard.
Fire hose shall be of 15-18m length complete with a coupling and a combined jet & water
fog nozzle of bronze.
Sufficient number of flexible reinforced hoses shall be provided in accommodation,
engine room and other spaces where required by the Rule.
Hose box of FRP for exposed deck and hose reel (2.3mm thick galv. steel) shall be
provided in E.R.
The fire hoses with coupling, jet & water fog nozzles and necessary fittings shall be
stowed in FRP boxes and hose reel.
One(l) international shore connection shall be provided in compliance with the Rule
3-176
Requirement.
A fixed total flooding high-expansion foam system shall be provided for extinguishing
the fire in engine room.
The system shall consist of a foam pump, a foam storage tank, foam generators/
nozzles, control valves, foam/water discharging pipes, control device, etc. according to
the manufacturer's standard and Regulatory body.
The foam storage tank and foam pump shall be installed for high expansion foam fire
fighting system in the E/R & deck foam room.
The foam expansion ratio shall not exceed than 1,000 times of the volume of the
mixture when sprayed on engine room each deck.
Proportion of liquidfoam shall be 2% regular type.
The foam/water shall be of mixed liquid consisting of foam compound of 2% by
volume and sea water of 98% by volume, which shall be mixed by foam pump and
proportioned
Mixed foam/water liquid shall be discharged to engine room and shall be expanded at
foam generators arranged in each compartment where necessary.
The capacity of the foam liquid and number of the foam generator shall be in
compliance with the Rules and Regulations and according to the manufacturer's
standard.
The sea water shall be supplied by the emergency fire pump.
The high expansion foam releasing for engine room shall be done at the fire control
station.
Instructions for operation of the system shall be displayed at each control position.
Isolating valve shall be provided for purifier room, E.C.R. and rest of engine room.
344
Fixed water based local application fire extinguishing system

The following localized fire suppression shall be applied without engine shut-down,
personnel evacuation, shut-down of forced ventilation fans or the sealing of the space.
Main
engine
Aux.
Engine
Boiler front
3-177
Fire hazard protection of incinerator
Purifiers for heated fuel oil
3-178
A fixed water based local application fire extinguishing system shall consist of pump unit,
discharge lines, discharge nozzles, starter/control cabinet and valves in accordance with the
manufacturer's standard and Rule/Regulation.
The pump unit shall not provided the spare pump or back up unit for the system and shall
be placed outside the protected area.
Adequate pipe shall be used for small discharge line from distribution valve to discharge
nozzle in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
The design pressure of the system and thickness of water mist pipe shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer's standard.
The fire extinguishing system shall have both automatic and manual release device.
Activation of any local application system shall give a visual and distinct audible alarm in
the protected space and at continuously manned station. This alarm shall indicate the
specific system activated.
Local fire detection system shall be provided in the above protected space.
345

For fire detection system for engine room, refer to "Section 865".
3 -38a
The fixed foam fire extinguishing system shall be provided for the fire extinguishing on deck of
cargo area.
The system shall consist of a foam pump, a foam storage tank, manually operated foam monitors,
a proportioner, valves and interconnecting pipes.
The foam storage tank foam pump and proportioner shall be installed in foam room.
One (1) set of over filling hatch of appx. 600mm x 600mm size and appx. 300mm height shall
be provided on the top of foam tank, if necessary.
The foam expansion ratio shall be approx, seven (7) times of the volume of the mixture when
sprayed on deck.
The foam/water shall be of mixed liquid (alcohol resistant foam, UNJVEX 3-3 or equivalent)
consisting of foam compound of 3% by volume and sea water of 97% by volume, and be mixed
by foam pump and proportioner.
The capacity of the foam and number of the foam monitor shall be in compliance with the Rule
and Regulation.
The water shall be supplied from sea water fire main line.
An independent foam/water distribution main line shall be arranged on the upper deck and
branched off to each foam monitor.
The platform of steel open grating with handrail and vertical or inclined ladder shall be provided
for the foam monitor.
The valves associated with the foam system shall be locally/manually operated.
Four(4) sets of portable foam applicator consisting of foam hose and nozzle shall be
provided (mid-ship store, accommodation front wall port and stbd).
An electric motor driven emergency fire pump shall be installed in emergency fire pump
space under the steering gear room flat in compliance with the requirement of Rule.
The emergency fire pump shall have an independent suction sea chest and discharge to fire
main line through a stop valve at an easily accessible position.
The emergency fire pump shall be of self-priming centrifugal type and shall be directly
coupled to an electric motor, location of suction sea chest as low as possible.
- Pump capacity : According to Class Rule Requirement.
The electric source shall be led from the emergency generator.
The material of the pump shall be equivalent to the sea water pumps in engine room.
348
Loose fire fighting equipment

1) Fireman's outfits
Four (4) sets of fireman's outfit shall be provided and stowed in the locker in
accommodation (2 sets) and mid deck store or bosun store (2 sets).
2) Portable fire extinguishers
The portable fire extinguishers shall be provided and stowed as follows :

Item
No.
Location
9 L foam or
Each
Bosun's store, steering gear room
12kg dry powder
one (1)
Each
Each deck in accommodation
one (1) or
two (2)
One (1)
Engine room
every
20m
walking
dist.
6.0kg
Each
Air-conditioning room, wheelhouse, galley,
C02
one (1)
45 L foam
135 L foam
Portable foam
applicator unit
1
1
1
em'cy generator room, engine control room, cargo

control room
Vicinity of the boiler burner
The spare charger for portable fire extinguishers shall be stowed in the locker in
accommodation.
3) Emergency escape breathing devices (EEBD)
Emergency escape breathing devices shall be provided in accordance with the Authority
requirement.
4) Personnel protection
Protective equipment (4 sets), safety equipment (3 sets) with air compressor (Iset, 200bar,
220V AC, 3ph), stretcher (1 set), first aid (lset) with 2.5 liter capacity oxygen resuscitation
(1 set), oil spill kit (2 sets) and fire blanket (2sets) shall be provided in accordance with the
requirement of Rule/Regulation (excluding medical/medicine, antidote and shipboard oil
response equipment).
Suitable respiratory and eye protection sufficient for every person onboard for emergency
escape purpose shall be supplied by the Buyer according to requirement of Rule/Regulation,
if, necessary.
CHAPTER 4
ACCOMMODATION
40
GENERAL
Accommodation spaces shall consist of cabins, public spaces, offices, navigation and
control spaces, passageways, sanitary spaces, catering spaces and other spaces as shown
on the Accommodation Plan.
401
Complement and cabin
Class
Captain
Part
Captain
C/Engineer
Senior officer
Deck part
Engine part
Junior officer
Deck part
Engine part
Pilot
Deck part
Engine part
Deck part
Engine part
Petty officer
Crew
Suez crew
Total
No. of room
Space per room
1
1 - Day room
1
1 - Bed room
1 - Private lavatory with a shower
1
1 - Day room
1
1 - Bed room
2
1 - Single berth room
2
1
3
3
6
6
(2-2 tier berth for crew cabin at near
officer's laundry)
1 - Private lavatory with a shower One (1) of
these cabin shall be used for quarantine
cabin.
(6P)
Commonly use with gymnasium
27 persons plus six (6) suez crew
Various spaces which are to be arranged in accommodation and other spaces shall
be grouped and defined with rank of furnishing as follows.
If such spaces are arranged in agreed on the Accommodation plan.
Private space
Public space
All cabins, refer to section 401 except private lavatory

Officer's mess room
Officer's smoking room
Crew's mess room Crew's
smoking room Duty mess
room Hospital Gymnasium
4-183
402 Layout
Office space
Sanitary space
Catering space
Navigation space
Control space
Conference room
Ship's office
Private lavatory Common W.C Hospital
lavatory
Officer's laundry with drying room Crew's
laundry with drying room Deck changing
room with shower space Engine changing
room with shower space
Galley
Officer's pantry
Crew's pantry
Wheelhouse (inch chart and radio space)
Engine control room (in E.R.)
Cargo control room
Passage space
Corridor
Stairway
Provision space
Dry provision store with farinaceous space

Machinery space
Air-con unit room Emergency generator

room Hydraulic power unit room
(E/R)
Bonded store
Fire control station
Foam room
Battery room
Oxygen/acetylene bottle space
Pipe/duct & ele. cable trank
Garbage store
Other sundry store and locker
Electric store & converter room
Paint store (upper deck fwd)
Deck store
Sundry space
Oil drum stowage space appx. 3,000mm x 4,000mm size with oil coaming (200mm height) and
drain plug shall be provided on weather exposed area of B-deck port side.
Steel box for em'cy suit shall be provided on weather exposed area of B-deck both Side.
4-184
41
410
JOINER WORK
General
The construction of the joiner work shall be of such a design as to conceal the main
electric cable, vent duct, piping, etc. except where there are no space to conceal behind
lining and ceiling.
The piping in catering, sanitary (except private lavatory and hospital bath room)
and store spaces shall not be concealed.
Board or section of lining and ceiling in way of valve and junction box of wiring, etc.
shall be arranged for easy removal by means of hinged section for inspection, adjustment,
drain, accessibility and possible repair.
Clear height of living space, except locker, measured from top of deck floor covering to
bottom of overhead ceiling shall generally be appx. 2,100mm as far as practicable except
protruding part such as ceiling lamp, ventilating louver, unavoidable corner bracket, etc.
which may extend max. 100mm.
Clear height of private sanitary space shall be appx. 2,000mm.
Material and installation shall be done in accordance with SOLAS Regulation.
All materials for joiner work shall be of marine quality approved by the Class as far as
applicable.
All joiner bulkheads shall be set in steel profile in accordance with the Builder's practice.
Watertight coaming shall be made by bottom profile behind lining in way of wet space
and exterior steel boundary bulkhead.
The detail of securing and construction of bottom rail, top rail, skirting, etc. shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer's standard and the Builder's practice, unless otherwise
required by the Rule and Regulation.
The sample of color shall be submitted to the Buyer for selection of color for cabin,
public space and where necessary.
4-185
411
Joiner bulkhead and lining panel (wall panel)

No lining (namely bare steel with paint) shall be provided for following space :
- Sanitary spaces except private lavatory and hospital lavatory.

- Machinery spaces
- Sundry spaces
- Dry provision store.
Other spaces shall be provided with wall panels, which consists of two kinds, namely
divisional bulkhead panels for the wall without steel bulkhead, and lining panels for the
wall with steel bulkhead.
Total 50mm thick rock wool board finished with 0.6mm thick galvanized steel coated
with decorative PVC film on both sides shall be used for the divisional bulkhead panel.
Total 25mm thick rock wool lining board finished with 0.6mm thick galvanized steel
coated with decorative PVC film on one side and galvanized on the other side shall be
used for the lining panel.
Spline joint type profile shall be used for wall panel joint.
412
Ceiling panel
The ceiling panel of total 25mm thick rock wool board finished with 0.6mm thick steel
finished with white baked enamel coat on visual side shall be provided for the space
where wall panel is provided.
The ceiling panel shall be fastened on galvanized steel framing.
186-5
413
Steel wall
The following spaces shall be enclosed by steel wall :
- Wheelhouse/chart space/radio space.

- Battery room.
- Air-conditioning unit room.
- Catering spaces and sanitary spaces for public use.
- Emergency generator room.
- Dry provision store and bonded store.
- Refrigerated provision chamber.
- Gymnasium
- Stairway
- Stores and lockers having an area of more than 4 .
4-6
42
420
DECK COVERING, INSULATION, LADDER AND RAIL

General
All deck coverings shall be laid in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation
and/or the Builder's practice.
Before the deck coverings are applied, the steel deck shall be properly cleaned.
In all areas where deck covering is laid, steel anchor clip shall be welded to the deck at a
suitable interval.
Deck covering shall be sloped to the scupper to give good drainage in catering space and
wet space.
Where adjacent deck covering are different in thickness, the thinner shall be gradually
increased in thickness to finish flush'with the thicker.
Deck covering shall be laid after all connections to deck for fastening equipment and
furniture, etc. and all penetrations for piping cable, vent duct, etc. have been installed.
The corners between the floor and walls shall be rounded for easy cleaning in the
hospital.
For deck covering of accommodation space on the upper deck level, leveling work shall
be made for providing horizontal plane to the cambered deck part, but leveling work in
each space shall be done independently.
421
The exposed deck shall not be applied with deck covering, but shall be finished with
paint.
Deck
covering
1) Floor
Deck covering shall be applied as follows:
4-7
Captain class cabins
2mm vinyl sheet on 7mm thick latex deck

composition underlayment
4-7
Other private cabin,

;
public spaces, office
2mm vinyl sheet on 7mm thick latex deck

composition underlayment
:
spaces,
<
navigation spaces, control spaces,
passage spaces, gymnasium
4-7
Refer to Section 421,2)

Catering spaces
sanitary spaces
and
Refrigerated provision chamber:
Refer to Section 462, 2)
Sundry spaces, dry provision

: Paint finished
store, machinery spaces, etc. and other spaces
except mentioned above
The top flooring shall be secured to the underlayment with a bonding agent.
2) Cementing and tiling
The deck surface in galley and pantry shall be covered with nonskid grooved
quarry tile of porcelain on 30mm thick cement bed.
Gutterway tile with cover shall be provided at periphery in these spaces to allow
easy drainage.
The deck surface in the sanitary spaces shall be covered with porcelain mosaic tile
on 30mm thick cement bed, with the skirt of one(l) tier tile height, and the
boundary of the shower spaces shall be tiled up to about 100mm in height with
tile for the coaming.
3) Grating and mat
5mm thick rubber mat of breadth of appx. 600mm shall be provided at the front
part and aft part of main switch board in engine control room and at the front
part of the main equipment in wheelhouse, and emergency generator room.
14mm thick perforated synthetic rubber mat with paralleled grooves underside for
allowing drainage of water shall be provided along the front bulwark part
(forward part only) on the bridge wings.
422
Insulation
Accommodation shall be insulated against fire, heat and sound in accordance with the
Rule/Regulations.
Overhead and steel wall of private space, public space, office space, sanitary space,
catering space, navigation space, corridor space and control space where directly exposed
4-8

to weather shall be insulated with 30mm thick sprefix G(spray type) in general and
navigation space shall be insulated 75mm thick sprefix G(spray type). The beam, girder
and stiffener on insulated overhead and wall of above spaces shall be insulated with
30mm thick sprefix G(spray type) and navigation space shall be insulated 75mm thick
sprefix G(spray type).
Overhead and steel wall of bonded store, foam room, battery room and emergency
generator room where directly exposed to weather shall be insulated with 30mm thick
sprefix G(spray type)
Overhead and steel wall of air-con. unit room shall be insulated with 30mm thick sprefix
G(spray type).
The beam and stiffeners shall not be insulated for those spaces.
Engine control room floor and cabin & public space floor on the upper deck shall be
insulated with high heat board (50mm thick silicate board) on deck composition for
sound reduction in accordance with the Builder's practice.
As for the space partially exposed, the insulation shall be extended to 450mm inside
beyond the boundary as far as practicable.
Fire insulation of A-60/30/15 on bulkhead or deck between various space shall be carried
out in accordance with Chapter II-2, part C of SOLAS Regulation.
Sundry space and machinery space on the funnel side shall not be insulated except
required by the Rule/Regulations.
Where accommodation spaces are arranged just above the engine room or fuel oil tank,
the spaces shall be insulated according to the Rule/Regulations.
A-60 insulation being insulated on the common boundries of paint store (60mm
thickness sprefix S(spray type density 140kg/m3 with Al-foil finish above 2M from
bottom).
aluminum foil for visible part(Above 2M from bottom)

Galvanized steel sheet of 0.7mm thick :
Dry provision store
Ladder and rail in accommodation

1) Stairway in accommodation space
4-8

Item
Clear width
Side stringer
Step
Handrail
Stairway in accommodation space

Dimension
Material
appx. 800 mm
150 mm x 4.5 mm
Steel plate.
Min. 250mm x 4.5 mm Steel plate covered with
vinyl sheet and non-skid
nosing
40 mm x 6 mm
Steel plate covered with
SUS 304.
Handrail stanchion
15A
Steel pipe covered with

25pie SUS 304 pipe.
Clear width of stairway shall be allowed passage of a stretcher.

Staircase shall be enclosed by steel wall having fire retarding door according to the Rule and
Regulation.
The inclination of stairway shall be 45~50 to the horizontal as far as practicable.
Spacing of steps shall be max. 200mm as uniformly apart as practicable. 2) Storm
rail
Storm rails of SUS 304 shall be fitted on the inside front wall of wheelhouse.
Storm rail in lavatory shall be of stainless steel pipe with brass chrome plated.
Storm rails of SUS 304 shall be fitted along one (1) side of corridors in accommodation
space where necessary and its height shall be appx. 1,000mm.
4-8
43
FURNITURE AND FIXTURE 430
General
Each room or space shall be provided with furniture to the extent specified hereinafter.
The drawings of furniture shall be submitted for the Buyer's approval.
The material of wooden furniture shall be of particle board or bear board and the outside
shall be finished with melamine film for bed, wardrobe, desk, bookcase, bookrack, tea
table and chest of drawer unless otherwise specified herein.
The top surface of desk and table shall be covered with 1.2mm thick melamine plastic
laminate.
Design, shape and construction of wooden furniture shall be of the Builder's standard and
practice.
Steel furniture shall be of commercial stock with durable construction available in the
market.
Steel furniture shall be finished with baked enamel coating.
Air hole for ventilation shall be providedfor wardrobes and cabinet lockers.
The size of steel furniture may be changed slightly to meet those of commercial stock,
irrespective of the description in the Specifications.
Fixing arrangement of furniture shall be in accordance with the Builder's practice.
The size of furniture specified in Section 431 "Furniture list" shall be as follows.
The items, quantities, and dimensions of furnitures may "be adjusted in accordance with
accommodation arrangement, subject to the Buyer's approval.
Item
Class
Appx. Size (mm)
Remarks
Bed
Captain class
2,000(L) x 1,400(B) x 650(H)

4-11
With a drawer
underneath
Wardrobe
with a
mirror
Desk
Sofa
Bookcase
or
bookrack
Senior officer
2,000(L) x 1,200(B) x 650(H)
Junior office
class & other
class
Hospital
2,000(L) x 1,200(B) x 650(H)
Captain class
Senior office
Junior office
class & other
class
Captain class &
senior office
class
Junior officer
Class & other
class
900(B) x 600(D) x 2,100(H)

900(B) x 600(D) x 2,100(H)
600(B) x 600(D) x 2,100(H)
Steel pipe berth

(tilting type)
without drawer
Double door type
Double door type
Single door type
l,600(L)x 700(B) x 770(H)
Double pedestal type
l,200(L)x 700(B) x 770(H)
Single pedestal type
2,000(L) x 950(B) x 650(H)
Captain class & 2,000(L) x 760(B) x 400(H)

senior officer
class
Junior officer l,800(L)x 760(B) x 400(H)
class &
other class
Captain class 1,200(B) x 400(D) x 770(H)
Senior officer
class
Junior officer
class &
other class
With a drawer
underneath
With a drawer
underneath
With arm rest
Without arm rest
Bookcase
1,200(B) x 400(D) x 2,100(H)

1,200(B) x 400(D) x 770(H)
600(B) x 350(D) x 300(H)
4-11
Bookrack
4-11
Class
Captain class
Senior officer
class
Appx. Size (mm)

l,200(L)x 600(B) x 650(H)
l,200(L)x 600(B) x 650(H)
Junior officer
class
Filing cabinet 4-drawer
2-drawer
Chest of
drawer
800(L) x 600(B) x 650(H)
Item Tea
table
460(B) x 600(D) x 1,390(H)

460(B) x 600(D) x 770(H)
1000(B) x 600(D) x 650(H)
Remarks
Steel
Wood
With mirror
(500 x 700)
Fittings of furniture
Fittings on visible part shall be of nickel chrome plated brass in general.

Chair fastener of chain or rope type (private cabins) shall be provided for the chairs.
Locks shall be provided for wardrobes and the uppermost tier of drawer for desk.
Mirror
A frameless small mirror shall be fitted on inside of the wardrobe door in private cabins.
A frameless mirror shall be fitted above wash basin in common lavatory.
4-11
Furniture List
Furniture and fixture shall be furnished as follows.
Space
Officer's mess room
Crew's mess room
Crew's smoking room
Duty mess room
No.
Furniture and fixture

2Mess table (appx. 01,700)
16Arm chairs
10Coat and hat hook
2Small Iocker(1200x600x770)
4Wooden locker
1Tea table (same size as senior officer class)
1Card table
1Corner sofa
1Sideboard forTVandVTR
4Arm chairs
2Easy chairs
6Coat and hat hook
1Notice board
2Mess tables (appx. 800(B) x 2,400(L))
16Common chairs
1Sideboard (rearrange to Crew's pantry)
1Hot water boiler (appx. lOlit.)
(rearrange to Crew's pantry)
1 Refrigerator (200 lit. domestic type)
(rearrange to Crew's pantry)
16
Coat and hat hook
1Tea table(same size as junior officer class)
1Card table
1Corner sofa
14 Sideboard for TV and VTR Arm
chairs
2Easy chair
6Coat and hat hook
1Notice board
1Mess table (appx. 600(B) x 2,400(L))
4Arm chair
1Sideboard with a sink
1Electric toaster (4-slicers)
1Electric water boiler (appx. lOlit)
1Coffee machine (appx. 20 lit)
1 Refrigerator (appx. lOOlit domestic type) with
box
4-14
Furniture List
Space
Hospital
No.
3

Berth of steel pipe with side rail
(adjustable type)
Examination couch (movable type)
Steel locker
Bed side table
Medicine locker
Desk
Bookrack
Common chair
Refrigerator (domestic type, appx. 50lit.)
Dirty linen box
Wash basin with arm control lever
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2) Office space
Space
Ship's office
Conference room
No.
1
6
2

Conference table
Stacking chair
Bookcase for drawing
(appx.l200x500x2100)
Filing cabinets with 4 drawers
Book case
Revolving arm chair
Computer table
Coat and hat hook
Conference table
(appx. 3,000 x 1,100 x 650 (H))
Arm chair
Book case
Sideboard
Notice board
3
1
1
1
6
1
10
3
1
1
3)
Private space
Space
Captain class' day room
No.
Sofa Tea table
Book casefappx. 1,200 x 400 x 770mm) Book
casefappx. 1,200 x 400 x 2,100mm)
Easy chairs
Refrigerator (appx. 100 lit. domestic type) with
box Side board Desk
File cabinet with 2-drawers Revolving arm chair
4-14
Furniture List
Captain class' bed room
Berth Arm chair

Chest of drawers with mirror
Wardrobe
Safe box(for captain only)
Senior officer class' day

room
Sofa Tea table Bookcase Desk

Revolving arm chair Easy chairs Side board
Refrigerator (appx. 100 lit. domestic type) with
box
Filing cabinet with 2 drawers Coat and hat hook
Senior officer class' bed

room
Space
Junior officer class'
cabin
No.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Petty officer class' and

crew class' cabin
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
No.
Crew for 2-tier berth

cabin
Space
Wheelhouse
Coat and hat hook
11
Berth Stool
Chest of drawers with mirror
Wardrobe
Berth
Wardrobe
Desk
Sofa
Bookrack
Tea table
Arm chair
Coat and hat hook
Berth
Wardrobe
Desk
Sofa
Bookrack
Arm chair
Coat and hat hook
2-tier berth
Wardrobe
Desk
Sofa
Bookrack
Arm chair
Coat and hat hook
Furniture and
fixture
Flag locker Flag
pigeon box Pilot
chair Folding table
Bookcase (1,000 x400x
770mm)
4-14
Furniture List
Radio and chart space
411
Engine control room
12
11
6
3
Cargo control room
21
1
Settee
Chart table (appx. 3,000mm
length) Desk (1,200 x 700 x
770mm) Working table
Revolving arm chair Arm
chair
Bookcase (1,000 x 400 x
770mm)
Filing cabinet with 4 drawers
Book case with Locker
(1,100 x 400 x
2100mm)
Coat and hat hook
Folding table
Book rack
Bookcase (1,200 x 400 x
770mm) Revolving arm
chair Filing cabinets with 4
drawers Refrigerator (appx.
lOOlit. domestic type) with
box
Coat and hat hook book
rack
Revolving arm chair
Filing cabinet with 4 drawers
Desk
C
o
m
pu
ter
de
sk
C
on
fe
re
nc
e
ta
bl
e
St
ac
ki
ng
ch
ai
r
Coat and hat hook
Commonly used with suez
1
14
6
Gymnasium
1
4-14
Furniture List
11
Deck changing room
6
10 1 1
Engine changing room
10 1 1
Eye washer facility
crew room Ping pong table

with two (2) sets racket
and a dozen of ball
Wooden bench Locker
Folding type portable bed
Steel cloth locker (300W x
515D) Wooden bench
Wash basin with mirror and
towel rail
Steel cloth locker (300W x
515D) Wooden bench
Wash basin with mirror and
towel rail
Ey
e
was
h
fou
ntai
n
Em
erg
enc
y
sho
wer
11
4-14
432
Upholstery
1) Mattress
One(l) mattress shall be provided at each berth and stuffed with 150mm thick
foam plastic with spring.
Mattress shall be upholstered with cotton cloth.
All other beddings shall be supplied by the Buyer.
2) Sofa & chair
Sofa, settee and chair shall be stuffed as follows:
- Seat
- Back
: PU Foam plastic.
: PU Foam plastic.
Sofa, settee and chair shall be upholstered as follows.

- Fabric for captain class and senior officer class cabin.
- Vinyl leather for other spaces.
3) Curtain
A window curtain of polyester yarn (flame retardant material) shall be provided for
cabins and public spaces except in wheelhouse and engine control room .
Roller blind shall be fitted on front windows in accommodation except wheelhouse in
order to prevent day light.
Bed curtain of polyester yarn (flame retardant material) shall be provided for junior
officer and lower cabin and hospital.
A shower curtain of nylon sheet shall be fitted for each shower space.
The partition curtain of blind type shall be fitted between chart space and wheelhouse,
and between radio space and wheelhouse.
1) Private lavatory
Wash basins shall be of white vitreous china.
Each shall have one up-down faucets and a S-shaped drainage trap.
Water closets shall be of vacuum type and white vitreous china.
The vacuum toilet system shall consist of one (1) vacuum unit, vacuum toilets, vacuum breaker
etc. according to the manufacturer's standard.
A sewage treatment plant with vacuum system capable of holding sewage and sewage holding
tank shall be installed in E.R. and additional sewage holding tank shall not be provided.
Accordingly sewages retained in the tank shall be discharged to the sea or shore as acceptable
by Rule/Regulations.
The sewage holding tank shall be painted in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
The grey water from hospital bathroom and quarantine cabin shall be led to the sewage
treatment plant through the gravity piping line.
Each shower shall have an auto mixing valve and a shower head of telephone type.
4-19
432
Upholstery
Each of the showers, wash basins and bath tub shall be supplied with hot and cold fresh water.
The door of the hospital lavatory shall be opened outward.
Metal fittings and accessories shall be of nickel chromium plate brass finished.
The private lavatory with shower shall be of prefabricated unit type.
Bath tub in the hospital bathroom shall be of material of GRP.
2) Common W.C
Conventional type common W.C. compartment shall be provided in the accommodation space
as shown on the Accommodation plan.
4-19
4) Sewage treatment plant

The sewage treatment plant for handling sewage (black water) shall be provided in engine
room as follows and illustrated in Fig 4-1.
4-21a
- No. of set
-Type
- Capacity
One (1)
Biological, IMO approved
type
27 persons/day
4-21a
The performance shall meet the requirement of IMO (International Maritime

Organization) and USCG for foreign flag vessel.
The construction, material, accessories, spare parts and tools shall be in accordance
5) Gutter way
Steel seat gutter shall be provided in living quarter behind lining space according to the
Builder's practice.
The drain from seat gutter shall be led down to the sweat gutter on the deck below or to
the exposed deck through a drain plug.
Space
No.
Private lavatory
1
Shower (telephone type) with nylon
curtain
1
Water closet
1
Wash basin
1
Toilet cabinet with mirror
1
Soap dish
Storm rails
1
Paper holder
1
Towel rail
1
Ash tray
1
Shower mat
Retractable clothes line
Hospital lavatory
1
Bathtub with telephone type shower head
1
Water closet
1
Wash basin
1
Mirror
1
Soap dish
Storm rails
1
Paper holder
1
Towel rail
1
Shower mat
Common W.C
1
Water closet
Wash basin
1
Soap dish
Storm rail
Paper holder
1
Towel rail
1
Ash tray
4-21a
44
CATERING, LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE
4-208
440
General
Galley and pantry shall be arranged as shown on the Accommodation Plan, and the
equipment shall be provided for food preparing and food handling service.
In general, metal part material that comes in contact with prepared food directly, shall be of
stainless steel so far as practicable and remainder shall be galvanized steel or steel backed
enamel.
Shelves, cupboard and racks for glasses, plates and pots of stainless steel shall be furnished
as necessary in accordance with the layout of spaces.
441
Galley equipment
One(l) galley shall be arranged and furnished with following equipment.
One(l) - Electric cooking range with 6 hotplates and 1 oven. (appx. 15kw)
One(l) - Electric mixing machine (appx. 20 lit. bowl)
One(l) - Electric baking oven (3-compartments)
One(l) - Electric deep fat fryer (appx. 9 lit.)
One(l) - Electric meat sheer (portable, appx. 0.15kw)
One(l) - Electric dish washer(rearrange to officer's pantry)
One(l) - Electric potato peeler (appx. 9kg)
One(l) - Electric waste disposer (appx. 1.5kw)
One(l) - Electric refrigerator (appx. 300 lit. marine type)
One(l) - Stainless steel exhaust hood above the electric cooking range.
Three(3) - Dresser with double sink of stainless steel top.
Two(2) - Working table with stainless steel top.
One(l) - Wash basin with a towel bar, a soap dish and arm control lever. Two(2) Serving table with stainless steel top. One(l) - Chopping block with knife holder.
One(l) pantry for officer class shall be arranged near galley and shall be equipped with the
following:
One(l) - Electric hot plate (appx. 1 KW)
One(l) - Coffee machine (appx. 20 lit)
One(l) - Electric water boiler (appx. 10 lit.)
One(l) - Electric toaster (4 slices)
One(l) - Dresser with double sink of stainless steel top.
One(l) pantry for crewclass shall be arranged near galley and shall be equipped with the
following:
One(l) - Sideboard
One(l) - Hot water boiler (appx. lOlit.) One(l) Refrigerator (200 lit domestic type)
Plate rack, cup hook, jug hook and small shelf shall be provided in accordance with the
Builder's practice.
443
Drinking water fountain

Total two(2) sets of self contained cooled type (deck mounted type) drinking
water fountains with stainless steel top and a self closing tap shall be provided at
following position.
One(l) - In the engine room near the engine control room. One(l) On the corridor near the mess room.
Drinking fresh water shall be supplied to the above drinking water fountains.
4-209
444
Laundry and drying equipment
1) Officer's laundry
One (1) officers' laundry shall be equipped as follows:
1 - Marine type washing machine (appx. 16.0kg) 1 Marine type washing machine (appx. 5.0 kg)
1 - Electric tumble dryer (appx. 6.5kg)
1 - Ironing board of folding type with a canvas cover.
1 - Electric iron (Domestic type)
1 - Washing tub of stainless steel.
1 - Small locker of stainless steel
2) Crew's laundry
One (1) crew's laundry shall be equipped as follows:
1 - Marine type washing machine (appx. 7.0 kg)
1 - Marine type washing machine (appx. 5.0 kg)
1 - Electric tumble dryer (appx. 6.5 kg).
1 - Ironing board of folding type with a canvas cover.
1 - Electric iron (Domestic type)
1 - Washing tub of stainless steel.
1 - Small locker of stainless steel.
3) Drying room (One (1) for officer and one (1) for crew)
Each:
1 - Electric heater (appx. 1.5 kw)
Clothes hanging rod shall be provided.
4-210
445
Sundry spaces
Sundry spaces shall be arranged as shown on the G.A. and the Accommodation Plan, and
equipped as specified hereinafter.
1) Store and locker
Space
Floor
Wall
Bosun store
B.S. & B.S.
grating
Paint/lamp store B.S. & B.S.
grating
Overhead Shelf
B.S.
3-tiers
B.S.
3-tiers
(steel)
B.S. & B.S.

grating
B.S. & B.S.
grating
B.S.
3-tiers
B.S.
3-tiers
Rope stowage
space
Other locker in
accommodation
Aceth. & oxy. gas
bottle space *3)
B.S. & B.S.

grating
B.S.
B.S.
B.S.
3-tiers
B.S.
3-tiers
B.S.
B.S.
B.S.
Sampling store
B.S.
B.S.
Garbage store
B.S.
B.S.
Deck store
Bonded store
Provisions
Location
1-Work table Forward
Forward
1-Lamp
locker 1-Rod
hanging 1Working table
(1,200 x
600mm)
Near cargo
manifold
Accommodation
*1)
*2)
-
Bottle rack
2-tiers
B.S. B.S. (steel)
2-Garbage bin Near cargo

manifold
Upper deck store located casing stb'd shall be provided tool board (1-1,200 x 800)
and working table (1-1,400 x 600).
Note
B.S.
: Bare steel with paint
Grating : Wooden batten grating under shelf
* 1)
: Refer to Section 422 for insulation.
*2)
: One (1) common use in the steering gear room and one (1)
common use in forward bosun store to be provided as rope stowage
space
*3)
: Shall be arranged in separate compartment.
4-211
446
Miscellaneous room
Space
Floor
B.S.
Steering gear room
*1)
Air-con. unit room, B.S.
Wall
B.S.
Overhead
B.S.
B.S.
B.S.
Wall
panel
Ceiling
panel
Ceiling
panel
Shelf
Provisions
em'cy gen. room,

fire control station,
C02 bottle room,
pipe/ duct & ele.
cable trunk
Deck changing
room
Engine changing
room
30mm thick
cement with tile
30mm thick
cement with tile
Wall
panel.
Refer to Section 431
Refer to Section 431
Note
B.S.
: Bare steel with paint
Grating : Wooden batten grating under shelf
* 1)
: Non-skid type paint to be coated for outside area of gutter coaming
2tier wooden batten shelf (2sets, 1,600 x 800 x 2,000H)
45 WINDOW, SCUTTLE AND DOOR
450
General for window

Material of the rectangular window frame and the scuttle shall be of aluminum in general
and steel for A-60 class boundary and wheelhouse window.
Window on front wall and on the side wall up to 5m abaft front wall shall be of fixed
type.
The box material of the scuttle and the window shall be of 0.7mm thick baked enamel
painted steel sheet with a drain hole except wooden board finished with laminated hard
plastic for the wheelhouse window and the engine control room window.
The stiffeners around the windows on wheelhouse front shall be covered with wood.
No window and scuttle shall be fitted corridor space, provision space, sanitary space,
4-212
446
Miscellaneous room
machinery space, sundry space and pantry.
A hot water washing pipe shall be fitted over the windows of wheelhouse front wall and
window cleaning stage fitted with handrail shall be provided.
Spot cooling and heating air shall be provided for defogging windows of around
wheelhouse center.
Two (2) electric motor driven clear view screens (350mm dia.) with a defogging heater if
applicable, three (3) electric motor driven window wipers of twin blade horizontal
moving type shall be fitted on the front windows of the wheelhouse.
Thirteen (13) portable sun screen shall be fitted on the front windows of the wheel
house.
4-213
451
Window
The size and number of rectangular windows shall be as follows.
Location
Wheel
house
Cabin
Public
space
Other
spaces
Front
Side and aft
Captain class
- bed room
- day room
Senior officer class
- bed room
- day room
Junior and rating class
Officer's mess room
Crew's mess room
Officer's smoking
room
Crew's smoking room
Hospital
Ship's office
Cargo control room
Conference room
Gymnasium
Engine control room
Remarks
No. x Approx. size (mm)
1,900 (B)xl, 100(H)
Fixed type
1,200 (B) x 1,050(H)
Fixed type
The window shall be
1 x 500(B) x 800(H)
of inside open side
3 x 500(B) x 800(H)
hinged type, if
acceptable by the
1 x 450(B) x 600(H)
Rule/Regulations.
2 x 450(B) x 600(H)
1 x 450(B) x 600(H)
If the space is located
3 x 500(B) x 800(H)
on the upper deck, the
window shall be of
3 x 500(B) x 800(H)
350mm dia. side
3 x 500(B) x 800(H)
scuttle.
3 x 500(B) x 800(H)
1 x 450(B) x 600(H)
2 x 450(B) x 600(H)
1 x l , 200(B) x 800(H)
2 x 450(B) x 600(H)
1 x 450(B) x 600(H)
2 x 1,200(B) x 800(H)
Fixed type
Fixed type
Fixed type
Fixed type, pair glass
Note
The quantity of the wheelhouse windows shall be depends on the wheelhouse
arrangement.
The hinged type window shall be of side hinged inside open type. 452
Side Scuttle
350mm diameter, side hinged or fixed type, side scuttle with dead light cover shall be
provided in cabin, office and other public spaces on the upper deck.
Door in accommodation shall be provided in accordance with the Builder's practice and SOLAS
Regulation.
Hollow type joiner door with steel frame shall be fitted to private cabin, lavatory, public space
4-214
451
Window
and locker in accommodation.

Each door in private cabin and public space shall be fitted with a vent hole with shutter.
Hollow type joiner door with bull's eye of 250mm diameter shall be fitted to each exposed
entrance to the accommodation space located on B-deck and above.
A weathertight steel door and an internal hollow type joiner door with bull's eye of 250mm
diameter shall be fitted to each exposed entrance on the A-deck.
A hinge door of hollow type with a glass window shall be provided at each side of wheelhouse.
All joiner doors shall be provided with a clear height of about 1,950mm (headroom) from the
surface of the deck or deck covering to the top of opening.
The door opening clear height may be reduced by corresponding sill height.
Door sill height shall be in accordance with the requirement of the Rule/Regulations.
The class of fire integrity of the door shall be equivalent to division to which the door is fitted.
Each door shall be fitted with a lock, a handle, a sill plate, hinges, etc. in accordance with the
Builder's standard.
Doors of cabin, public space, office space, etc. shall be arranged to open into service
compartment as far as possible .
Entrance doors into accommodation on upper deck and A-deck shall be of double doors i.e., one
weather door and the other inside door.
4-215
Door hook or door catcher shall be provided to doors other than those fitted with a self closing
device.
Door self-closing device shall be provided to the door of the following spaces:
- Engine control room.

- Wheelhouse entrance from stairway.
- Stairway.
- Galley.
- Entrance door from exposed deck.
- Public spaces.
- Door to engine room from accommodation.
- Pipe/duct and el. cable trunk
Digital locking device shall be provided to the door of the following spaces:
- Engine control room.
- cargo control room
- Wheelhouse entrance from stairway.
- Entrance door to engine room(accommodation area)
- Fire control station and foam room
- air con. room
- fan room
The fire door shall be provided on stairway enclosure, and fitted with a self closing device with
magnetic stopper which can be released by the remote control from wheelhouse in case of fire.
4-216
454 Door type and size

1) Door type
Type
Hinged type with
fixed glass
Material
Stainless
(SUS 304)
Gastight Hinged
type with fixed
glass
Stainless
(SUS 304)
Application
Entrance door to accommodation on B-deck
and above
Outside entrance to the wheelhouse
Acetylene/oxygen bottle store

Weather tight Steel Steel
door
Hinged door
Steel plate
Access door to engine room
Cabin hinged door B and C class of
Private space, public space, office space,
manufacturer's
sanitary space, catering space, etc. other than
standard type, finished A-class boundary
with P.V.C. film
A class of insulated The space required A-class boundary by the
steel plate finished
Rule/Regulations in accommodation
with P.V.C. film
2) Door size (clear width)
Clear width
800mm
750mm
700mm
Location
Outside entrance to wheelhouse, dry provision store and hospital
Entrance to corridor and stairway in accommodation
Private space, public space, office space, control space, laundry,
changing room, catering space and machinery space, pipe/duct trunk,
ele. cable trunk, stores and sundry space
600mm
Private lavatory, common toilet
Door locks and metallic fittings shall be made of chromium plated brass in general.
Doors of private cabins, public space, control space, inside locker and entrance to
accommodation corridor from outside shall be fitted with mortise type cylinder lock and
latch sets.
The door of bonded store shall be fitted with locking device and seal.
Mortise latch without locking device shall be fitted to the door of stairway, engine room
entrance and private toilet.
4-217

Doors of common W.C. shall be fitted with inside thumb turn and outside indicator.
External door faced to weather shall be fitted with padlock in general.
Threshold cover of stainless steel shall be fitted at all internal doors.
Steps shall be fitted for the doors having a sill height of 400mm and above.
The door shall be insulated where fire insulation applied in the wall to which the door is
fitted.
Eye brow shall be provided to the door facing to the weather without having over
hanging deck above.
Steel weathertight door shall be fitted with clip and rubber packing.
456
Key system
Three(3) sets of keys shall be supplied for each door with name tag. One(l)
master key system with three (3) sub-master key shall be provided. The key
system shall be submitted to the Buyer for approval.
46
461
PROVISION STORE AND REFRIGERATED PROVISION CHAMBER

Dry provision store
One (1) dry provision store shall be provided as follows.
- 3 tier shelf of galvanized steel frame with wooden batten

- Wooden batten grating under shelf.
- Fresh water tap and ample scupper
Overhead and lining wall where directly exposed to weather shall be insulated with
30mm thick sprefix G(spray type) finished with 0.7mm thick galvanized steel sheet.
4-218

The internal overhead and floor shall be of bare steel with paint.
462

1) General
Refrigerated provision chamber shall be provided as shown on the Accommodation
Plan.
Volume, maintaining temperature and cooling system of each compartment shall be
as follows:
Compartment
Meat room
Fish room
Vegetable room
Lobby
Total
Dry provision store
Volume
appx. 25 nf
appx. 10 nf
appx. 25 nf
appx. 30 nf
appx. 90 nf
appx. 50 nf
Temp
-20C
-20C
+4C
-
Cooling system
Unit cooler
Unit cooler
Unit cooler
Un-cooled
Air conditioned
2) Insulation
The wall and ceiling of the refrigerated provision chamber shall be insulated as
Location
Ceiling
Insulation
100mm pu
Wall
100mm pu
Divisional wall
Floor
100mm pu
100mm pu
Lining
0.7mm SUS 304 for visual side.0.7mm
galvanized steel sheet for back side.
0.7mm SUS 304 for visual side.0.7mm
galvanized steel sheet for back side.
0.7mm SUS 304 for both sides.
0.7mm SUS 304 for visual side with P.V.C
grating
Note : pu : Polyurethane foam

described here in under.
Steel equal angle shall be provided for supporting of insulation wall.
Proper number of scupper with syphon type air sealed trap underneath shall be provided in
4-219

each compartment.
3) Door
The door of air tight hinged type and frame for each refrigerated provision chamber shall be
of stainless steel sheet paneled flush type containing insulating material of polyurethane foam.
The size of door for each refrigerated provision chamber shall be of 700mm width and
1,700mm height from the bottom in general.
Door shall have synthetic rubber gasket around for keeping the airtightness.
Each door shall be fitted with one(l) door fastener with handle which can be unlocked from
inside of the chamber by pushing a rod, one(l) hand grip at inside of the chamber, one(l) hook
and eye for keeping door at open position and one(l) locking device with hasp, eye and
padlock, in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
Electric heating cable shall be provided to door frame of meat and fish rooms.
4) Furnishing
Three (3) tier shelf of stainless steel (SUS 304) steel shall be provided in each room.
Portable gratings made of PVC shall be provided under the shelves.
Galvanized steel meat rail and stainless steel hooks shall be furnished in lobby.
4-220
Refrigerating plant
The cooling system shall be of R-407c direct expansion system and air circulation system with
automatic control device and shall be able to keep the temperature of the refrigerating chamber as
specified.
The refrigerating plant shall consist of two(2) refrigerating units, one(l) for working and the other
for standby.
Each unit shall consist of one(l) electric motor driven compressor and one(l) fresh cooled
condenser.
The compressor shall automatically be started and stopped to maintain the specified temperature.
The plant shall be capable of maintaining the specified temperature with one(l) compressor
working at full load not more than 18 hours a day after cooling down under the condition of fresh
cooling water temperature of 36C and outside temperature of 35 C, while the other compressor
to serve as standby.
The initial cooling down to the specified temperature shall be achieved by two(2) compressors
simultaneously.
The particulars of refrigerating plant shall be as follows:
4-221
1) Refrigerating machine
- 1NO.
-Type
- Material
(1) Unit air cooler
One (1) set in each compartment except lobby. Wall or ceiling suspension type.
Manufacturer's standard.
(2) Compressor
4-222
1) Refrigerating machine
-No.
- Type
:
:
Two(2).
Multi-cylinder single acting type driven by an electric
motor.
- Material
-No.
Two (2).
- Type
- Material
Horizontal shell and tube type.
(3) Condenser
(4) Miscellaneous
- One(l) gas dryer.

- One(l) ozone generator in vegetable room.
- Automatic temperature control device.
(5) Piping system
Cooling water shall be supplied from prov. reefer cooling fresh water pump in
engine room.
Drain pipe with electric trace heating coil led from drip pan of each unit cooler
for meat room and fish room shall be connected to the scupper pipe below
deck.
2) Defrosting device
The unit cooler in meat and fish rooms shall be fitted with an automatic defrosting
electric heater.
4-223
3) Control system
A thermal expansion valve control panel and a dial type remote reading thermometer shall be
provided in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
An alarm bell shall be fitted in galley and wheelhouse, and a push button switch shall be
fitted in each refrigerated chamber.
Temperature of each cold chamber shall be indicated on the wall of lobby by a dial
thermometer.
4) Spare parts and material
Spare parts and material shall be supplied in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
4-224
47
VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
470
General
Air-conditioning, mechanical and natural ventilation shall be applied as follows:
_-----_------,---------------.. .---.-------------.---------------------.- - - .
System
Application
Air-conditioning system
- Air conditioned space;
Cabin, public space, hospital, office space.
- Spot cooling/heating spaces; Wheelhouse/chart
space, laundry, dry provision store, changing
room, cargo control room.
- Separate cooling fan unit: Catering space.
Galley, pantry, changing room, private lavatory,
common lavatory, hospital and hospital lavatory,
foam room, lockers in accommodation, steering
gear room, bosun's store, paint/lamp store, em'cy
gen. room, sampling store.
Stores and lockers, battery room, air-con. unit
room, other spaces shall not be provided with
mechanical ventilation.
.
Note
276
Return air from hospital, quarantine cabin catering space, dry provision store
and sanitary space shall not be re-circulated.
277 Local re-cooling and local re-heating device shall not be provided.
278 Sanitary spaces, drying rooms, lockers, stores, passages, etc. shall be excluded
from the air conditioned spaces.
279 Air conditioned space, except hospital, quarantine cabin and sanitary space shall
be exhausted into passage through door louver.
280 Gooseneck, mushroom or wall louver type ventilator shall be provided as
ventilation head on the weather deck.
The ventilators shall be of fabricated mild steel plate painted, with sufficient cross
sectional area and shall be weathertight, if required by the Rule.
281 The coaming height shall be decided in accordance with the requirement of the
Rule Regulation.
282 The size and type of ventilators shall be determined according to the Builder's
standard and requirements of Rule/Regulation.
283 If coaming height exceeds 900mm, bracket stay shall be fitted on the coaming of
mushroom vent.
4-225
1) General
Air-conditioning system shall be installed to serve as ventilation, heating or cooling for the
space specified.
The type of air-conditioning system shall be as follows:
4-226
- System
- Heating
- Cooling
- Humidifying
- Air supply
Central cooling/heating unit type.

Steam.
R-407c direct expansion.
Steam (when heating).
High pressure single duct system.
4-227
For the following space, only spot cooling, heating and separate coaling fan unit &
heater shall be applied without maintaining the design condition mentioned hereinafter:
- Separate cooling fan unit & heater
- Galley (appx. 6 times/hour)
Pantry (appx. 6 times/hour)
- Spot cooling & heating
' Wheelhouse/chart space (appx. 10 times/hour)
- Laundry (appx. 6 times/hour)
' Dry provision store (appx. 5 times/hour, cooling only)
- Changing room (appx. 10 times/hour)
The air-conditioning system not mentioned herein shall be in accordance with the
4-228
2) Design condition
The system shall be designed to meet the following conditions :
Period
Cooling
Heating
Outside Air
Temp. R. Humid.
35 C
70%
-20 C
Inside Air
Temp.
27 C 20
C
Fresh water R.
Humid. Temp 50%
36C 50%
Air re-circulation shall be made so that appx 50% fresh air supply could be maintained
and appx. 50% recirculated air.
Air change rate shall be appx. six(6) times/hour for cabins, appx. eight (8) times/hour
for public spaces (including changing room), ten (10) times/hour for wheelhouse and
fifteen (15) times for cargo control room.
Final air change rate, however, shall be decided according to the Rule requirement and
above temperature condition.
Passage and staircase shall be ventilated through vent louver on cabin doors and shall
serve as an air passage for exhausting to the weather part or for recirculating purposes.
Temperature and humidity condition in the spot cooling spaces may not be kept always
as stated above although conditioned air shall be supplied through punkah louvers.
4-229
3) Air-conditioning plant
Air conditioning plant of R-407c direct expansion system shall be provided for air
conditioning and the air-conditioning system shall consist of the following main
machinery.
The refrigerating plant shall consist of:
Two(2) - Compressor (each 100%, one for working, the other for standby)
- Electric motor driven, single acting reciprocating with manual start/stop and
automatic unloading.
Two(2) - Condenser (each 100%, one for working, the other for standby)
- Horizontal shell and tube type.
Two(2) - Gas dryer.
Material and construction shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
Central air handling unit: One (1) set, having 100% of each required capacity,
one for working, the other for standby One (1) - Spare
motor for air handling unit
The unit shall consist of:
One (1) - Ventilating fan.
- Single speed electric motor driven, centrifugal type. One
(1) - Steam heating coil section.
One (1) - R-407c direct expansion cooling coil section. One
(1) - Humidifying steam spray nozzle.
One (1) - Mixing section comprising a mixing chamber with a damper. One (1) Removable air filter. One (1) - Steam regulating valve.
Separate cooling fan unit
One ( I ) set of cooling fan unit shall be provided in the catering space.
The cooling medium shall be of R~407c direct expansion type and branched from main
cooling line near central air handling unit.
Electric heater shall be combined with cooling fan unit.
The fresh air shall be supplied independently from other accommodation space.
4-41
The accessories such as pressure gauge and thermometer shall be equipped in accordance with
the manufacturer's standard.
Material and construction shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
Auxiliary cooling fresh water pump in engine room shall supply the necessary quantity of
fresh water to the refrigerating plant.
4) Control
The mixing of fresh and recirculated air shall be controlled by the manual operating damper.
When cooling, the system shall be automatically controlled by a thermostat on return duct
with a solenoid valve, while the fan and compressor shall be manually started or stopped.
Humidity shall not be controlled when cooling period.
When heating, the temperature of the supply air shall be automatically controlled by a
temperature sensor fitted on main supply duct with a steam regulation valve.
The humidity of the supply air shall be manually controlled by a steam valve on the fan unit
in winter season.
Volume of supply air shall be manually adjusted at each air outlet.
5) Package type unit cooler
Two (2) sets of package type (each 100% capacity, one for working, the other for standby),
fresh water cooled R-407c direct expansion system unit cooler shall be provided in engine
control room.
The capacity shall be calculated based on the arranged volume of the room and outside air
temperature of 35C, engine room temperature of 45 C and engine control room temperature
of 29 C.
Heating device shall not be provided.
One (1) set of packaged (capacity : appx. 9,000 kcal), air cooled R-407c direct expansion
type unit cooler shall be provided in wheelhouse for emergency cooling, and condenser
shall be located exposed area and closed to wheelhouse.
4-231

Mechanical supply and/or exhaust ventilation system shall be as follows.
1) Air changing ratio per hour
Compartment
Galley
Pantry
Changing room
Private lavatory
Common W.C.
Hospital and hospital lavatory
Lockers in accommodation
Foam room
Steering gear room
Bosun's store
Paint/lamp store
Emergency gen. room
Dry provision store
Laundry & drying room
Air changes per hour (approximately)

Supply
Exhaust
20
40
15
10
10
15
8
5
5
5
5
8
5
10
5
5
2) Ventilation fan
Mechanical ventilation system shall be designed and installed in accordance with the
requirement of the Class and the Regulatory bodies.
Mechanical ventilation fan of A.C. electric motor driven, single speed, axial flow type or
centrifugal type shall be provided for the spaces as mentioned next table.
Material of fan shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
Emergency stop of mechanical fans shall be provided in wheelhouse according to the Rule
requirement.
Type, static pressure and capacity of fan shall be decided on a basis of aforementioned air
change rate and empty compartment capacity dividing some suitable groups.
Each space shall be provided with either supply or exhaust fan(s) with/without duct system
depending upon the characteristics of the compartments.
Number of fan and group or independent duct system shall be decided considering the
arrangement in each compartment and size of ventilator.
4=232
For compartment where only mechanical exhaust ventilation is applied, the air shall be supplied
from adjoining passageway through louver on the entrance door and/or by natural ventilator.
A hood of stainless steel (SUS 304) shall be fitted over the range in the galley and shall have
grease and moisture trap.
The ventilator shall have rat proof wire net and the ventilator for the accommodation space shall
have additional insect screen.
Outlet terminal of exhaust fan from sanitary space and galley shall be arranged away from air
intake as far as practicable.
Compartment
No. of fan
Supply
1
Galley
Pantry
Private lavatory
Common W.C.
Hospital/hospital bath room
Quarantine cabin/lavatory
Laundry and drying room
Changing room
Dry provision store
Steering gear room
Paint/lamp store
Emergency generator room
Bosun store
Foam room
-_
Exhaust
1
2)
2)
1
1)
1)
1
1
3)
1)
1)
1
'1
Note
284
285
One (1) exhaust fan shall be used as common to other spaces.

Ventilation system for the catering space shall be independent from the other space and
one (1) exhaust fan shall be used as common.
286
Ventilation system for quarantine cabin, hospital and lavatory shall be independent from
the other space
473 Duct and trunk
1) Air conditioning duct
Supply ducts shall be as follows:
- Main duct : Rectangular duct with 25mm thick rock wool insulation
4-233

covered with aluminum foil or insulated spiral duct with 0.5mm
thick galvanized steel.
- Branch duct : Insulated spiral duct (15mm thick rock wool) with 0.5mm
thick galvanized steel.
Rectangular type duct with 0.8mm thick galvanized steel shall be provided for
recirculating air and fresh air.
Damaged part of galvanized steel duct by welding shall not be re-galvanized but
coated with zinc rich paint after cleaning by wire brush.
Fresh air shall be led into the air conditioning unit room through an air intake fitted
with door type louver with stainless steel (SUS 304) insect screen (rat proof).
Insulation shall not be applied on fresh air intake and on recirculation duct.
Manually operated damper shall be provided on fresh air intake side and recirculating
air duct side.
Necessary damper shall be fitted to main and branch ducts at suitable locations
according to Rule requirement.
2) Air outlet
The outlets of air supply system in living quarters shall be as follows;
- Spot cooling space

- All other space
: Punkah louver.
: Ceiling mounted pan type diffuser with manual
operating knob.
4=234
3) Mechanical ventilation duct
The ventilation trunk and duct shall be rectangular or non-insulated spiral duct
according to the compartment.
The trunk and duct for use of other than air conditioning shall be made of galvanized
steel sheet, and the thickness shall be determined by breadth for rectangular duct as
follows:
Breadth of duct (mm)
Less than 500
Over 500
Thickness (JIS)
0.5mm
0.8mm
Duct shall be well arranged to minimize the pressure drop.

Supply and suction side of the mechanical ventilation duct shall have duct opening with
screen (SUS 304).
474

Natural exhaust ventilators shall be fitted to any accommodation space not covered by the
mechanical exhaust ventilation system.
Suitable mushroom ventilator, wall ventilator or door louver shall be provided, where
necessary.
Ventilating louver with shutter may be provided on door leading to passage from living
space (except hospital), public space and office space.
Coaming height of ventilator shall be as per Rule requirement for the upper deck, A deck
and shall be as the Builder's practice for the other decks.
Stainless steel insect screen with stainless steel wire mesh guard screen shall be provided at
weather opening of supply and exhaust ventilation duct.
475
Room heater
Electric heater shall he provided as follows.
Compartment
Em 'cy D/G room
Bosun store
Steering gear room
Battery room
No. of heater
1
1
2
1
4-235
Capacity
5KW
5KW
5KW
2KW
3) Mechanical ventilation duct
48
MISCELLANEOUS
481
Notice board and name plate

License and notice board, "Caution" plate, and name plate of plastic printed in English to
identify the quarters and spaces shall be furnished in accordance with the Builder's
practice.
One(l) plaque marked with the ship's call letter shall be provided and secured at a suitable
place in each wheelhouse and radio space.
The notice board/name plate list shall be provided as follows :
Item
Whiteboard
Q'ty
6
Location
Cargo control room, ship's office, engine
control room, galley, wheelhouse,
gymnasium.
Deckhouse front wall
Wheelhouse
Wheelhouse, crew's smoking room, off s
smoking room
Engine control room, cargo control
room
Wheelhouse, cargo control room
2
2
Wheelhouse
Bridge wing
Builder's mark (brass)

Course indicating board (wood)
Notice board (wood)
1
1
3
Oil tank sounding board

(white board)
Ballast tank sounding board
(white board)
Binocular box (wood)
Thermometer & hygrometer box
(wood)
Key cabinet (wood)
Name plate
(room, deck, life jacket, key no.,
etc.)
(plastic/acryl, phenolic sticker)
2
Senior officer's cabin
1 lot Cabin, corridor, stairway, bridge
wing, etc.
4-236
482
Picture and painting

Picture and painting with frame shall be supplied by the Buyer and installed by the
Builder at a place designated by the Buyer's supervisor.
483
Voice tube
Voice tube shall be provided for the communication between wheelhouse and compass
deck.
Mouth piece with cover shall be fitted at the uppermost weather exposed part and lower
end in wheelhouse.
Material of mouth piece and cover shall be of bronze (CR-GILT or equivalent). Voice
tube shall have a suitable internal diameter and shall be of copper tube.
4-237/
Ref. No. : 51PCAA02-030330 Date : April 23, 2003
P
R
E
L
I
M
I
N
A
R
Y
A
C
C
O
M
M
O
D
A
T
I
O
N
A
R
R
A
N
G
E
M
E
N
T
F
O
R
5
1
.
0
0
0
D
W
T
O
I
L
/
P
R
O
D
U
C
T
T
A
N
K
E
R
(
B
u
i
l
d
e
r
'
s
H
u
l
l
N
o
s
.
S
1
1
6
3
/
6
4
)
For and on behalf of tM Buyer
By : / /ypwc* /},mv(.^ Title : 1/ fU't? fi^tJ^^cA Pietro Barbaro S.P.A.

1
By : S\ ( 4 . SH' V
Title: (fit*
STX Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
*ST
S
T
X
S
h
i
p
b
u
i
l
d
i
n
g
C
o
.
,
L
t
d
,
UP
2ND ENGINEER 8E0 RM
8ED
ON
DUCT
&
BED
3rd officer
RM
-3
trunk
captain day rm
u''i
zu.
r-t
5
1
DECK
platform
S
T
S
'
M
CHAPTERS HULL
PIPING SYSTEM
50
500
SEGREGATION AND CARGO OIL PUMPING SYSTEM

General
The cargo handling system shall be designed based on the individual cargo oil pumping
system without pump room and shall be capable of loading or discharging six (6) grade of
cargo simultaneously.
The cargo oil tank and slop tank shall be arranged as shown on the G.A. Twelve
(12) cargo oil tanks and two (2) slop tanks shall be provided. Cargo oil tank
shall be grouped into six (6) segregation.
The cargo oil pumping system shall be of submerged high pressure hydraulically driven
pump in each cargo tank and slop tank.
Total cargo discharge rate shall be 3,600 m3/h based on S.G. 0.75, vise. 1.0CST.
The maximum loading rate of each cargo tank shall be of appx. 660m3/h based on
5*5m/sec. flow velocity.
The cargo oil line, inert gas line, vapor collecting line and cargo tank cleaning line shall be
electrically bonded.
The plate thickness in view of cargo pump suction well in cargo tank shall be
increased at least 2mm than cargo tank bottom thickness.
The all lines of cargo oil line, inert gas line, vapor collecting line and cargo tank
cleaning line, etc shall be electrically bonded on upper deck.
501
Cargo oil pump

The pump shall be a single stage hydraulically driven centrifugal pump, and consist of
three main components (the top plate, the pipe stack and the pump head).
Each cargo pump and other hydraulically driven equipment shall be powered by high
pressure hydraulic oil from a central ring main line.
The hydraulic piping shall consist of hydraulic high pressure line and hydraulic return
line.
Each oil consumer shall be stepless capacity controlled by means of a flow control valve
independently from other consumer in the system.
The hydraulic transmission system shall be designed with automatic load control, and the
equipment shall be regulated the variable hydraulic pump to meet the required oil flow in the
system, in addition to maintain the hydraulic system pressure to a preset level.
1) Pump in cargo oil tank (P&S)
No. of unit
:
Type
:
Capacity x head
Driven by
Shaft seal
Stripping system
Material against cargo
Pump in slop tank (P&S)
No. of unit
Type
Twelve (12)
Submerged, centrifugal
600 m V h x 125 mlc, S.G. 0.75/Visc. l.Ocst
Hydraulic motor
Teflon
Built-in
Two (2)
5-251
Capacity x head
Driven by
Shaft seal
Stripping system
300 mVhx 125 mlc, S.G. 0.75/Visc. l.Ocst

Hydraulic motor
: Teflon
: Built-in
: Stainless steel (SUS 316)
The submerged pump shall be installed in the tank by means of a deck flange resting on the deck
trunk of mild steel (H=500mm) with coating and supported in tank by the intermediate and bottom
support ring.
All the connection shall be provided on the top plate, to which a control valve is mounted for
remote and local operation of the cargo pump.
From the top plate there is also arrangement for purging the cargo line, thus only a minimum of
cargo shall be left in the tank after pumping is completed.
A pilot operated control valve shall be mounted on the top of the submerged pump, enabling the
operator to regulate the capacity of the pump stepless from zero to max. locally from the pump top
and remotely from a control panel in cargo control room.
The pump pipe stack shall consist of two separate line, the cargo line and a concentric hydraulic
oil line whereby the hydraulic pressure pipe is placed inside the return pipe, and the hydraulic
system in the pump shall be separated from the cargo by a cofferdam which is ventilated via an
exhaust trap to the atmosphere.
The pump head shall be welded or flanged to the pipe stack.
The hydraulic motor shall be located inside the pump head and shall be surrounded by return
hydraulic oil.
The shaft shall be supported by bearing which are lubricated by the hydraulic oil, and shall be
connected to the single-stage impeller.
The shaft shall be fitted with anti-rotation brake which enables the pump shall be used for cargo
loading.
The impeller shall be driven by a built-in high pressure hydraulic motor via a short shaft.
The shaft seal shall be arranged to prevent any leakage between cargo and cofferdam and between
cofferdam and hydraulic oil.
Any leakage getting past the shaft seal or any other seal will invariable go to the cofferdam which
always has the lowest pressure.
The only visible part on deck of the pump is the top plate, which all pump connection are made.
The flow control valve, the exhaust trap and purging valve shall be located on the top plate.
3) Portable cargo pump
5-252
No. of unit
Type
Capacity x head Driven
by
One(l)
150 m3/h x 50 mlc, S.G. 0.75 /Vise. l.Ocst
Hydraulic motor
5-253
The pump shall be used for back-up duties as secondary means of emptying the cargo
tanks.
The pump shall be assembled with 18m of concentrically mounted hydraulic hose for
pressure and return hydraulic oil between the pump's starter head and pump housing.
5-254
502
One (1) set of 18m hydraulic oil extension hose between pump's starter head and snap-on station
on hydraulic main line shall be provided. The hydraulic hose shall be fitted with snap-on coupling
in both ends and protection cover.
Six (6) sets of snap-on coupling with protection cover for connection on hydraulic oil main line
shall be provided.
For connection between pump's discharge and portable hose, the portable cargo pump shall be
equipped with 4" special flange.
One (1) set of air motor driven portable winch for handling of portable cargo pump shall be
provided, and air motor shall be driven by 7 kg/cm2 working pressure.
Lifting capacity and height of portable winch shall be of appx. 700 kg and 30m.
The material and construction of pump/hose/winch etc. shall be in accordance with the
Tank cleaning hole shall be used for lowering the portable cargo pump.
Bottom area in way of tank cleaning hole shall be free from obstruction as far as practicable.
The portable hose for cargo and ballast discharge from portable cargo pump shall be supplied by
the Buyer.
The portable cargo pump can be used for water ballast system when the valve in tank does
not open.
5-255
1) Hydraulic power pack unit

The hydraulic power pack unit shall be provided for cargo pump and other
hydraulically driven machinery.
The hydraulic power pack unit shall be arranged in hydraulic power pack room in
engine room with diesel engine and electric motor, and diesel engine/electric motor as
prime mover for hydraulic power pack unit shall be arranged outside of hydraulic
power pack room.
The hydraulic power pack unit shall consist of as follows ; a)
Electrically driven hydraulic pump power pack
5-256
502
Number/power
Protection
Speed
Insulation class
Power supply
2/400KW
IP54 or equivalent
1,775 RPM
F
440V, 3PH, 60HZ
5-257
The electric motor shall be directly fitted to the hydraulic pump.

A pulsation damper (silencer) shall be built into each hydraulic pump.
Thermostat and space heater shall be fitted on the electric motor.
b) Diesel engine driven hydraulic pump power pack
5-258
502
Number/power
Speed
Type
Lub. oil system

Starting
Fuel oil system
Cooling system
Instrumentation
Accessories
2/400KW
1,800 RPM
Four stroke, water cooled type marine engine with
turbocharger, Nox emission approved type in
accordance with MARPOL Annex VI regulation
13.
Forced lubrication with engine driven lub. oil
pump
Electric start (24V)
Designed for marine distillate fuel type DMA in
accordance with ISO 8217. Internal cooling - fresh
water External cooling - fresh water According to
manufacturer's standard. According to
5-259
The diesel engine shall be coupled with flexible coupling to the hydraulic pump.
A pulsation damper (silencer) shall be built into each hydraulic pump, c) Hydraulic oil cooler
5-260
502
Q'ty
Type
Material in tube
One (1)
Shell & straight tube type
Al-brass
5-261
The hydraulic oil cooler shall be arranged for fresh water cooling.
d) Filter for hydraulic oil
The circulated hydraulic oil shall be returned via a filter which is equipped with a
drain valve and a differential pressure switch.
e) Temperature control valve
The motor operated temp, control valve, which is regulate the hydraulic oil
temperature shall be provided.
The valve shall be open/closed type mounted on the water connection inlet.
f) Automatic pressure/flow control system
When the system shall be used, the required number of power pack shall be
started.
The pressure in the main line shall be obtained by moving the pressure set handle
on the control panel until the desired pressure is reached.
The automatic control system will then automatically adjust the variable
displacement pump according to the actual oil consumption in the system.
The unit shall be equipped with necessary relief valve, temperature sensor,
pressure switch, pressure transducer and adjustable valve.
All necessary signal for remote operation of the hydraulic system shall be
provided from cargo pump control panel.
2) Hydraulic auxiliary unit
The hydraulic auxiliary unit shall be arranged above main return line, in general.
The hydraulic auxiliary unit shall consist of hydraulic oil expansion tank and
electric motor driven hydraulic feed pump.
The tank, which is manufactured from stainless steel plate shall be equipped as
follows ;
- Venting filter
- Thermometer for reading of oil temperature
- Sight glass
- Oil level switch (High-low)
Two (2) sets of feed pump shall be provided for maintaining a pressure in the
hydraulic system at all times.
3) Power balance
The hydraulic oil transmission shall be designed as follows ;
Six (6) sets of cargo pump shall be operated simultaneously when the power packs
are running at rated capacity.
Total installed power : 1,600KW
Total discharge rate : Cargo oil 3,600 m3/h at S.G. 0.75, Vise. l.Ocst
The following equipment shall be driven by hydraulic main line system.
- Cargo oil pump, slop pump and portable pump
- Ballast pump
- Tank cleaning pump
- Deck machinery (Windlass, winch)
- Bow thruster
5-262
502
4) Hydraulic oil transmission equipment

The hydraulic transmission equipment including necessary venting plug shall be
installed in hydraulic pipe line, hydraulic heating valve and test connection in
accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
5) Hydraulic oil filling assembly
The hydraulic oil filling assembly shall be provided for hydraulic oil filling,
venting and drainage including one (1) electric motor driven transfer pump.
6) Hydraulic oil piping system
Generally, the hydraulic oil supply and return pipe shall be led from hydraulic oil
pump to oil consumer.
Materials shall be supplied by the manufacturer and installation shall be in
accordance to the manufacturers instructions and their's supervision.
The material of hydraulic oil pipe shall be carbon steel, seamless precision steel
pipe according to DIN 1630 matr. St. 52.4 N for high pressure line, and stainless
steel (AISI 316L), longitudinally welded according to DIN 2463-D2/T3 for low
pressure line on open deck and carbon steel, longitudinally welded steel pipe
according to DIN 1626 matr. St. 37.0N (larger than OD 42mm)/carbon steel,
seamless precision steel pipe according to DIN 2391-C, matr. St. 35NBK (up to
OD 42mm) for low pressure line in-door.
Pilot line shall be of duplex stainless steel, longitudinally welded according to DIN
2463-D2/T3, matr. W. no. 1.4462 normalized on open deck and carbon steel,
seamless precision steel pipe according to DIN 1630matr. St. 52.4N indoor.
The wall thickness of hydraulic oil pipe, material of bolt/nut in flange joint, detail
of flange connection, material of seal, and supporting detail etc. shall be decided in
The hydraulic oil service tank shall be provided in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendation.
503 Piping system
1) Cargo oil piping
Cargo oil pipe and valve shall be arranged as shown on the "Piping
diagram of cargo oil system".
Cargo oil piping system shall consist of six (6) cargo main line serving six
(6) pairs of cargo oil tank.
The cargo discharge line shall be led on upper deck to cargo manifold.
The slop discharge line shall be led on upper deck to slop manifold.
Each cargo oil tank and slop tank shall be fitted with a separate drop line
terminating near the tank bottom, which shall be used for cargo loading.
The cargo loading shall be carried out through cargo main line and cargo
oil pump/drop line simultaneously.
The diameter of drop line shall be of 15 OA for cargo tank and 125A for
slop tank.
Cargo pipes shall have the flange joint or butt welding connection and the
expansion loop or bellows type expansion joint approved by the Class shall
be provided to allow expansion of cargo line on deck.
The material of cargo oil pipe and drop line shall be stainless steel (SUS
316L), ERW, Sen. 1 OS, no coating inside and outside coated with same
as surrounding.
The bolt and nut for pipe flange joint shall be of stainless steel (SUS 316).
The stainless steel (SUS 316) U-bolt and nut shall be used for cargo oil
pipe
supporting on deck.
5-263
The material of sealing gasket in flange joint shall be teflon.

Pipe supports for cargo oil system shall be arranged in accordance with the
Builder's practice and shall be designed with having in mind good
maintenance of the system.
5-264
2) Cargo manifold
The cargo oil manifold shall be arranged and constructed in accordance with OCIMF
recommendation "Standards for tanker manifold and associated equipments" as follows ;
- Six (6) cargo oil manifold with butterfly valve and blind flange
- One (1) slop manifold with butterfly valve and blind flange
- Two (2) heavy fuel oil filling line with butterfly valve and blind flange
- One (1) diesel oil filling line with butterfly valve and blind flange
- Two (2) vapour manifold with butterfly type valve and blind flange
A sampling/drain cock, a boss with gauge cock for portable pressure gauge, a boss with plug
for portable temperature gauge and an air blowing connection shall be provided on each cargo
oil manifold.
Butterfly type double shut valve shall be provided at cargo oil manifold in accordance with
each cargo segregation and the requirement of the Class.
Cargo oil reducer shall be supplied in accordance with OCIMF recommendation as follows.
Principal fittings
Number of reducer
12
2
Reserved reducer stock
Number of reducer
6
6
6
1
1
1
Presentation flange
Nominal bore (inch)
1 6 x 14
16x8
Presentation flange
Nominal bore (inch)
8x14
10x14
12x14
8x8
10x8
12x8
Each presentation flange of principal reducer shall be provided with a removal blind flange
fitted with lifting lug.
5-265
Manifold flange shall be of ANSI 150 PSI.
Each three (3) sets of cargo oil manifold U-piece (16" x 16") and Y-piece (16" x
16") shall be provided for the cargo loading as reserved stock.
The material of cargo oil reducer, manifold U-piece and Y-piece shall be mild
steel.
One (1) spill tank having two (2) compartment shall be fitted at each side of cargo oil
manifold for cargo/fuel oil drainage in accordance with OCIMF standards.
The spill tank shall be extended at least 1,200mm beyond the outermost flange of
vapour manifold including fuel oil manifold.
Working platform with open type grating shall be provided on each spill tank top.
A drain line from each spill tank shall be led to the slop tank (P) by an air driven
portable diaphragm pump with capacity appx. 10 m3/h.
One (1) hose support shall be provided at each side in accordance with OCIMF.
The cargo discharge hose shall be provided by the Buyer.
2) Cargo oil valve
a) General
The wafer type butterfly valve shall be used for ND 100mm and above in general.
And ball valve shall be used for ND 80mm and below in general.
But the choice of valve type in cargo oil piping system for the small size shall
depend on its intended service in accordance with the Builder's practice.
The type of butterfly valve shall be applied as follows.
5-266
Cargo valve in general

Cargo manifold (shipside) valve
Cargo pump discharge side valve
5-267
Wafer type
Full-lug type
Full-lug type
The material of butterfly valve for cargo oil system shall be as follows ;
- Body
: Nodular cast iron in general
Cast steel for manifold (shipside)
- Disc
- Stem
- Seat
: Teflon
b) Control of valves
The pump discharge side valve on upper deck and an inter connection between
P&S slop tank shall be remotely operated from cargo control room and the other
valve on upper deck shall be manually operated at local side.
Valve actuator shall be of hydraulic cylinder double acting type in general, and the
actuator shall be mounted directly on the valve.
Manual operated butterfly valve shall be provided with mechanical indicator
actuated by the revolution of the hand wheel or hand notch.
Type and operation of the valve on cargo oil system shall be provided in
accordance with "Piping diagram of cargo oil system".
The other valve for cargo oil system which are not specified on the "Piping
diagram of cargo oil system" shall be manually operated type.
51
511
CARGO OIL STRIPPING SYSTEM

Cargo oil stripping pump
The cargo oil pump and slop pump shall be used as cargo oil stripping pump and shall
have built-in cargo oil stripping system.
512
Piping system
The cargo line stripping system shall be provided between cargo oil main line and
manifold.
The material of stripping line shall be of stainless steel (SUS 316L), ERW, SchAOS, JIS
40A and shall be fitted with stainless steel (SUS 316) ball valve.
The individual purge valve and stripping line for the stripping of cargo in pump's pipe
stack shall be provided in each cargo pump , and shall be connected to pump discharge
main line with stainless steel (SUS 316) ball valve.
Two (2) drop line with loop and non-return valve (100A) shall be provided at oil barrier
of accommodation front wall (port & stbd), to allow the deck spillage to drain directly to
respective slop tank(P). (back pressure from IGS).
5-268
52
BALLAST SYSTEM 521
Ballast pump
Two(2) sets of ballast pump shall be provided for ballasting/de-ballasting purpose, and
each ballast pump shall have following particulars.
Type
Hydraulic motor driven submerged type

centrifugal
Prime mover
Hydraulic motor driven, remote and local stepless
capacity regulation
Discharge capacity x total 750 m3/h each x 25m at S.G. 1.025 (Sea water)
head
Material
Casing
Pipe stack
Impeller
Seal
Deck trunk
Support

Bronze
Mechanical type
Mild steel with coating
Bottom and intermediate ring
The ballast pump shall be installed at inside double skin ballast tank (No.3 P&S)
The submerged type ballast pump shall consist of the hydraulic motor, a pipe stack and an
automatic self-priming device.
5-269
A pilot operated control valve shall be mounted on the top plate, enabling the operator to
regulate the capacity of the pump steeples from zero to max. locally from the valve and
remotely from a control panel.
The pump unit shall be mounted with an air separator.
An air ejector shall be fitted on the top plate and connected to the pump's suction side.
Automatic start/stop of the ejector shall be made the pump self-priming.
522
Prime mover for ballast pump

Two(2) sets of hydraulic motor shall be provided as prime mover for the ballast pumps.
The hydraulic power pack unit for cargo pump and other hydraulically driven machinery
shall be used as prime mover of ballast pumps.
The hydraulic oil shall be led from deck to the submerged pump through a concentric pipe
stack where the hydraulic pressure pipe is placed inside the return pipe, and the hydraulic
system in the pump shall be separated from the water by a cofferdam which is filled with
a glycol mixture.
For hydraulic motor driven ballast pump, shaft seal and hydraulic pipe shall be enclosed
by cofferdam of stainless steel (SUS 316).
Possible oil leakage will be detected by the cofferdam header tank which is located on
deck.
Ballast water exchange system
The flow through method for ballast water exchange system shall be applied as
below.
- One(l) stand pipe(JIS 300A, STPG-370, ERW, 12.7mm thick) in each water ballast
tank except A.P.Tank which is led to overboard.
- One(l) stand pipe(JIS 200A, STPG-370, ERW, 12.7mm thick) in AP.Tank.
- Overboard valve for ballast water exchange shall be remotely controlled from
console in cargo control room.
Water ballast pipe and valve shall be arranged as shown on the "Piping diagram of water ballast
5-270
Piping system
system".
Two (2) main line shall be arranged for ballasting and de-ballasting of water ballast tanks and fore
peak tank except aft peak tank.
Two (2) main line and one (1) cross connection line shall be led in water ballast tank and one (1)
cross connection discharge line shall be led on upper deck and shall be connected to tank cleaning
system.
A branch line shall be led directly from main line to each water ballast tank.
Single suction bellmouth shall be provided in each water ballast tank for maximum possible
drainage and shall be of welded steel plate.
Ballast sea suction shall be connected to the ballast sea chest, which is located in the bottom of
No.3 water ballast tank (P&S).
Sea chest shall be provided at the near of ballast pump with small mesh grating, and shall be
fitted steam and air blowing connection.
Each one(l) set of spectacle flange(P&S) at ballast water pump suction valve side shall be
provided.
Aluminum anode shall be fitted in sea chests as following basis.
- Mean current density

- Life time
: appx. 35mA/m2
: Five (5) years
A water suction strainer with stainless steel (SUS 316) grill plate shall be fitted for each ballast
pump suction.
The system shall be arranged to permit ballast pump to take suction from the water ballast tanks
or from the sea and to discharge overboard or to the water ballast tanks.
The material of overboard distance piece for ballast water pump discharge side shall be of mild
steel, STPG 370, ERW, 16.0 mm thickness for 300A, of which inside/outside coated with same
as ballast tank coating.
Overboard discharge from water ballast pump shall be located above full loaded draft water line.
It shall also permit gravity flooding of the water ballast tanks directly from sea chest.
Ballast water in aft peak tank shall be handled by the fire & general service pump in engine room.
One (1) set of ballast stripping eductor with capacity 100 m3/h, nodular cast
iron body and SUS 304 nozzle, shall be provided.
No separate stripping line with bellmouth shall be provided.
5-271
The material of water ballast pipe shall be of mild steel, STPG-370, ERW, Sch
80 or 12.7mm thickness of which inside coated with epoxy A/C (light color) coating
and outside coated with same as surrounding.
Sliding type expansion joint of stainless steel (SUS 304) and rubber seal shall
be used for the compensation of hull deflection and expansion.
Doubling plate (mild steel) thickness 10 mm shall be provided below suction
bellmouth
524
Valve for water ballast system

The wafer type butterfly valve shall be used in general.
The flange type or full-lug type butterfly valve shall be used in shipside valve.
The material of butterfly valve shall be as follows ;
Body - Cast iron for ballast valve in general
Nodular cast iron for remote controlled valve
Cast steel for shipside valve and collision bulkhead valve
Disc - Al-Bronze
Stem - Stainless steel (SUS 316)
Seat - Nitrile butadien rubber (NBR)
All packing material of water ballast system shall be of Teflon..
The number of hydraulically operated valve shall be as shown on the "Piping
diagram of water ballast system".
Main valve in water ballast tank shall be remotely operated from cargo control
room and the other valve on upper deck shall be manually operated at local
side.
An additional bulkhead valve for fore peak tank shall be controlled from upper
deck by means of manual-hydraulic deck stand.
53
531
CARGO OIL TANK VENTING SYSTEM

Cargo oil tank venting system
5-272
Piping system
Each cargo oil tank, slop tank and residue tank shall be fitted with independent a high
velocity pressure/vacuum (P/V) valve in accordance with the requirement of the Rule/
Regulations.
The vent height, velocity and size shall be in accordance with the requirement of the
Rule/Regulations.
The material and construction of high velocity P/V valve shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's standard including folio wings ;
- Valve type
: Weight-loaded type
- Valve body
- Internal part including disc : Stainless steel (SUS 316)
A stainless steel flame screen shall be fitted on the vacuum relief valve.
The setting value of P/V valve shall be set in accordance with the requirements of
SOLAS and the Class.
The pressure side P/V valve shall be capable of discharging vapour at 125 percent of the
maximum allowable loading rate.
The vacuum side P/V valve shall prevent a vacuum caused during any operation
performed at a maximum rate of flow, that exceeds a maximum design vacuum for the
tank.
The discharge capacity of P/V valves shall be designed taking into account a loading rate
of each cargo tank.
The material of venting pipe shall be of mild steel, STPG-370, ERW, Sch. 80 or 12.7mm
thick, for deck penetration with flanges, of which inside coated with same as cargo/slop
tank coating and outside coated with same as surrounding.
For gas freeing of cargo tank, blower of the inert gas system or portable gas freeing fan
shall be used.
532
Portable ventilation system

Portable gas freeing fan with accessories for cargo oil tank and slop tank shall be
provided by the Buyer.
The gas freeing fan shall be water turbine type driven by the sea water from fire & wash
deck line through flexible hose connection.
5-273
54
INERT GAS GENERATING SYSTEM 540
General
The system shall be provided in accordance with the requirement of SOLAS and the
Class.
One (1) set of independent diesel oil fired inert gas generator shall be provided as a gas
explosion protection system for the cargo oil tank and slop tank, and installed in the
engine room.
Design of plant in respect of construction, material and corrosion protection, etc. shall be
in accordance with the requirement of the Rule/Regulation and the manufacturer's
standard unless otherwise specified.
The inert gas generating plant shall consist of as follows ;
- One (1), Scrubber/burner unit

- Two (2), Inert gas blower (each 100% capacity), electric motor driven
- One (1), Fuel oil feed pump unit complete with two (2) main fuel oil pump & ele. motor
- One (1), Demister unit
- One (1), Deck water seal unit including deck water seal pump (2sets x 100% each)
- One (1), Fixed oxygen analyzer
- One (1), P/V breaker with anti-freeze water filled type
- Internal valve, other safety and control equipment
- Control and alarm panel
- Instrumentation for E.C.R. and wheelhouse
The I.G. generator shall be supplied inert gas of the following composition.
5-274
- Cabron dioxide (C02)

- Oxygen (02)
- Sulphur oxide (S02)
- Soot
-Nitrogen (N2)
- Relative humidity
12-14% vol.
2-4% vol.
According to manufacturer's standard.
According to manufacturer's standard.
Balance
100% at scrubber's outlet
5-275
The capacity of the plant shall be of 4,500 NmVh based on 400mmWG and 25C at the
deck water seal outlet, which shall be based on a cargo discharge rate of 3,600m3/h.
Turn down ratio shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
5-276
The system shall be used during following operation.
- Cargo oil unloading

- Tank cleaning
- Inerting the ballast tank in emergency
- Gas freeing of cargo tank and ballast tanks in cargo area
- Topping-up at sea
Inert gas generating plant
The inert gas generating plant shall consist of a scrubber/combustion chamber with burner,
a demister, two (2) inert gas blower and necessary fittings.
The inert gas shall be distributed by the blower to the cargo oil tank, the slop tank and
residue tank through a deck water seal and distribution piping.
1) Scrubber unit
One (1) set of scrubber shall be provided.
The scrubber shall be of the vertical/horizontal spray tower type for cooling the
exhaust gas and for the removal of soot and sulphur efficiently.
The material and construction of scrubber/burner unit shall be in accordance with the
One (1) independent cooling sea water pump shall be provided for the scrubber and
emergency cooling sea water for the scrubber shall be supplied by the fire & general
service pump.
The capacity and total head of scrubber cooling S.W. pump shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendation.
The water after cooling or washing in the scrubber shall be directly discharged
overboard, and material of pipe shall be mild steel, STPG-370, ERW, Sch.40 or
stainless steel (SUS 316L), ERW, Sch.lOS and inside of pipe shall be coated with
polyethylene lining for mild steel or no coating inside and outside for stainless
steel pipe.
Overboard pipe penetration (short length) shall be mild steel, STPG-370,ERW Sch
160 or 16.0mm thickness, inside of pipe shall be coated with tar free epoxy coating
and outside finished with same as surrounding.
5-19
2)
Demister
One (1) unit shall be provided.

The demister shall be capable of drying wet inert gas after scrubbing.
The material and construction shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard to
comply with the Rule/Regulations.
3) Inert gas blower
Two (2) sets shall be provided.
The blower shall be of centrifugal type and directly connected to the single speed electric
motor.
The fan casing shall be of mild steel coated with glass flake or neoprene in accordance with
The other material, type and construction of the blower shall be in accordance with the
4) Deck water seal unit
One (1) deck water seal unit of semi-dry type shall be installed on the upperdeck.
The deck water seal shall have a function to prevent back-flow of cargo gases from the cargo
tanks by means of a weir of water and shall be fabricated mild steel coated with glass flake
or neoprene in accordance with manufacturer's standard.
Water from deck water seal shall be discharged overboard with stainless steel (SUS 316L,
ERW, Sch. 1 OS) pipe on deck and stainless steel(SUS 316L EDW, Sch 80) pipe in water
ballast tank.
The material of overboard distance piece for deck water seal drain shall be of mild steel,
STPG 370, ERW, Sch.160 or 16.0mm thickness for 125A and above(Class cert pipe) , of
which inside coated with tar free epoxy coating and outside coated with same as
surrounding.
Stainless steel (SUS 316L, ERW, Sch.lOS) steam heating coil shall be fitted below
water level in accordance with the manufacturer's standard. Two (2) sea water supply
5-278
2)
Demister
pump (one (1) as stand-by) shall be provided for the deck water seal and the
capacity/total head shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation.
5) Pressure/vacuum breaker
One (1) anti-freeze water filled type pressure/vacuum breaker with glass flake coating
internally shall be provided on the inert gas main line on upper deck with sight glass
for level checking.
6) Valve and corrosion protection
The valve and corrosion protection of the equipment shall be in accordance with the
542
Piping system
The inert gas shall be distributed by the blower to into the cargo oil tank, slop tank and
residue tank through a deck water seal, non return valve and inert gas piping on upper
deck.
The inert gas main line shall also be used as common vent pipe.
One (1) inert gas branch line shall be led directly from the main line to each cargo tank
with a spectacle flange and a manual butterfly type isolating valve with locking device.
The inert gas main line shall be connected to the one(l) of cargo manifold on upper deck
and water ballast cross main line by a portable spool piece and manual isolating valve to
comply with the Rule/Regulations.
The material of inert gas line valve (butterfly type) from deck water seal to C.O.T. shall
be of cast iron body, SUS 316 disk and teflon seat.
The material of inert gas pipe after deck water seal shall be mild steel, STPG-370, ERW,
Sch.40 for 125A and above, of which inside coated with pure epoxy coating and outside
coated with same as surrounding.
The material of inert gas pipe before deck water seal shall be of mild steel, STPG-370,
ERW, Sch.40 for 125A and above, of which inside coated with tar epoxy coating and
outside shall be coated with same as surrounding.
The material of inert gas pipe shall be of stainless steel (SUS 316L), ERW, Sch.lOS
for 100A and below, no coating inside and outside coated with same as surrounding.
The pressure transmitter type secondary means for P/V valve shall be provided in each
cargo oil tank and slop tank in accordance with the requirement of SOLAS II-2, Reg. 591 amendments for secondary means.
5-279
2)
Demister
The notice "No welding" shall be provided for all polyethylene coated or glass flake/
neoprene lined pipes
One (1) of sampling points for fixed oxygen analyser shall be provided on IG generator's gas
delivery line.
Safety and control device
The control and alarm for the inert gas system shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
standard, the requirement of the Class, SOLAS and the Rule and Regulations.
The plant shall be controlled from the main control panel in local (engine room) and from the
sub control panel in cargo control room.
The main instrument panel shall be provided in engine control room and sub instrument panel
shall be provided in wheelhouse in accordance with the requirement of the Rule/Regulations.
In case of blower failure, inert gas delivery valve shall be shutdown.
For low pressure in inert gas supply main, cargo pump shall be shutdown.
The scrubber cooling pump, deck water seal pump and sea water valve shall be manually
operated in engine room and the pump shall be started/stopped from main control panel.
Inert gas blower shall be operated from the main control panel in engine room and sub control
panel in cargo control room.
Following alarm indicator shall be provided on the main control panel and/or sub control panel.
- Common abnormal alarm for I.G.G.

- Low water pressure to scrubber
- High water level in scrubber
- High gas temperature at discharge side of blower
- High 02 content in inert gas supply main
- Failure of power supply and control air
- Failure of blower
- Low water level in deck water seal
- Low gas pressure in inert gas supply main
- High gas pressure in inert gas supply main
Following instrument shall be provided on the E.C.R and wheelhouse instrument panel.
- Common alarm indicator

- Alarm buzzer
5-280
2)
Demister
- Indication of inert gas pressure with high and low pressure alarm
- Indication of 02 content with high 02 content alarm
Automatic shutdown of inert gas system plant shall be arranged as follows ;
- Automatic stop inert gas blower in case of high temperature of inert gas at scrubber
outlet, low water pressure to scrubber, high water level of scrubber and control air &
electric failure.
- Automatic stop of scrubber cooling pump in case of high water level of scrubber.
The fixed oxygen analyzer shall be fitted to monitor continuously the 02 content in the
inert gas during operation.
02 content meter of inert gas main delivery line on the outlet of scrubber shall be
provided.
The recorder for above pressure and 02 content shall be provided in cargo control room.
One (1) set of portable oxygen analyzer shall be provided.
544
Cargo tank vapour recovery system

The vapour emission control system shall be provided for cargo oil tank, slop tank and
residue tank to transfer the cargo vapour to shore side facility in accordance with the
requirements of the Class and Regulation concerned (USCG CFR 46, except lightering
provisions-flexible hoses and support).
Two (2) vapour shore collecting manifold with a standard flange and a manual butterfly
valve shall be provided at near of the cargo manifold to return the vapour from the cargo
oil tank, slop tank and residue tank to the shore during the loading of cargo.
Four (4) vapour connection shall be provided, two(2) connection shall be arranged on
each side of the Vessel, with presentation flange at the height above the deck as cargo
manifold.
One(l) vapour manifold shall be located forward of the manifold and the other one(l) shall
be located aft of the manifold.
The inert gas main and branch line shall be commonly used as vapour collecting main and branch
pipe, and inert gas/vapour collecting main pipe shall be connected to the vapour collecting main
pipe, which is connected to the vapour collecting manifold.
5-281
2)
Demister
The pressure with high and low alarm for vapour collecting main pipe shall be displayed in the
cargo control room.
The spill tank and working platform for cargo manifold shall be extended to accommodate the
vapour collecting manifold.
Four(4) reducer for presentation flange (principal fitting-12" x 12") and two(2) reducer (reserved
reducer stock-12" x 16") shall be provided for vapour collecting manifold.
The material of vapour manifold reducer shall be mild steel.
The collected vapour from the cargo tank shall be discharge to the port side facility through a
flexible hose, which shall be supplied either by the Buyer or the port authority.
By using the inert gas line for vapour collection, simultaneous loading of incompatible cargoes
subject to vapour collection requirements shall not be carried.
The vapour collecting manifold shall be color painted red/yellow/red with "VAPOUR in black
letter, which is located at the end of 1 meter.
The material of vapour collecting manifold shall be mild steel, STPG-370, ERW, Sch.40 for
125A and above of which inside coated with pure epoxy coating and outside coated with same as
surrounding.
The material of vapour collecting manifold shall be stainless steel (SUS 316L), ERW,
Sch.lOS for 100A and below, no coating inside and outside coated with same as
surrounding.
Water ballast tank inerting and gas freeing
The inert gas main line on upper deck shall be connected to the water ballast cross main line by a
portable spool piece, manual isolating valve and non-return valve in order to supply the inert
gas or fresh air to the water ballast tank for inerting or gas freeing.
In addition, the manual isolation valves with flange for connection of flexible hose (four pes)
shall be provided on the inert gas main line for inert gas supply to the water ballast tanks
through the high point supply connection on upper deck.
5-282
Fixed gas detection system for water ballast tank (Total 31 points)
Fixed gas detection system shall be provided to each one (1) point of all water ballast
tanks FWD high & AFT low side ,F.P. Tank highAow side and void space in way of
cargo area (upper stool port & starboard side).
The sampling & control panel of fixed gas detection system shall be installed in
cargo control room.
Repeater panel shall be installed in wheelhouse.
The material of fixed gas detection pipe shall be of multi-core (SUS 316, 1.0 thick.)
55
CARGO OIL TANK CLEANING SYSTEM
550
General
The tank cleaning system shall be provided for the cargo oil tanks and slop tanks and shall
consist of sea water washing system and crude oil washing system.
The fixed and portable tank cleaning machine shall be used for tank cleaning by sea water
and crude oil.
One (1) tank cleaning main line shall be led to upper deck and shall be used for sea water
washing, and branch line shall be connected to each tank cleaning machine with ball valve.
The tank cleaning main line shall have sufficient diameter to feed the fixed machine of two
(2) largest cargo tanks in simultaneous operation.
All valves associated with tank cleaning system shall be manually operated.
One (1) connection for portable tank cleaning machine of one (1) pair cargo tanks (P&S)
shall be provided on a branch line with a hose connection angle valve and spectacle
flange.
One(l) screw plug for the portable pressure gauge connection shall be provided at fore end
of the tank cleaning main line.
1) Hot/cold sea water washing
The tank cleaning pump shall be arranged for sea water cleaning duties.
Tank cleaning sea water shall be delivered to the fixed or portable tank cleaning
machine through tank cleaning heater.
Oily water in the cargo oil tank shall be collected in the port side slop tank by the cargo oil
pump for first step gravity separation water from oily water.
Separated sea water in port side slop tank shall be transferred to the starboard side slop tank by
gravity through balance line, and separated water shall be delivered to the tank cleaning
machine by slop pump through tank cleaning heater.
The valve fitted in balance line shall be remotely controlled from cargo control room.
After finishing of tank cleaning, separated water shall be discharged from starboard side slop
tank to discharge overboard by the slop pump through oil discharge monitoring unit.
The material of tank cleaning valve (butterfly type) shall be of cast iron body, SUS 316 disk
and teflon seat.
The material of tank cleaning pipe shall be of stainless steel, SUS 316L, ERW, Sch.lOS, no
coating inside and coating outside same as surrounding.
2) Fresh water washing system
5-283
For cargo tank rinsing, fixed tank washing system shall be suitably provided for fresh water
washing.
Aft peak tank shall be connected to the tank cleaning heater inlet side with spool piece &
non-return valve through fire & G/S pump in E/R..
F. W. filling in A.P.T shall be transferred from F. W.tank(P&S) by gravity.
3) Crude oil washing system (COW)
For cargo tank primary washing, fixed tank washing system shall be provided suitable for
crude oil washing (COW.)
COW shall be carried out during cargo oil unloading by two steps, i.e. upper part washing and
bottom washing.
COW shall be installed in order to meet requirements for being designated as Crude
Oil/Product oil tanker, as per MARPOL Annex I Reg. 5.2.1.4.1.
In case of bottom washing, a cargo pump shall suck cargo oil from cleaning cargo tank or
starboard slop tank and the sucked oil shall drive the fixed tank cleaning machine.
In case of upper part washing, some amount of unloading cargo shall be bleed off and shall
driven the fixed tank cleaning machine.
5-284
551
One (1) set of tank cleaning sea water heater shall be provided.
5-285
551
Capacity
One (1) on upper deck

Horizontal, shell & straight tube, 7kg/cm2 steam heated
120 mVh, capable of heating up sea water from
5-286
551
Fouling margin
20C to 80
15%
5-287
551
Steel Steel
Al-brass
Naval brass
The material shall be as follows ;

Shell
: S
Water box and cover
: S
Tube
: A
Tube plate
5-288
551
The cover of steel shall be coated with glass flake (minimum 600 micron) and
shall be fitted with zinc anode.
Sea water temperature shall be automatically controlled by the steam regulating
valve.
One (1) set of local thermometer shall be fitted at sea water outlet of heater.
Construction and detail of heater shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard,
unless otherwise specified.
552
Tank cleaning pump

Tank cleaning sea water shall be supplied by tank cleaning pump, of which suction is
connected to the cross-over line of ballast system on the upper deck.
No. and location

Type
Capacity x head
Material
: One (1) on upper deck

: Hyd. motor driven, centrifugal type
120 mVhx 120mwc, S.G. 1.025, Vise. l.Ocst Casing Bronze Shaft - Stainless steel Impeller - Bronze Seal Mechanical type
5-289
551
Pump control
: Remote operated from cargo control room and local side.
5-290
Tank cleaning machine
1) Fixed tank cleaning machine

Fixed tank cleaning machine shall be provided for each cargo oil tank and slop tank.
The fixed tank cleaning machine shall be of non-programmable twin nozzle type or
single nozzle programmable type and material shall be of stainless steel (SUS 316).
The number, position and capacity of fixed tank cleaning machine shall be finally
determined according to shadow diagram to comply with the requirement of IMO.
A portable davit shall be provided for maintenance of fixed cleaning machine and shall
be manually operated.
The material and construction of portable davit shall be in accordance with the
2) Portable cleaning machine
The portable cleaning machine including hose, male coupling, saddle and reel etc.
shall be provided by the Buyer.
5-291
CARGO OIL HEATING SYSTEM
5-292
560
General
The steam heating system shall be provided for cargo oil tank, slop tank and residue tank.
Each cargo, slop and residue tank shall be heated by heating coil.
One (1) steam supply main line and one (1) drain main line shall be arranged on upper
deck and drain main line shall be led back to the engine room through observation tank on
upper deck.
Steam of 7kg/cm shall be supplied for cargo oil heating.
561
Design requirement
The material of heating coil in cargo, slop and residue tank shall be of stainless steel
(SUS 316L), ERW, Sch.lOS, JIS 40A.
The material of support, U-bolt/nut in heating coil shall be of stainless steel (SUS 316).
Seating condition shall be as follows ;

Raising temperature
Sea water temperature
Ambient air temperature
Cargo tank
Slop tank
From 44C to 66C within 96 From 33C to 66C within 24
hours
hours
-2C
~2C
-9C
-9C
The heating calculation shall be based on the adjacent cargo oil tanks in full and adjacent
ballast tanks in empty condition.
Down comer, riser and connection of pipe for steam in slop tanks shall be considered as
parts of heating coil.
562
Piping system
A steam supply branch line with a stop valve & the thermometer well (14points) for each
cargo, slop and residue tank shall be branched from the steam supply main line and a
steam drain line with one (1) screw down-non-retura globe stop valve, one (1) steam trap
and one (1) strainer from each cargo, slop and residue tank shall be led back to the steam
drain main line.
A test cock shall be fitted on steam trap.
5-293
A hose connecting globe valve for testing the leakage of heating coil shall be structure with the
steam drain line.
Arrangement of heating coil in cargo and slop tank shall be of based on tank structure and the
Builder's practice.
A stop valve shall be fitted on each down comer.
The heating coil shall be at least 2 circuit for cargo and slop tank and 1 circuit for residue tank.
Each circuit shall be provided with isolating valve.
Pipe connection shall be of sleeve welding type in general, and flange type shall be used for deck
penetration and valve connection.
The steam supply line on upper deck shall be insulated with 50mm water repellent plus 1mm
F.R.P resin.
The steam supply line for a tank cleaning heater on deck store shall be insulated with 25mm
glasswool and a sheet offiber glass cloth for outside covering.
Control of heating for the cargo oil tank and slop tank shall be made manually.
5-294
57
CARGO ANP BALLAST MONITORING SYSTEM 571
Cargo
tank and ballast tank level gauge

1) Cargo oil tank and slop tank
Radar beam type level gauge shall be provided for each cargo oil tank and slop tank
and shall be remotely displayed on C.R.T. in cargo control room.
Three (3) point of temperature sensor shall be provided for each cargo oil tank and
slop tank and shall be remotely displayed on C.R.T. in cargo control room.
One (1) set of high and overfill alarm shall be provided for each cargo oil tank, slop
and residue tank and shall be displayed on separate panel in cargo control room.
High level alarm and overfill alarm shall be independent from the magnetic float type
level gauge.
The audible and visible alarm shall be hearable in cargo control room and cargo deck
area with on common alarm.
The above high and overfill level alarm shall be provided according to the Rule (CFR
46 PART39).
2) Ballast tanMW.V.OJM.D.O. storage tank
Electro-pneumatic air purge type level gauge shall be provided for each ballast
tank/ heavy fuel oil storage tank/marine diesel oil storage tank and shall be remotely
displayed on C.R.T. in cargo control room.
For detail of level gauge, refer to "CHAPTER 7"
3) Draft gauge
Electro-pneumatic air purge type draft gauge shall be provided to read fore, aft and
midship (P&S) draft and shall be remotely displayed on C.R.T. in cargo control
room.
1) Cargo pump control panel
5-295
The cargo pump control panel shall be arranged with a control station in cargo control
room and shall be fitted with remote control handle for stepless capacity regulation of
each individual submerged cargo oil pump, ballast pump and tank cleaning pump.
Pressure gauge for reading of hydraulic pressure to each individual pump shall be
provided.
The individual hydraulic pilot control valve shall be fitted on a control valve
assembly.
From control valve assembly, the hydraulic regulation shall be converted to electric
signal through proportional valve and transmitted via electric cable to the cargo pump
control panel terminal box.
2) Hydraulic system control panel
The control panel shall be placed at the near of the cargo pump control panel in the
cargo control room.
The control panel shall be fitted with the following functions ; (1)
Alarm lamp and buzzer for : 1.1 Warning
287 Low oil level

288 High oil level
289 Dirty filter main line
290 High oil temperature
291 Emergency override
292 Low return pressure
293
294
295
296
297
Low oil level stop

Return line closed
Suction line closed
Emergency stop
Low feed pressure
(2) Indicating lamp for :

5-296
298 Power on
299 Run indication for each power pack
(3) Button for :
300Start button for each power pack

301Stop button for each power pack
302Alarm reset
303Alarm acknowledge
304Lamp test
305Emergency stop
306Emergency override button with key
h) Regulation of hydraulic system pressure
(4) Instrument for :
307
308
309
310
Hydraulic oil temperature

Hydraulic oil pressure
Elapsed time meter for each power pack
Feed pump pressure
Additionally, emergency stop button shall be provided as follows :
311
312
One (1) emergency stop push button in engine room (near power pack)
Two (2) emergency stop push button on deck location (near cargo
manifold, P&S)
313
One (1) emergency stop push button atforward of accommodation area
5-297
3) Cargo oil and ballast control
Following level measurement and remote valve operation for cargo oil tank, slop tank
and ballast tank shall be provided on cargo control console in cargo control room.
(1) A mimic diagram of cargo and ballast system.

(2) Partialized type valve position indicator of cargo and ballast pump discharge
side for remote control valve.
(3) Full open/close type valve position indicator of cargo and ballast system for
remote control valve.
(4)Remote control for hydraulically operated valve for cargo and ballast system.
(5) One(l) CRT display of level measurement for cargo oil and slop tank.
(6) Remote pressure readout to CCR
- Ballast eductor suction pressure
- Tank cleaning main pressure
- Cargo and slop manifold (P&S) (14sets)
The following equipment shall be separately installed in cargo control room.
(1) Control panel for I.G.G.
(2) Cargo pump control & running indication of hydraulic power pack unit..
(3) Loading computer with printer.
5-298
573
Valve control and power unit
5-299
Remote control valve for cargo and ballast system shall be hydraulically operated and
remotely controlled from cargo control console in cargo control room.
A centralized solenoid valve board shall be provided in hydraulic power unit space in E.R.
for remote operated valve.
Valve position indicator for remote controlled valve shall be displayed on cargo control
console in cargo control room.
Valve actuator for remote controlled cargo and ballast valve shall be of hydraulic type and
all actuator shall be directly mounted on the valve.
A hydraulic power unit shall be arranged in hydraulic power unit space in E.R. and shall
consist of two (2) hydraulic oil pump (one (1) as stand-by), one (1) oil tank, accumulator,
pressure control device, pressure gauge, low level alarm device, and magnetic filter, etc.
Oil coaming shall be provided around the hydraulic power pack.
Each hydraulic oil pump of power unit shall be capable of actuating two (2) sets of the
largest diameter valve simultaneously from full open to full close or vice versa within one
(1) minute.
The accumulator shall be capable of closing two (2) sets of the largest valve.
Primary start and stop for these pumps shall be carried out at local side and in the cargo
control room.
The pump shall be run depending on setting value of accumulator pressure and the
pressure shall be automatically maintained by pressure control device.
Alarm lamp for hydraulic pressure and low level in tank shall be provided in the cargo
control room.
The pump unit shall be provided with automatic stop device and pressure relief valve for
the protection of line from excessive pressure.
Two (2) sets of portable emergency hand pump unit shall be provided with two (2) rubber
hose of 5m each in length attached with self-seal coupling.
For small size actuator, the spanner shall be used for emergency operation. Necessary spare
part and tool shall be supplied in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
574
Oil pollution monitor

One (1) set of oil pollution monitor and control unit shall be provided in cargo control
room in accordance with the requirements of IMO.
The oil pollution monitor to comply with ANNEX I of MARPOL for maximum discharge
rate of the intended cargo shall be in accordance with the requirement of 1992 IMO.
Components of oil discharge monitoring placed on upper deck hazardous area shall be
protected by watertight cover.
The system shall consist of following main components ;
- Oil pollution monitor

- Central control unit
- Flow meter system
- Sampling system
- Discharge control system
5-300
The output information of the system shall be as follows ;
- Instantaneous rate of discharge of oily water

- Total quantity of discharge of oily water
- Time and date
- Oil content (PPM)
- Ship's speed
The monitor shall be connected to overboard discharge of slop tank.
The overboard discharge of oily water from slop tank shall be automatically controlled and
shall be dumped back to slop tank if monitored value of oil content is above pre-set value.
The material of overboard distance piece for Annex II shall be of mild steel, STPG 370,
ERW, Sch.160 or 16.0mm thick. (Class cert Pipe) for 450A, inside coated with same as
cargo & slop tank coating and outside coated with same as surrounding coating.
5-301
The necessary equipment such as suction pump, sampling tube, flow meter, sensing unit, control
system, monitoring device and recorder shall be provided in accordance with the manufacturer's
standard and to meet the requirement of Rule/ Regulations.
Sampling pump and ODM cabinet exposed to weather deck shall be protected against water.
Miscellaneous
1) Hand dipping device
Two (2) sets of hand dipping device shall be provided to meet the requirements of IMO.
- Two (2) inch vapour control valve : One (1) set for each cargo oil tank
and slop tank
- One (1) inch deck valve
: Two (2) sets for each cargo oil tank
and slop tank.
The deck valves shall be used for hand dipping unit.
The vapour control valve shall be used for closed type portable U.T.I measuring unit and
closed type cargo sampling unit.
2) Oil/water interface detector
Four(4) sets of portable ullage, temperature indication and oil/water interface detector
(U.T.I) shall be provided to meet the requirements of IMO.
A cargo sampling unit (0.5 liter) shall be provided in accordance with manufacturer's
standard.
58 GENERAL HULL PIPING SYSTEM
580
General
The general requirements for piping system of this section shall be particularly applied to
piping system located outside the engine room, unless otherwise stated.
Necessary piping system shall be provided for bilge, fuel oil, sea water, fresh water,
compressed air, drainage, etc. in accordance with the requirement of the Class and the
Regulatory body concerned.
5-302
Material and dimension of pipe, valve, flange, etc. shall generally be manufactured in
accordance with KS or JIS or the Builder's standard except otherwise specified
hereinafter.
Valve, pipe and fitting mounted on its equipment shall be in accordance with the
Piping shall be securely supported and braced to avoid damage, vibration and movement
due to thermal expansion of trapped liquid/contraction and/or deflection of the Vessel
structure, for which expansion joint or bend shall be properly used.
Piping shall be led with minimum number of bend as far as practicable and the
arrangement to avoid well part where drains likely to stay or to avoid air pocket, however
if impossible, drain plug or air vent cock shall be provided.
Piping shall be provided in such a way as to be accessible for any repair, renewal or
overhauling and shall not be located behind stiffener or beam as far as practicable.
Where galvanized piping is specified, the system is "Hot dip" type and galvanizing shall
be done after fabrication has been completed as far as possible.
But the minor damage of the outside surface during installation on board shall be touched
up with one(l) coat of zinc rich paint for outside.
Galvanized and coated pipes shall have galvanized bolts/nuts.
As far as practicable, liquid pipes shall not be passed over the essential electrical equipment.
If unavoidable, welded sleeve joint shall be used for liquid pipes arranged over the electrical
equipment.
The material, coating and other specification of pipe and valve forming a part of machinery or
equipment supplied by the manufacturer, shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
The valve, air vent head and sounding cap shall have the name plate in accordance with the
Builder's standard.
For the piping system in engine room, refer to "CHAPTER 6" of the Specifications. 1) Pipe
5-303
Steel pipe shall be manufactured by electric-resistance-welding or electric-arc-welding.

Seamless steel pipe shall only be applied to such piping as required by the Class, unless
otherwise stated.
The maximum permitted flow velocities in pipe lines shall be in accordance with the
Builder's practice and shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Class.
Pipe bore and thickness shall be decided so as to accommodate given flow quantity and
corresponding pumping pressure.
Copper pipe shall be of seamless type.
Material and wall thickness of pipe fitted in machinery and/or equipment supplied by the
manufacturer shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
The arrangement of piping shall be designed in consideration of convenience in painting
hull, cargo handling and traffic as far as practicable.
Drain cock or drain valve shall be fitted in the lowest point of pipes where liquid is likely to
accumulate, according to the Builder's practice.
Cutting and welding work of pipe shall be performed to keep the required pressure, strength
and cleanness of internal wall.
2) Valve
Valve body of 50mm and above in nominal diameter shall generally be of cast iron and that of
40mm and below in nominal diameter shall be of bronze.
Disc shall generally be of bronze for angle and globe valve, cast iron for gate valve and albronze for butterfly valve.
Stem shall be of bronze or stainless steel.
Construction and material of globe and gate valve shall be in accordance with KS or JIS.
Construction of butterfly valve shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
5-304
Valve size shall be of the same nominal bore as that of the pipes connected except special
cases shall be complied with the Builder's practice.
In general, globe valve shall be fitted for 40mm nominal diameter pipes and below and
butterfly valve for 50mm nominal diameter pipes and above.
Butterfly valve shall be of wafer type with NBR seat, except shipside valve.
Shipside valve of butterfly type shall be of flange or full-lug type with the material of cast
steel body, aluminum bronze disc and stainless steel spindle.
All shipside valves shall be fitted rigidly to the shell plate with short stub piece of heavy wall
thickness and installation shall be approved by the Class.
Gate valve shall be of a non-rising stem type and shall have solid wedge disc.
Large size bronze or cast steel valve shall be applied only to such location as required by the
Class.
Valve name plate of brass or equivalent shall be fitted to all valves on the handle or other
suitable place.
In general, sleeve welded joint or butt-welded joint shall be applied for steel piping except in
location where flange joint is required to facilitate dismantling and repair of equipment,
machinery, valve and where considered necessary by the Builder's practice.
Grooved joint shall be provided for steel piping where it is practicable in accordance with the
Builder's practice.
Socket welded joint shall generally be applied to steel pipe for hydraulic oil line and small
pipe of 40mm and below in nominal diameter.
Brazing joint shall generally be applied to copper pipe and removable joint shall be applied to
valve, equipment, machinery and where considered necessary by the Builder's practice.
For small copper piping of low pressure service such as 5 kg/cnf and below, bite type union
joint shall also be applied for 32mm and below in nominal diameter.
PVC adhesive joint shall generally be used for low pressure of PVC pipe.
5-305
The flange rating of piping shall be as follows:

- JIS 5K ....................Steam, (below 220 C) oil, air and gas line of the
working pressure up to 6kg/cnf 0r water
(below 120 C) lines of the working pressure up to
7kg/ciTf.
- JIS 10K....................Steam (below 220 C) oil, air and gas line of the
working pressure up to 12kg/cnf or water (below 120C) line of the
working pressure up to 14kg/cnf
- JIS 16K....................Steam (below 220 C) oil, air and gas line of the
working pressure up to 25kg/cnf or water (below 120C) line of the
- JIS 30K......................Steam (below 220 C), oil, air and gas line of the
working pressure up to 45kg/cnf or water (below 120 C) line of the
Flange shall be of steel slip-on welding type for steel piping and slip-on brass brazing type for
copper piping in general.
The hexagonal head bolt/nut shall be used for flange joint.
4) Bulkhead and deck piece
Bulkhead piece and/or deck piece shall be used for penetration of bulkhead or deck according
to the Builder's practice.
For penetration in spaces where sleeve welded joints are used, the welded sleeve type
penetration piece shall be used, but if welded sleeve type penetration piece, cannot be used to
adjust the pipe alignment, penetration piece with middle flange and welded sleeve at both
ends may be used.
For penetration in other space, penetration piece with middle flange shall be used and end
joint shall be same pipe joint as used in corresponding spaces.
In general, penetration piece shall be of steel and shall be directly welded to bulkhead or deck.
Bulkhead and deck penetration piece for steel pipe shall be of heavy wall thickness and the
Builder's standard.
Deck penetration on upper deck in way of cargo and slop tank including air vent shall have a
flange for easy maintenance except, sounding, cable pipe, level gauge and draft gauge in way
5-306
The flange rating of piping shall be as follows:

of ballast tank, A.P.T. and F.P.T. for which the deck penetration shall be of sleeve type.
Penetrating piece through insulated bulkhead shall be sufficient length to permit access to
flange connections without disturbing the insulation.
For copper and copper alloy pipe, steel penetration piece shall be used and shall be directly
welded to bulkhead and/or deck and those pipes shall be run inside the penetrating piece.
5) Pipe support
All piping shall be rigidly supported to avoid vibration and movement in accordance with the
Builder's practice.
For clamping the pipes on support, U-type steel bolt shall be used for steel pipe and flat bar
band clip for non-ferrous pipe.
Pipe support for non-ferrous shall be lined with sliding pad of copper, brass, plastic or
synthetic rubber so as not to directly contacted with steel pipes on open deck and indoor area,
etc.
Double nut type U-bolt shall be used for the pipe of 125 A and above including heating coils
in cargo and slop tanks and pipe arranged longitudinally on upper deck and in tank, other
pipe shall be used single nut type U-bolt.
The special consideration shall be provided for high pressure and high temperature piping and
prevent excessive stresses in piping.
Steel support and U-bolt shall be applied for pipe line at a suitable interval to resist vibration.
5-307
Anchoring piece shall be fitted to the pipes to prevent the excessive free moving, where
necessary.
The longitudinal pipe arranged on upper deck shall be provided with the pipe supports of
suitable height in accordance with the Builder's practice.
Longitudinal direction pipe including cable pipe shall have sliding pad made of phenol resin
(appx. lOt) or equivalent for 125A & above size pipe and support on upper deck in cargo area
and water ballast tank.
6) Joint gasket
Universal heat and oil resisting non-asbestos joint gasket shall be used.
Thickness of gasket and packing shall be of 1.5mm for 300mm nominal diameter and below,
and 3.0mm for 350mm and above.
7) Expansion joint
The expansion joint shall be applied to the line running fore and aft to cover expansion or
contraction stress in pipe due to temperature change or deformation of the hull structure.
Sliding type coupling joint shall be applied to the ballast line, bilge line, fuel oil line,
fire/wash deck line, etc, where necessary.
Offset expansion bend shall be applied to the hydraulic oil line, and sleeve type coupling for
steam and condensate line, etc. where necessary
8) Bending, branching,, etc.
For steel and non-ferrous pipes the maximum diameter for cold bending machine having
bending radius of 2.5 times of the outside diameter of pipe to a maximum practicable extent
according to the Builder's facilities.
If the cold bending machine is not applicable or small radius bending is necessary to facilitate
the piping arrangement, the commercial bend piece (elbow, miter bend) shall be used.
For connecting pipes which have different diameters, commercial reducing piece shall be
used.
5-308
Tee, Y-branch, etc. shall also be used for low pressure piping up to 30kg/cnf and shall be
directly welded.
Reducing pipes having a reduction rate of 3:1 or over shall be of fabricated steel irrespective
of their nominal diameter.
In general, branch pipes shall be directly welded to the main pipe
9) Suction bellmouth
Suction bellmouth in the water ballast tank shall be of fabricated mild steel, coated with same
as ballast tank coating.
10) Galvanizing of pipe and piece
Galvanizing of pipe and piece shall be carried out after prefabrication.
In case welding or gas cutting the galvanized pipe such like sleeve joint or adjusting piece
shall be inevitable, the damaged portion of the inside and outside surface shall be finished
with zinc rich paint as far as practicable.
11) Inspection and test
Test and inspection of pipe line shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of
Rule/Regulations and the Builder's practice.
12) Schedule of hull piping and valve (l)Pipe
list
Material and thickness of pipe shall be in accordance with KS or JIS or the Builder's
standard.
(a) Steel pipe
Refer to "CHAPTER 6" of these specifications.
(b) Copper pipe
5-309
Refer to "CHAPTER 6" of these specifications.
Wall thickness (mm) Nominal dia.(mm)

Outside dia.(mm) Sch.lOS Sch20S Sch80.
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
17.3 1.65
21.72.1
27.22.1
34.02.8
42.72.8
48.62.8
60.52.8
76.3 3.0
89.1 3.0
101.6 3.0
114.3 3.0
139.8 3.4
165.2 3.4
216.3 4.0
267.4 4.0
318.5 4.5
355.6 5.0
406.4 5.0
2.0
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
5.0
5.0
6.5
6.5
6.5
3.2
3.7
3.9
4.5
4.9
5.1
5.5
7.0
7.6
8.1
8.6
9.5
11.0
12.7
15.1
17.4
(c) Stainless steel pipe (JIS & metric size)
5-310
(2) Schedule of hull piping system

System
Press. Pipe
Joint Antirating material &_________________corrosion
(Kg/cm2) thickness________________measure
5-311
I.G. line (on deck area)
Bilge line (in tank)
"Refer to
Flange "Refer to
section 542"
section 542'
5
STPG 370E Sleeve or Galvanized
5-312
Sch. 80
5-313
flange
Bilge line (except in tank)
Fuel oil/diesel oil line
Sounding pipe
STPG 370E
Sch. 40
Do.
Do.
5 STPG370E Flange Pickling and

Sch. 80
oiling
5
Steel (1)
Air escape pipe
Steel(1)
Sleeve or Galvanized flange

(2)
Do.
Galvanized
(2)
5-314
Drinking water line
Copper
5-315
Brazing
Fresh water line

- In accommodation
- In other space
5
5
Copper
Do.
STPG 370E Flange Galvanized Sch.
40
5-316
Hot water line
Copper
Brazing
Soil and drainage pipe in

accommodation
C-PVC
Adhesive
5-317

Sch. 40
flange
Deck scupper pipe on deck

(in accommodation)
STPG370E
Sch.80
Deck scupper pipe in tank

(on upper deck)
5-318
Do.
Do.
System
Press. Pipe
Joint Antirating material &_________________corrosion
(Kg/cm2) thickness________________measure
Compressed air line for
general service
10

Sch. 40
5-319
flange
System
Heating coil in HFO tank
10
5-320
STPG370S
Sch. 40
Sleeve
System
Steam & condensate line on

deck
STPG 370E Sleeve or Sch.

80
Flange
Fire/wash deck and foam line
10
C02 line
From bottle to main valve
(6)
STPG 370E Flange Galvanized Sch.

80
From main valve to nozzle
(4)
(4)
STPG370S Flange (5)

STPG370E Flange (5)
Do. Sch. 80
Do. Sch. 40
Cargo tank cleaning line
16
"Refer to
Flange "Refer to
Section 550"
section550'
Cargo tank venting/

vapor collecting line
"Refer to
Flange "Refer to
Section 531"
section 531"
R-407c - High pressure side line

ND 40mm and above
21.1 (3) Copper
5-321
Brazing
System
ND 32mm and below

- Low pressure side
ND 40mm and above
ND 32mm and below
Do.
Copper
10.5(3) Copper
Do.
5-322
Copper
Brazing
Brazing
Brazing
System
Press, rating material

& (Kg/cm2) thickness
5-323
Joint
AntiCorrosion
measure
Hyd. line for - High pressure

cargo pump, line ballast pump
and deck machinery
- Low pressure
line on deck
(4)
(4)
Do.
"Refer to ManufactSection 502" -urer's
standard
Do.
5-324
-Low pressure
line in door (42mm
& below)
Hydraulic line for hyd.
valve control
(4)
(4)
Electric cable pipe on deck
Do.
Do.
Multi-core
SUS 316
t = 1.0mm
ERW
max 4 cores
with sheath,
single tube
without
sheath in
cargo tank
SPP, ERW
Others
Galvanized
According to the requirement of the

Class, manufacturer's standard and
Builder's practice.
Note
314
The wall thickness of the pipe shall be in compliance with the

requirement of Rule
315
The pipe in the fuel oil tank and diesel oil tank shall not be galvanized.
316
Test pressure.
317
Design pressure rating shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
standard.
318
According to the requirement of the Class.
319
Inside : Acid pickling
Outside : Painted with zinc silicate primer.
(3) Insulation process of general pipe
(a) Steam, condensate and hot water pipe
The pipe insulation shall be applied in accordance with the Builder's practice.
The steam, condensate and hot water pipe located in accommodation or other
enclosed space shall be insulated with the glass wool and finished with the
fiber glass cloth.
Insulation shall not be applied for the steam and condensate pipe located on
weather part other than those in danger of scalding.
Insulation process shall be as follows:
Use
Steam supply
Condensate
Hot water
Material
Glass
wool
Glass
wool
Glass
Wool
Insulation
Pipe
Nom.
dia.
(mm)
All
32 and
above
15 and
above
10 and
ThickNess
(mm)
25
25
25
below
(b) Refrigerant pipe for provision chamber
Insulation shall only be applied for R-404A return gas pipe.
5-325
Outside
covering
A sheet of fiber
glass cloth
A sheet of fiber
glass cloth
A sheet of fiber
glass cloth
Two layers of
fiber glass cloth
Liquid line shall not be insulated except liquid pipe down stream of heat
exchanger.
5-326
Insulation
Pipe
5-327
1)
Fresh water system
nom.
5-328
Thick-
Use
Return gas pipe
Material
Polyethylene
dia.
(mm)
All
ness
(mm)
25
Outside
covering A
sheet of fiber
glass cloth
Refrigerant valve on return gas pipe shall be insulated with 25mm thick
glass wool and covered with a sheet of fiber glass cloth.
(3) Valve, flange and coupling
Valve, flange and coupling shall not be insulated except those are otherwise
specified.
(4) Sweat proofing
A sheet of fiber glass cloth shall be applied to the water service and drainage
pipe which shall be led behind the ceiling in the accommodation.
Fresh water tank shall be arranged as shown on the G.A.
One (1) fresh water filling connection with a blank flange shall be provided on both
sides on upper deck aft.
Fresh water system shall consist of cold fresh water system, drinking water system
and hot water system.
5-329
1)
Fresh water system
The fresh water system serve for supplying cold washing water and sanitary water from a
fresh water hydrophore unit installed in engine room.
A separate fresh water line for accommodation shall be arranged for supplying to galley,
pantry, laundry, bathtub, water closet, shower, washbasin, nozzle for washing front window of
wheelhouse and lobby of refrigerated provision chamber.
For the detail of fresh water hydrophore unit, refer to "CHAPTER 6".
2) Drinking water system
Drinking water system shall be fed from fresh water hydrophore unit through a sterilizer
installed in engine room.
A drinking water line shall be arranged to supply to galley, pantry, water fountains and
hospital.
For the detail of sterilizer, refer to "CHAPTER 6".
3) Hot fresh water system
A continuous running system through a calorifier installed in engine room shall be provided.
Hot fresh water shall be circulated continuously through one (1) circulation main line, and
shall be supplied to the followings:
- Shower & bathtub.

- Washbasin.
- Laundry equipment.
- Galley & pantry sink.
582
For the detail of calorifier and circulating pump, refer to "CHAPTER 6".
Air and sounding system
1) Air escape pipe and overflow pipe
One(l) set of air escape pipe or combined air escape pipe and overflow pipe of
suitable size shall be fitted at each of water tank, oil tank, bilge tank, ballast tank, void
space, etc. in accordance with the requirement of the Class.
5-330
Tank having comparatively large volume shall be fitted with two (2) air escape pipe
and one (1) of them shall be located at the highest part of the tank according to the
requirement of Rule.
Total sectional area of air escape pipe shall be in accordance with the requirement of
the Class.
Disc float type air vent head with stainless steel wire net screen shall be provided for
water ballast tank, fuel oil tank, fresh water tank and cofferdam.
Disc float type air vent head without stainless steel wire net screen shall be provided
for the other spaces than specified above.
The air escape pipe shall have the Class approved type head on its top.
Name plate for each air pipe shall be fitted in accordance with the Builder's practice.
Fixed coaming shall be provided on the upper deck around the air escape pipe of oil
tank to hold overflow oil and oil filling connection in accordance with the
requirement of U.S.C.G. Regulation.
Height from deck and the thickness of the air pipe shall meet the requirement of the
Class.
2) Sounding pipe
One(l) set of sounding pipe shall be fitted to all tanks, void space, chain locker, cofferdam,
etc. and shall be terminated above upper deck in accessible location with suitable marked for
identification of the compartment.
The rudder horn shall be fitted with drain plug.
The sounding pipe for fresh water tank shall be provided.
Level measuring device for fresh water tank shall be of self-powered content gauge type.
Sounding pipe shall be of 80mm in nominal dia. for heavy fuel oil tank and 65mm for other
compartments and blank plate shall be fitted at the end of sounding pipe.
5-331
1)
Fresh water system
Sounding pipes shall be of stand type or deck flush type having sounding cap on each pipe
top with name plate in accordance with the Builder's practice.
Deck stand type shall have mild steel head and brass cap.
Each double bottom tank and cofferdam in the engine room shall be fitted with short
sounding pipe and led to an accessible position at the lowest floor in engine room and those
shall be fitted with a brass self-closing cock for fuel oil tank and a brass screw cap for other
tank.
Sounding pipe except above-mentioned one shall be led as straight as possible, extended to
an accessible location at above deck, and fitted with a screw cap or deck piece.
The sounding pipe for the tank shall be placed as near the suction pipe as possible.
1) Peek scupper and drain
The scupper or drain arrangement shall be provided for all exposed weather deck in
accordance with the Builder's practice.
Deck scupper shall be provided to drain and prevent water standing on the deck under
ordinary condition of list and trim.
Scupper shall be fitted with rubber plug for weather deck and scupper for accommodation
and sanitary space shall be fitted with small well and rose plate.
The self-expanded type rubber plug be provided for the open deck scupper.
Drain from the deck scupper shall be led clear of the freeboard marks, lifeboat falls and
accommodation ladder area
Exposed weather deck of the accommodation shall be drained to lower next deck in general,
and pipe shall be ended approx. 50mm above from the deck.
The scupper pipe from weather deck of accommodation shall be of outside mounting type.
Deck scupper shall be arranged at suitable position well clear of freeboard mark,
accommodation ladder and life boat launching.
5-332
584

Deck compressed air shall be supplied from air reservoir in engine room. The
compressed air pressure shall be appx. 7kg/cm2.
A compressed air line of suitable size for general use shall be provided on the upper deck
fore and aft.
Suitable number of hose connection with snap on quick closing coupling and stop valve
shall be arranged on the upper deck for general use, etc.
585
Bilge system
Bilge piping shall be arranged according to the requirements of the Class.
Bilge water in chain locker and bosun store shall be discharged by a bilge eductor
(5m3/h, bronze body).
Driving water of eductor shall be supplied from fire & wash deck system.
Bilge water in steering gear room and emergency fire pump room shall be drained to
engine room bilge well through a self-closing valve in engine room.
Level alarm high for emergency fire pump room shall be provided and readout to
CCR.
Bilge water in deck store on upper deck shall be led to weather deck by means of drain
plug.
Bilge pipe shall have a suitable dimension to comply with the requirement of Rule.
Suction end of bilge shall be fitted with galvanized rose box and suitable rose plate shall
be provided on bilge well.
The valve for bilge suction line shall be of non-return type.
An international bilge shore connection with a blank flange shall be provided at each side
of deckhouse on the upper deck for discharging engine room bilge.
5-333
586 Fuel/lub. oil filling and transfer system
1) Heavy fuel oil and marine diesel oil system

The heavy fuel oil and marine diesel oil filling/transfer piping system shall be provided
from the filling connection to heavy fuel oil storage tank and diesel oil storage tank.
Separate F.O. (2) and D.O. (1) filling connection with a butterfly valve and a steel
blind flange of 150/100mm in nominal diameter shall be provided in way of manifold
area on the upper deck in accordance with OCIMF recommendation.
M.G.O. filling connection shall commonly be used to the M.D.O. filling connection on
the cargo manifold of the upper deck.
Two (2) adapters with ANSI flange (lset: 6" x 8", lset: 6' x 10") shall be supplied for
the heavy fuel oil filling shore manifold.
Eccentric type bunker manifold reducer shall be mild steel and shall be supplied in
accordance with OCIMF recommendation including following.
Principal fittings
Number of reducer
4
2
Reserved reducer stock
Number of reducer
2
2
2
Presentation flange
Nominal bore (inch)
6x6
4x4
Presentation flange
Nominal bore (inch)
6 x 10
6x8
6x4
One (1) sampling/drain cock shall be fitted on each F.O. & D.O. bunker manifold, and
a boss with gauge cock for portable pressure gauge and a boss with plug for portable
temperature gauge shall be provided on each F.O. & D.O. bunker manifold.
For detail of fuel oil filling system, refer to "CHAPTER 6".
2) Lubricating oil system
A lubricating oil filling station with a steel blank flange of 50mm in nominal diameter
shall be provided at each side of deckhouse on the upper deck. For detail of lub. oil
system, refer to "CHAPTER 6".
5-57
587
Bunker station
Bunker station for lub. oil, cylinder oil and shore discharge for bilge/sewage shall be
arranged at each side of upper deck in way of accommodation area and shall be fitted with
shore connection for the following system.
System
Lubricating oil/
Cylinder oil
Bilge/sewage
Pipe STPG
370E Sch.40
DO.
Valve Blank
flange.
Do.
Remark Inlet
Discharge.
One(l) USCG box shall be provided for each side of bunker station in accordance with the
requirement of U.S.C.G. regulation.
588
Fresh water filling system

A fresh water filling connection with a 65mm dia. JIS thread hose coupling and a cap shall
be provided at each side of deckhouse on the upper deck.
In addition to the above, each fresh water tank shall be fitted with an air pipe.
A filling connection for each vent pipe shall be provided.
589
Steam and condensate system 1)

Steam and condensate line
Steam and condensate line shall be arranged on deck for cargo tank heating and
general service.
A spectacle flange and valve shall be fitted on steam main and main condensate line
placed in outside of engine room.
Condensate from cargo heating system shall be led into an observation tank placed in
front of accommodation.
The pressure of steam supply line shall be appx. 7.0 kg/cm2.
2) Steam and condenstate line for general use (In accommodation)
Steam line shall be led to the central air handling unit of the air-conditioning system,
and the calorifier of the hot water system in engine room, etc., where necessary.
The pressure of steam supply line shall be appx. 4.0kg/ cm2.
5-58
3) Anti-freezing system for ICE class Notation

Air bubbling through sounding pipe shall be providedfor anti-freezing in water ballast
tanks and the heating coil(SUS316L,ERW,SchlOS,40A) shall be provided for anti-freezing
in fresh water tank.
Hose connection(STPG 370, ERWJSch40,15A) for de-icing shall be branched from steam
main line(200A) on upper.
5-336
STX SHIPBUILDING CO.,LTD.
STX Shipbuilding Co . ,Ltd
601
Inspection and test

CHAPTER 6 MAIN MACHINERY
COMPONENT
60
GENERAL
The propelling machinery shall consist of a slow speed, reversible, two stroke, diesel
engine, Licensee make STX MAN B& W 6S60MC-C (MK VII) driving a fixed pitch
propeller through a forged steel shafting.
The shafting shall consist of one (1) intermediate shaft, one (1) propeller shaft with one
(1) propeller and shall be coupled to the main engine directly.
The propeller shall be turned clockwise viewed from afterward of the Vessel at M.E.
going ahead.
The electric generating plant shall consist of three (3) set of main diesel generator engines
and one (1) set of emergency diesel generator engine.
The main engine shall be remotely controlled from the engine control room and
wheelhouse by means of electronic control device.
An air conditioned engine control room shall be provided in E.R. and equipped with
engine control device, main switchboard and other necessary monitoring equipment.
The machinery and equipment in engine room shall be designed, constructed, installed or
supplied according to the manufacturer's and/or the Builder's standard in compliance with
the requirement of the Class and the Regulatory body as far as they are concerned.
The machinery shall be supplied with all necessary fitting in accordance with the
manufacturer's standard and requirement of Class.
Valve, cock, manometer and thermometer etc. shall be manufactured in accordance with
the Korean Industrial Standard (KS)/Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) or equivalent as
well as pipe, valve, flange, bolt & nut.
Those not specified in KS or JIS, and having special construction shall be in accordance
Horse power in the Specification shall be indicated in metric unit (75kg-m/sec).
6-346
All inspection and test for machinery shall be carried out in accordance with the
requirement of the Class and manufacturer's inspection standard.
The following inspection and test, the application for which will be submitted to the
Buyer's representative in advance, shall be carried out by the manufacturer in the presence
of surveyor of the Class and the Buyer's representative.
Running test and trial of machineries shall be carried out at manufacturer's shop after
completion, and necessary data shall be recorded during the trial and submitted to the
Buyer.
Especially for main engine and diesel generator engine, the shop test schedule shall be
informed to the Buyer.
1) Main engine shop test
The following test shall be performed using equipment, lubricating oil, cyl. oil and
diesel oil etc. supplied by the manufacturer.
The brand of lubricating oil and cylinder oil used during shop test shall be chosen in
The brake horse power shall be measured by the manufacturer's dynamometer.
(1) Load test
Load 50%
75%
N.C.R. 100%
Hour
1/2
1/2
1/2
1
320
Governor test.
321
Fuel oil consumption measurement.
322
Starting test and reversing test.
323
Safety device test with emergency trip test
324
Minimum revolution test at no load.
325
Astern running test at no load.
326
Turning gear blocking device confirmation test
110%
1/2
Overhaul inspection for necessary portion after shop test shall be carried out in
accordance with the manufacturer's standard in compliance with the requirement of
the Class and mentioned below.
No. Overhaul item
Quantity
Inspection
6-347
1 Bearing Appearance inspection without lifting up from

engine plate
(only to dismantle main and crankpin bearing)
CO
601 Inspection and test

1 Crank shaft
2 Main bearing
Crankpin bearing
4 Cyl. cover
1 Cyl.
5 Crosshead bearing
6 Cyl. liner
7 Crosshead pin &
Guide shoe
8 Piston complete
1 Cyl.
1 Cyl.
1 Cyl.
9 Camshaft driving
chain & chain wheel
10 Trust pad
11 Scavenge air port
1 Eng.
Appearance inspection of piston surface (To be

dismantled from engine)
Appearance inspection without dismantling
lPad
ICyl
Appearance inspection
Appearance inspection
1 Cyl.
Appearance inspection of combustion

surface.
Appearance inspection of bearing surface.
Appearance inspection of inner surface.
Appearance inspection of bearing surface.
2) Generator engine shop test

The following test shall be performed by using equipment, lubricating oil and diesel oil
supplied by the manufacturer with A.C. generator coupled together.
(1) Load test
Load
25%
50%
75%
100%
Hour
1/2
1/2
1/2
1
327 Fuel oil consumption measurement.
328 Governor test.
329 Starting test at no load.
330 Emergency trip test
(Over speed, cool. F.W. outlet temp., lub. oil inlet press.)
(6) Engine safety device test
110%
1/2
Overhaul inspection shall be carried out in accordance with the requirement of the Class and
For the machinery having the same capacity, characteristic test shall be carried out for
one set only in accordance with the manufacturer's standard in compliance with the
requirement of the Class.
4) Other aux. machineries
6-348
Performance test shall be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's standard
in compliance with the requirement of the Class.
602
Fuel oil
Three (3) kinds of fuel oil shall be stored on board as follows. The allowable chemical
property shall be in accordance with the recommendation of each machinery
manufacturer.
1) Heavy fuel oil having a viscosity up to 600 cSt at 50C shall be used for:
o. The main engine at sea and maneuvering condition.
o. The gen. engine at normal condition,
o. The boiler at oil firing condition.
2) Marine diesel oil having a viscosity up to 14 cSt at 40C (ISO 8217, DMC) shall
be used for :
o. The main engine at cold starting and before long term stopping.
o. The gen. engine at low load operation and cold starting.
o. The boiler at cold starting.
o. The incinerator operation.
o. The inert gas generator (I.G.G.) operation.
331
The diesel engine for hyd. power pack of cargo pump and the emergency
generator engine shall be designed for using marine diesel oil (6.0 cSt at 40C, ISO
8217, DMA)
332
The common pressurized heavy fuel oil system (F.O. module unit) shall be
adopted for main engine and gen. engines.
6-349
603
Design condition
The main engine and the propulsive machinery including the shafting shall be so designed
that the main engine is satisfactorily operated at the maximum continuous rating at sea water
temperature of 32C, fresh water cooling temperature of 36C, engine room ambient air
temperature of 45C, barometric pressure of 750mmHg (1,000 mbar).
The basic idea or design condition in planning the machinery plant shall be as enumerated
below.
1) Steam
Necessary steam for ship's service shall be as follows :
6-350
603
Design condition
Normal sea service Port

service Tank cleaning
Cargo loading/unloading
Cargo heating
Composite boiler (exhaust gas section)

Composite boiler (oil fired section)
Aux. boiler
Aux. boiler
Aux. boiler
6-351
603
Design condition
333
Electric power
Refer to "Chapter 8"
334
Compressed air
Two (2) main air reservoir shall be able to start main engine consecutively at least
twelve (12) times without recharging, and total capacity of two (2) main air compressor
shall be capable of recharging two (2) main air reservoir within one (1) hour.
One (1) aux. air reservoir for generator engines shall be provided and charged through
the main air line from main air reservoir normally, while this reservoir shall be charged
by the emergency air compressor in emergency case.
6-352
4) Heat exchanger
Cooler
- M.E. jacket water inlet (M.E. J. W. cooler)
- Lub. oil outlet (M.E. lub. oil cooler)
- Sea water inlet (L. T. F. W. cooler)
- Fresh water outlet (L.T. F.W. cooler)
Designed temp.
80C
45C
32C
36C
The cleanliness factor shall be based on followings except where otherwise specified.
Tubular type cooler
Plate type cooler
Oil heater & M.E. jacket W. preheater
: 80%
: 90%
: 90%
The following figures shall be applied to the calculation and design.

Specificfuel
gravity
Heavy
oil
Viscosity 600 cSt
Marine diesel oil
at 50C 11.0
Marine gas oil
cStat50C
Lub. oil Sea water
ll.OcStat 50C
Fresh Water
70 cSt at 50C 1
cSt at 50C 1 cSt
at 50C
Specific heat
1.01
0.45 Kcal/kgC
0.92
0.45 Kcal/ kgC
0.89
0.45 Kcal/kgC
0.90
0.45 Kcal/ kgC
1.025
0.94 Kcal/ kgC
1.00
1.00 Kcal/kgC
(1) The cooler for main engine shall be designed on the basis of the maximum continuous rating.
M.E. J. W. cooler
One (1) set, 100% of total

heat dissipation of M.E. at MCR.
M.E. L.O. cooler.
One (1) set, 100% of total

heat dissipation of M.E. at MCR.
L.T. F.W. cooler
Two (2) sets, each 50% of total system

requirement.
(2) One (1) set of atmospheric condenser shall be provided and designed to condense the surplus
6-353
4) Heat exchanger
steam and to cool the condensate together with drain from each heating service to 80C with
32C sea water when steam is generated by the exh. gas section of composite boiler at NCR
of main engine.
6-354
(3)
Two (2) sets of heavy fuel oil heater for M.E. & G.E. shall be provided.
The flow capacity of each heater shall be equivalent to 100% cap. of one (1) F.O.
circulating pump.
5) Purifier
For purifying service of heavy fuel oil, marine diesel oil as well as lub. oil, the purifier of
self-cleaning type shall be provided.
o. For heavy fuel oil:
Two (2) sets of self-cleaning, auto, partial discharge type heavy oil purifier shall be
provided for the heavy fuel oil cleaning.
The throughput capacity of each H.F.O. purifier shall be designed to process at least
120% of fuel oil consumption of main engine at MCR and one (1) G.E. at normal sea
trip.
o. For lub. oil :
Two (2) sets of self-cleaning, auto, total discharge type lub. oil purifier shall be provided
for M.E. & G.E.
The M.E. lub. oil purifier shall be capable of circulating the oil in the main engine sump
tank at least every 12 hours.
(The above oil quantity in sump tank shall be based on the engine manufacturer's
recommendation).
o. For marine diesel oil :
One (1) set of self-cleaning, auto, total discharge type M.D.O. purifier shall be
provided by the Buyer and install by the Builder.
The basis capacity for major tank in engine room shall be as follows.
Heavy fuel oil service tank...................... 8 hours
F.O. consumption of the main
engine at MCR, a generator engine
and an aux. boiler at normal sea trip.
Heavy fuel oil settling tank......................Ditto
Marine diesel oil service tank................ 8 hours
6-355
F.O. consumption of the main engine at

MCR, a generator engine and an aux.
boiler at normal sea trip.
Marine diesel oil settling tank..................24 hours
F.O. consumption of a gen. engine at
normal sea trip.
Cyl. oil storage tank................................ Abt. 60 days
Cyl. oil consumption of main
engine at NCR
M.E. lub. oil storage tank........................ A complete change of main
engine system oil
M.E. lub. oil settling tank........................Ditto
M.E. L.O. sump tank.............................. Acc. to manufacturer's recommendation.
G.E. lub. oil storage tank........................ A complete change of
two (2) sets gen. engine system oil
G.E. lub. oil settling tank.........................Ditto
G.E. L.O .sump tank............................... Acc. to manufacturer's recommendation.
Hyd. oil service tank............................... Acc. to manufacturer's recommendation.
Miscellaneous tank..................................Acc. to manufacturer's standard and the
Builder's practice
6-356
61
611 Main engine

No. of set
Model
Type
Maximum continuous rating No.

of cylinder Cylinder bore Stroke
Cooling system
: One (1)
Fresh water Fresh water
Fresh water Lub. oil Acc.
to the manufacturer's
standard.
: STX MAN B&W 6S60MC-C (MK VII) : Two (2) stroke,

single acting, airless injection, crosshead, direct reversible
type marine diesel engine with exh. gas turbocharger (high
efficiency type, MAN B& W NA type),Nox emission
approved type acc. to MARPOL Annex VI Regulation. 18,420
BHP x 105 RPM Six (6) 500 mm. 1,910 mm.
- Lub. oil cooling

- Charge air cooling
- Cyl. jacket cooling
- Piston cooling
- Turbocharger
Tuning wheel shall be fitted for M.E. and weight of flywheel for M.E. shall be increased in
accordance with ICE notation.
612
Shafting and propeller
61
One(l
)
Intennediate shaft.
Material : Forged steel.
Diameter : Acc. to the Class rule
subject to torsional vibration calculation,
and bearing part shall be of 5 mm over
size.
One(l
)
Propeller shaft.
Material : Forged steel
Diameter : At least 3 mm above the based on the
Rule requirements of the Class subject to
torsional vibration calculation.
One (1)
Intermediate shaft bearing, self-lubricated, fresh water

cooled.
6-9
One (1)
- Stern tube.
Cast steel stern frame boss extending type with welded steel plate.
Each one (1)
One(l)
Stern tube bearing (forward & afterward part). Cast iron bearing
bush lining on lead base white metal complete with oil seal ring at
forward (2 lips seal) and afterward end (4 lips seal), non-split type.
Propeller. Type
Material
Propeller cap
4 bladed solid, aerofoil section keyless fixed

pitch type. Nickel aluminium bronze.
Manganese bronze.
The propeller diameter shall be finally determined in consideration of the propulsion efficiency
and cavitation.
Spare propeller and spare propeller shaft shall not be provided.
Steam generation plant
Aux. boiler No. of set
Type
Evaporation Feed
water temp.
: One (1) set.

: Oil fired, forced-draft, cylindrical, water tube type marine
boiler with auto, combustion device and feed water regulator. :
Appx. 18,000 kg/h : 80 C
Working pressure & temp. : 7 kg/cnf G, saturated steam.

Composite boiler No.
of set
Type
Evaporation Feed
: One (1) set

: Vertical, cylindrical, forced draft, marine boiler
with auto, combustion device and feed water
regulator. : l,200kg/h for oilfired section
l,100kg/h for exh. gas section at NCR of M.E.
under ISO reference condition. :80TC
water temp.
Working pressure & temp.: 7 kg/cm2G, saturated steam
6-359
One (1)
The boiler feed water temperature of cascade tank shall be controlled by the direct steam injector
with temp, control valve in cascade tank.
6-360
614
Electric generating plant

Generator diesel engine
No. of set
Type
Output
Revolution
Generator
Emergency generator engine
No. of set
Type
Three (3) sets (STX MAN B& W Holeby 6L23/30H)

Four cycle, single acting, trunk piston type water cooled,
exhaust gas turbocharged marine diesel engine with air cooler,
Nox emission approved type acc. to the MARPOL Annex VI
Regulation 13. Appx. 1,305 PS. 900 RPM.
1,125 KVA (900 KW), AC 450V, 3Ph, 60 Hz
:
:
One (1) set.
Four cycle, single acting, trunk piston type radiator
cooling diesel engine. Appx. 180 PS. 1,800 RPM.
225 KVA (180KW), AC 450 V, 3Ph, 60 Hz
Output
Revolution
Generator
6-361
Main air compressor

No. of set
Type
Capacity
Delivery pressure
Two (2) sets

M.D. reciprocating, fresh water cooled.
Each 150 m3/h of free air 30 kg/cm2 G.
6-362
Deck service air compressor

No. of set Type Capacity
Delivery pressure
One (1) set

M.D. screw, air cooled, resiliently & skid mounted.
200 m3/h of free air 7 kg/cm1 G.
6-363
Emergency air compressor

No. of set
Type
Capacity
Delivery pressure
One (1) set

M.D. reciprocating, air cooled.
25 f f f / h of free air. 30 kg/cnf
G.
Two (2) sets Cylindrical all
welded. Each 5.0 m3 x 30
kg/cm2 G.
Main air reservoir

No. of set Type
Capacity
6-364
Deck service air reservoir

No. of set
Type
Capacity
One (1) set

Cylindrical all welded.
0.5 m3 x 7 kg/cnf G.
Aux. air reservoir

No. of set Type
Capacity
One (1) set

Cylindrical all welded.
0 . 2 m 3 x 3 0 kg/cnf G.
6-365
Air dryer
No. of set
Type Capacity
Working pressure
Three (3) sets

Two(2)sets for control air dryer, one(l) set for service air
dryer
Refrigerating type.
Each 100% of system requirement
7 kg/cnf G.
6-366
616
Auxiliaries
1) Auxiliaries for main engine

Main cooling S.W. pump
No. of set
: Two (2)
Type
: M.D. Vert, centrifugal.
(One (1) set: self-priming, One
(1) set: non-self-priming)
Capacity
: Each 100% of system requirement.
Total head
: Appx. 25m.
Port use cooling S.W. pump
No. of set
: One (1)
Type
: M.D. Vert. Centrifugal (Non-self-priming).
Capacity
: 100% of system requirement.
Total head
: Appx. 25m.
M.E. jacket water pump
No. of set
Type
Capacity
Total head
: Two (2)
: Appx. 30 m.
M.E. jacket water cooler

No. of set
: One (1)
Type
: F.W. cooled, plate type
Heat dissipation
: M.E. J.W. heat dissipation at MCR.
Temp, control
: Pneumatic (P.I)
M.E. jacket water preheater with circ. pump
No. of set
: One (1)
Type
: Steam heated, shell & tube type
Heat dissipation
: Acc. to M.E. manufacturer's recommendation
Circ. pump
: One (1) set
L.T. cooling F.W. pump
No. of set
' : Two (2)
Type
Capacity
Total head
: Appx. 30m.
Port use L.T. cooling F.W. pump
No. of set
:One(l)
Type
Capacity
Total head
: Appx. 30m.
No. of set
Type
Capacity
Temp, control
: Two (2)
: S.W. cooled, plate type.
: Each 50% of total system requirement.
: Pneumatic (P.I)
M.E. lub. oil pump

No. of set
Type
Capacity
Delivery press.
: T wo (2)
: M.D. centrifugal, tank mounted deepwell type.
: 4.3 kg/cnf.
6 - 367
L.T. F.W. cooler
M.E. lub. oil cooler No. of

set Type
One(l)
Heat dissipation Temp,
F.W. cooled, plate type
control
M.E. L.O. heat dissipation at MCR.
Pneumatic (P.I)
M.E. L.O. full flow filter
6-368
L.T. F.W. cooler
No. of set
Type
L.O. by-pass manual
filter
: One (1)
: Auto, back flushing type (absolute fineness 40 micron). :
One (1) set (JIS type)
H.F.O. circulating pump for M.E. & G.E.

No. of set
: Two (2)
Type
: M.D. gear or screw.
Capacity
Delivery press.
: 10.0 kg/cnf.
(Suction Press.
: 4.0 kg/cnf.)
H.F.O. supply pump for M.E. & G.E.
No. of set
: Two (2)
Type
: M.D. gear or screw
Capacity
. : Each 100% of system requirement.
Delivery press.
: 4.0 kg/cnf
H.F.O. heater for M.E. & G.E.
6-369
L.T. F.W. cooler
No. of set
Type
Heat dissipation F.O.
flow F.O. inlet/outlet
temp.
Two (2) Steam

heated
Each 100% of system requirement.
105/150 C
6-370
L.T. F.W. cooler
Temp, control
6-371
: Electric (P.I)
L.T. F.W. cooler
H.F.O. filter for M.E. & G.E.

No. of set
:One(l)
Type
: Auto, back flushing type (absolute fineness 35 micron). :
F.O. by-pass manual
One (1) set
filter
6-372
Viscosity controller for M.E. & G.E
No. of set
Type
: One (1)
: Electric type
M.E. scavenge air cooler

No. of set
: One (1) (Supplied by M.E. manufacturer)
Type
: F.W. cooled, shell & tube type
Heat dissipation
: Acc. to the M.E. manufacturer's recommendation
M.E. air cooler cleaning water circ. pump
No. of set
:One(l)
Type
: M.D. horiz. centrifugal
Capacity & total head : Acc. to the M.E. manufacturer's recommendation
2) Auxiliaries for generator engines
G.E. jacket water pump
No. of set
Type
Capacity & total head
One (1)- each G.E.

Engine driven type
Acc. to manufacturer's recommendation.
G.E. em'cy D.O. pump

No. of set
Type
Capacity
One (1) - Engine driven D.O.pump

Electric motor driven, horiz. gear or screw (1 set),
Acc. to G.E. manufacturer's recommendation.
3)
Auxiliaries for steam generating plant
Feed water pump for aux. boiler

No. of set
Two (2)
Type
M.D. centrifugal.
Capacity
Total head
Acc. to boiler manufacturer's recommendation.
Feed water pump for composite boiler
No. of set
: Two (2)
Type
: M.D. centrifugal
Capacity & total head : Acc. to boiler manufacturer's recommendation. Boiler
fuel oil heater for aux. boiler
6-373
No. of set
Type
Capacity
Two (2)
Steam heated, tubular type.
6-374
H.F.O. supply pump for aux. boiler

No. of set
: T wo ( 2 )
Type
: M.D. gear or screw type.
Capacity & total head : Acc. to boiler manufacturer's recommendation.
6-375
M.D.Q. ignition pump for aux. Boiler (if fitted)

One (1)
No. of set Type
M.D. gear or screw type
Acc. to boiler manufacturer's recommendation.
Boiler fuel oil heater for composite boiler
No. of set
: One (1)
Capacity
Fuel oil supply pump for composite boiler
No. of set
: Two (2)
Type
: M.D. Horiz. gear or screw type.
M.D.O. ignition pump for composite boiler (if fitted)
No. of set
: One (1)
Type
: M.D. horiz. gear or screw type
Atmospheric condenser
No. of set
Type
Cool, surface
4) Distillation Plant
F.W. generator No. of
set Type Capacity
Salinity
Ejector pump No. of
set Type
Distilled water pump
No. of set
Type
One (1)
Tubular type, S.W. cooled
Shall be designed to meet the dumping capacity for
exhaust gas section of composite boiler or return steam
from cargo heating system.
Capacity &
total head
manufacturer's recommendation.
One (1)
Low pressure evaporating, single stage, plate type.
25T/Day with S.W. temp. 32C and M.E. jacket water
temperature of 80 C at MCR of M.E. Max. 10 PPM.
One (1)
M.D. centrifugal.
Acc. to F.W. Gen.
One (1)
M.D. centrifugal
Acc. to F.W. gen. manufacturer's recommendation.
5) F.O. & L.O. service system

H.F.O. trans, pump
No. of set
Type
Capacity
Deliver press.
: One (1)
: 20 nrf/h.
: 3 kg/cm2.
6-376
D.O. trans, pump

No. of set
:
Type
:
Capacity
:
Delivery press.
:
M.G.O. shifting P/P
No. of set
Type
Capacity
Delivery press.
L.O. trans, pump
No. of set
Type
Capacity
Delivery press.
One(l)
M.D. gear or screw.
10 nf/h.
3 kg/cnf.
One(l)
M.D. gear or screw
1 m3/h.
2 kg/cm2.
:One(l)
: 5 m7h.
: 3 kg/cnf.
Cylinder oil shifting pump
6-377
Flowmeter
One ( 1 ) - M.E. F.O. system.
Two (2) - G.E. F.O. system.
One (1) - Boiler F.O. system.
H.F.O. purifier No. of
set Type
Cleaning capacity
(Throughput capacity)
Max. density Supply
pump
Two (2)
Self-cleaning, auto, control, partial sludge discharge. Each
appx. 3,450 L/H based on 600cSt at 50C.
1,010 kg/nf.
Separated or Built-in type x 2 sets
M.D.O. purifier
No. of set
: One (1) (The Buyer's supply)
Type
: Self-deaning, auto, control, total sludge discharge.
Cleaning capacity
: 750L/H at 13cst at40C
Supply pump
: Built-in type (1 set)
(The relative pipe, valve, fitting and installation of M.D.O. purifier shall be arranged
by the Builder.)
6-378
L.O. purifier No. of set

Type
Cleaning capacity
Supply pump
H.F.O. purifier heater
No. of set Type Oil
flow
Oil inlet/outlet temp.
Temp, control
L.O. purifier heater
No. of set Type Oil
flow
Oil inlet/outlet temp
Temp, control
6) Ship's service system
Fire & G/S pump No.
of set Type Capacity
Total head Remarks
Two (2)
Self-cleaning, auto, control, total sludge discharge.
Each appx. 1,750 L/H at SAE #30. Separated pump x
2 sets
Two (2)
Steam heated type.
Each appx. 3,450 L/H.
60/98 C. Pneumatic
(P.I)
Two (2).
Steam heated type. Each
appx. 1,750 L/H. 45/90 C.
Thermostatic
One(l)
M.D. Vert, centrifugal with self-priming.
Acc. to Rule requirement
Acc. to system requirement
The pump shall have the capacity for foam fire
fighting system
6- 379
Fire & bilge pump No.

of set Type Capacity
Total head
Oily water sep. pump
No. of set
Type
Capacity
Delivery press
One(l).
M.D. Vert, centrifugal with self-priming.
Acc. to Rule requirement Acc. to system
requirement
One (1)
Acc. to the manufacturer's standard. 5.0
mJ/h. 3 kg/cnf.
No. of set
Type
Capacity
6- 380
: One(l)
: IMO & MED
approved type.
15 PPM with an oil content bilge alarm

device. : 5.0 nf/h.
6- 381
Sludge pump
No. of set Type
Capacity
Delivery press
One(l)
M.D. Horiz. mono
3.0' m7h. 4 kg/cm2.
6-382
Fresh water hydrophore unit

No of set
:One(l)
Type
: Pneumatic pressure tank
Pump
: M.D. Vert. cent, tank mounted type
Two (2) sets x 5 m3/h x 40mwc
Tank
: 1.0 m3 in gross volume mild steel with tar epoxy
coating inside
Hot water circulating pump
6-383
No. of set
Type
Capacity
Total head
One(l)
M.D. Horiz. centrifugal.
4.0 r r f / h . 5 m.
6-384
Calorifier
No. of set
Type
Water flow
Water inlet/outlet temp.
Tank
One(l)
Steam and electric heating type.
4,000 L/H.
10/70C.
0.6 ms in gross volume with stainless steel (SUS 304)
6-385
Rehardening filter
No. of set Type
Water flow
One (1)
Manufacturer's
1,000 L/H
6-386
standard
Sterilizer
6-387
No. of set
Type
Water flow
6-388
One (1)
Ultra-violet type.
1,000 L/H
Scrubber cooling S.W. pump
6-389
No. of set
Type
One (1)
M.D. centrifugal
Acc. to manufacturer's recommendation.
6-390
Deck water seal pump

No. of set
Type
Incinerator No. of set
Type
Capacity
Water mixing ratio
: T wo ( 2 )
: M.D. centrifugal
: Acc. to manufacturer's recommendation.
: One(l)
: Solid waste (including plastic) and sludge oil burning,
IMO & MED approved type : Appx. 300,000 Kcal/h. :
Below 30%
MD.O. supply pump for incinerator

No. of set
: One (1)
Type, capacity & head : Acc. to incinerator manufacturer's commendation.
Sewage treatment plant with vacuum
No. of set
: One (1)
Type
: Biological, U.S.C.G. for foreign flag vessel and IMO
& MED approved type
Capacity
: 27 persons/day
Main engine overhead crane
No. of set
:One(l).
Type
: Two speed motor for hoisting and one speed motor
for travelling and traversing.
Capacity
: 4.0 MT
E.C.R. unit cooler
No. of set
Type
Capacity
.Two (2)
: Package type, marine use, F.W. cooled
: Acc. to the Builder's calculation.
6-391
7) Fan
6-392
Engine room vent fan

No. of set Type
Total capacity
Static pressure
Remarks
: Four (4)
: M.D. axial flow (two (2)-reversible type, two (2)-non
reversible type). : Appx. 900 m3/min, depending on
final air balance
according to ISO 8861. :
38 mmAq.
: In case of reversible rotation, the capacity and pressure
shall be reduced.
Purifier space exh. vent fan

No. of set
:One(l)
Type
: M.D. axial flow, non-reversible, type.
Capacity
: Appx. 250 ntf/min. at 25 mmAq.
Em'cy G.E. room supply vent fan
No. of set
: One (1)
Type
: M.D. axial flow, non-reversible type
Capacity
: Appx. 150 mVmin. at 25mmAq
Hyd. power pack room exh. vent, fan
No. of set
: One (1)
Type
: M.D. axial flow, non-reversible type
Capacity
: Appx. 150 m3/min at 25 mmAq
6-393
617 Miscellaneous
1) Machinery workshop equipment
One (1)
M.D. conventional
1,000 mm. 450mm
Lathe No. of set

Type
Center distance Swing
overbed
One(l)
M.D. floor mounted
Max. 32 mm
Drilling machine No. of set Type

Dia.
One(l).
M.D. double wheel
250 mm.
Grinding machine No. of set Type

Wheel dia.
6-394
Electric welder
No. of set Type
Voltage primary
Output Control
Cable
One(l)
Drip-proof.
AC 440V.
300 A.
Machine side control.
2x50M
Gas welder
No. of set
Type
Rubber hose
: One (1).
: 2-Oxygen bottles (40L)
1-Acetylene bottle (40L)
: Each 2 x 50m for oxygen and acetylene.
OX and AC gas bottle shall be stored in separated room on upper deck and connected by
steel pipes to machinery workshop.
Racks in OX and AC bottle room shall be capable to stow at least four (4) bottles of AC and
eight (8) bottles of OX.
2) Tank in engine room
Tank
Set
Capacity (m3)
Appx.
Remark
Fuel oil tank H.F.O. service

tank
80
H.F. O. settling tank
70
M.D.O. service tank M.D.O.

settling tank Em'cy G.E.
M.G.O. tank
30
30
0.8
H.F.O. overflow tank
20
F.O. drain tank
M.G.O. tank for hyd. power

pack engine
20
Lub. oil tank

M.E. lub. oil sump tank
1
6-22
With steam heating coil

and lagging.
With steam heating coil
and lagging.
Acc. to Rule
requirements.
In double bottom with
steam heating coil.
steam heating coil.
17
In double bottom
Tank
M.E. lub. oil settling tank

M.E. lub. oil storage tank
Cylinder oil storage tank
Cylinder oil measuring tank
L.O. drain tank.
G.E. lub. oil storage tank.
G.E. lub. oil settling tank.
Stern tube lub. oil
gravity tank.
Stern tube lub. oil drain tank
Hyd. oil storage tank for cargo
pump
M.E. scavenging air box drain
tank
Set
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10
0.4
Sludge tank
M. G. O. tank for boiler ignition
Water and miscellaneous tank

H.T. F.W. exp. tank for M.E.
L.T. F.W. exp. tank for G.E.

and aux. machineries
Cascade tank (with
observation tank)
Capacity (m3)
Appx.
25
25
25
0.8
1.0
5.0
5.0
0.5
10
Remark
With steam heating coil.
In double bottom
With steam heating coil.
Acc. to the
manufacturer's
recommendation.
Acc. to the
manufacturer's
recommendation.
0.2
cleaning tank
1
Acc. to the
manufacturer's
recommendation.
1
Ditto
1
8.0
Waste oil serv. Tank for

incinerator
Bilge holding tank
Oily bilge tank
Em'cy sewage holding tank
M.E. air cooler chemical
Acc. to the
manufacturer's
recommendation. 1.5
With slopped tank
bottom and steam
heating coil.
22
steam heating coil.
13
steam heating coil.
5
Based on fifteen (15)
holding day. 0.6
With
steam heating coil.
Capacities described in "Tank in engine room" may be readjusted in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendation after final selection, if any.
6-23
62
MAIN ENGINE 621
Construction
The design, construction, material, accessories, spare parts and tools for main engine shall
be of engine manufacturer's standard in accordance with the requirement of the Class
The material and fitting for main engine shall be in accordance with engine manufacturer's
standard, for burning heavy fuel oil of 600 cSt at 50 C.
M.D.O. shall be used for main engine at cold starting condition and before long term stop
condition.
The direction of rotation for crankshaft shall be clockwise viewed from aft when running
ahead.
Tool and instrument shall be supplied as per engine manufacturer's standard practice in
accordance with the recommendation of the Class.
Pipe, valve, flange, bolt/nut and gauge, etc. shall be in accordance with JIS and/or KS.
Bed plate shall be fastened to the tank top by hydraulic holding down bolt and resin chock
shall be used for leveling the engine foundation.
Piping around the engine foundation shall he arranged to give easy access to the holding
down bolts.
The engine shall be equipped with gratings to allow proper working and access to and
maintenance of the parts of the engine.
The engine shall incorporate the latest upgrades and/or modifications as issued by
the licensor to the engine manufacturer at the time of signing the contract.
The main parts of the engine shall be interchangeable with those of the licensor. Any
deviation shall be submitted to the Buyers for reference.
The main engine shall be controlled from the engine control console, bridge console
and engine local side.
622 Accessories and fittings
The following accessories mounted on main engine, and material and dimension of
accessories, and the associated fittings including pipe, valve and cock, etc. shall be
designed and constructed according to the manufacturer's standard to meet the requirement
of the Class
337
Exhaust gas turbocharger, non-cooled type of licensee

1 set make, with cleaning device, protective grating between turbine side and
exhaust gas receiver and bearing in accordance with the manufacturer's standard
(MANB&WTCA type)
338
Air cooler (shell and tube type)
1
339
Thrust shaft (incorporation type) and thrust block
1
340
Turning gear (remote control box with cable of 15m length,
1 one plug and two receptacles)
341
Flywheel
1
342
Pneumatic interlocking apparatus for turning gear
1
343
Exhaust gas receiver
6-400
344
Standard gallery
345
Cylinder L.O lubricator (speed and load change dependent type)
346
Governor (Electronic type)
347
Manoeuvring and reversing device.
348
Main starting valve with non-return valve.
349
Control position indicator
350
Aux. blower (including electric motor and starter)
351
Electric engine tachometer.
352
Steam tracing on fuel oil inlet pipe and return pipe
353
354
Fire extinguishing steam pipe comiection for scavenging

1 chamber.
Axial vibration damper according to the manufacturer's standard
355
Engine protection device
356
Emergency control apparatus inch instrument panel for local
1
manoeuvring system
21) Top bracing
(friction type according to the manufacturer's standard)
Others shall be supplied in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
63
630
Two (2) by-pass flange and two (2) blind plate for M.E. T/C total by-pass system shall be
fitted on M.E. exh. gas receiver and exh. gas pipe of M.E. T/C outlet, and additional bypass exh. gas pipe shall be provided.
SHAFTING AND PROPELLER
General
The main shafting shall consist of an intermediate shaft, a propeller shaft, and a stern tube,
etc.
The shafting system shall be so designed that the system is free from harmful torsional
vibration at normal speed range in accordance with the rule requirement.
At the non-essential speed range, the barred speed range with quick by-pass
arrangement shall be provided.
A shaft earthing device of silver alloy band type with voltmeter shall be provided.
631
Shafting
1) Intermediate shaft
The intermediate shaft shall be of forged steel with solid flange coupling on both ends
and coupled together with parallel reamer bolts.
The shaft shall be machined all over and finished brightly in way of bearing where the
diameter is increased appx. 5mm.
2) Propeller shaft
6-401
The propeller shaft shall be made of forged steel with a solid flange coupling on fore
end.
The aft portion of the shaft shall be machined to 1/20 taper to fit the propeller hub with
wet type keyless fitting method and the end of the shaft shall be left-hand threaded to
suit a propeller shaft nut.
The shaft in way of the bearing and outside of the coupling flange shall be smoothturned.
All flanged coupling shall be fitted with straight shank forged steel reamer bolt and nut.
The diameter of the coupling bolt and the thickness and fillet radius of coupling flange of
intermediate shaft and propeller shaft shall be comply with the requirements of the Class.
633
Intermediate shaft bearing

For adequately supporting the shafting, there shall be intermediate shaft bearing for
intermediate shaft.
The intermediate shaft bearing shall be- self-lubricated type and shall consist of two (2)
sections, a lower half of cast iron construction with white metal lining and upper half of
cast iron or steel plate with white metal.
An opening with a hinged cover shall be provided on the upper section for inspection and
oil filling.
The lower section shall be provided with an oil reservoir & cooling fresh water connection
for cooling jacket of the bearing.
634
An oil level checking device and an oil drain plug shall be provided on the bearing.
Stern tube, stern tube bearing and stern tube seal
1) Stern tube
The stern tube shall be of cast steel stern frame boss extending type with welded steel
plate fabricated type, constructed as hull.
The fore end shall be secured to the aft peak bulkhead, and the aft end to the stern
frame hub by welding.
The stern tube shall be connected for oil supply, air vent and/or return line.
A steel plate rope guard shall be provided at the aft end of the stern frame hub.
A suitable stern tube drain tank for draining oil from the lower point of stern tube shall
be provided and shall be able to recover at least the oil contained in stern tube, gravity
tank and piping.
2) Stern tube bearing
There shall be two (2) bearing-one at the stern frame hub and the other bearing at the
forward end of the stern tube.
The bearing shell shall be of cast iron lined with lead base white metal and of oil
retaining type.
The aft/forward stern tube bush shall have a bearing length in compliance with the
requirements of the Class.
Provision shall be made to drain oil from the lower point of stern tube.
Two (2) sets of replaceable type thermosensor shall be provided for monitoring
6-402
the bush temperature (aft side).

(One(l) set as working, the other as spare)
6-403
3) Stern tube seal

The stern tube seal shall be of compact, simplex oil seal (4 rings for AFT and 2 rings
for FWD) with net protector or equivalent.
The material of seal rings shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
The material of the seal casing shall be cast iron for forward and bronze for aft.
The forward and aft sealing gland shall be of non-split type.
The forward seal liner and aft seal liner shall be of chrome steel.
A separate lubrication system shall be provided for the forward seal with a small head
tank.
The wear down measuring apparatus shall be provided to measure the clearance at the
aft side bushing of the stern tube.
The replacement of the sealing rings shall be arranged without disconnecting the
shaft or the propeller.
635
Propeller and cap

The propeller shall be of wet type keyless, aerofoil section, right handed, solid type of
nickel aluminum bronze.
The propeller hub shall be bored to taper so that it may be accurately fitted to the taper
end of the propeller shaft.
The propeller nut shall be of hydraulic type.
Hydraulic oil pump for M.E. hydraulic holding down bolt shall be used as hydraulic oil
pump for propeller mounting and dismounting.
The propeller cap shall be bolted to the propeller boss and its interior shall be filled with
tallow.
The manufacturing tolerance shall be in accordance with class I of ISO 484/1, "ship
screw propeller-manufacturing tolerance".
The propeller blade shall be smoothly finished and the propeller shall be statically
balanced.
6-404
64
640
ELECTRIC GENERATING ENGINE

General
Three (3) main diesel generator sets shall be arranged at the open space of engine room
and one (1) emergency generator set shall be arranged at the em'cy generator room of
engine room outside.
Each set of main diesel generator except emergency generator shall be capable of parallel
running.
The emergency generator set shall be provided for the power supply automatically in case
of emergency, such as failure of main electric source.
As for the electric generator, refer to "Chapter 8".
641
Construction for diesel generator engine

For main generator engine
The design, construction, material, and accessories shall be of the manufacturer's
standard in accordance with the requirements of the Class.
The engine shall be directly coupled to the generator on the common bed and shall be
rigidly or resiliently mounted with resin chock in accordance with the manufacturer's
standard.
The engine shall be operated on heavy fuel oil of 600 cSt at 50 C for normal operation.
However, marine diesel oil shall be used at cold starting condition and low load of
engine.
The material and fitting for the engine shall be of a suitable quality for heavy fuel oil.
The generator engine shall be started by air motor (7kg/cm2).
6-405
For emergency generator engine

Complete radiator cooling system shall be provided with closed fresh water circulating
system, including radiator and circulating pump, etc.
Both battery starting system and manual starting device (hydraulic or mechanical spring
em'cy starting system) shall be provided in accordance with the requirement of the Class.
The engine shall be lubricated by its own closed lub. oil system consist of engine driven
lub. oil pump, oil cooler, oil filter, etc.
The engine shall be directly coupled to the generator on the common bed which shall be
mounted on rigid foundation.
The design, construction, material and accessories shall be in accordance with the engine
642
Accessories for main generator engine (Per one (1) set)

The following accessories shall be furnished together with the engine.
357
Turbocharger with
1 set
cleaning provision
358 Air coolerwith water mist catcher
359 Flywheel
360 Governor
361
Fuel injection valve
each 1/cyl.
362 L.O. pump (Engine driven)
363 L.O. priming pump (Ele. motor driven)
364 L.O. cooler (With a thermostat valve incl. manual valve)
365 L.O. filter (Manual duplex type)
366
367
368
369
370
Turning device (Hand operating type)

Gauge board (Tachometer, pressure gauge, etc.)
Thermometer
Jacket W. pump (Cent, type, engine driven)
F.O. filter (Manual duplex type)
Others shall be supplied in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.

Note : Accessories of generator engine shall be provided in accordance with the
6-406
For emergency generator engine

manufacturer's standard after final selection.
6-407
643
Accessories for emergency generator engine
The following accessories shall be furnished together with the engine.
371
372
L.O. pump (engine driven) 1

M.G.O. pump (engine driven)
373
374
375
Jacket water radiator

Governor 1
Gauge board
1
Others shall be supplied in accordance with the manufacturer's standard

Note : Accessories of em'cy generator engine shall be provided in accordance with the
65 STEAM GENERATING PLANT
650
General
The steam generating plant shall consist of one (1) aux. boiler and one (1) composite
boiler, and all necessary auxiliary equipment shall be provided in accordance with the
manufacturer's standard and the requirements of the Class.
The composite boiler shall be arranged in engine room to take the waste heat from main
engine exhaust gas.
The total capacity of aux. boiler shall be designed to supply the steam required based on
the followings.
Cargo heating.
Tank cleaning.
Cargo loading/unloading (only for cargoes demanding heating)
The exhaust gas section of the composite boiler shall be so designed that the saturated
steam of rated capacity and condition can be produced during normal voyage with main
engine developing at NCR under ISO condition to cover all steam consumption,
excluding cargo heating and tank cleaning.
At harbour including manoeuvring condition, the steam demand shall be served by the oil
fire section and exh. gas section of the composite boiler.
6-408
643
The oil fired section of the composite boiler shall be so designed that the saturated
steam of rated capacity and condition can be produced during cargo
loading/unloading, excluding cargo heating and tank cleaning, to cover all steam
consumption.
651
652
Construction
The construction, material, accessories, spares and tools shall be in accordance with the
requirement of the Class and manufacturer's standard practice.
Accessories
Oil burner
Oil burner which is capable of burning the heavy fuel oil 600 cSt/50C shall be provided.
Each automatic combustion control panel and feed water regulator for aux. boiler and
composite boiler shall be provided.
Feed water controller with remote water level gauge
Each pneumatic feed water control valve with a remote water level indicator for aux.
boiler composite boiler: pump on-off type shall be provided.
Each remote water level indicator for aux. boiler and composite boiler shall be provided
in engine control room.
A high & low level alarm of boiler water shall be provided.
Emergency fuel oil cut-off device
Each one (1) emergency fuel oil cut-off device for aux. boiler and composite
boiler shall be provided in order to automatically cut-off fuel oil for abnormal condition.
Water level gauge
Each two (2) sets of local water level gauge for aux. boiler and composite boiler
shall be provided.
Each one (1) set of local water level gauge for aux. boiler and composite boiler shall be
mounted in suitable place so that water level is visible from local control panel.
Soot blowing device
Each one (1) set of soot blower device for aux. boiler and composite boiler shall be
6-409
643
provided in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
Sampling cooler
Each one (1) set of sampling cooler for aux. boiler and composite boiler shall be
provided in accordance with manufacturer's standard.
66
AUXILIARY MACHINERY 660
Pump
Pump construction, material, accessories, spares and tools shall be provided in accordance
The construction, material and accessories for pump being attached to other machinery,
such as main engine, generator engine, fresh water generator, etc. shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer's standard practice.
Pump shall be of flexible or rigid coupled type according to the manufacturer's standard.
Positive displacement pump shall have relief valve.
Pump shall be fitted with suction and discharge pressure gauge with a root cock.
Pumps shall be constructed to allow overhauling of rotating parts for inspection or
replacement.
1) Centrifugal pump
(1) General
In general, centrifugal pump shall be of volute type construction.
Conventional gland packing shall be fitted for F.W. pump and mechanical seal for
S.W. pump except oil seal or gland packing required by the manufacturer's
standard design.
Centrifugal pumps shall have constantly rising head capacity characteristic from
rated capacity to zero discharge and non-overloading power characteristic as far
as practicable.
6-410
643
The priming system for pump, where fitted, shall not be run continuously.
6-411
(2) Material
S.W.
________handling
________
Casing Bronze.
Impeller Phosphor bronze
or Ni-Al-bronze
Shaft
Stainless steel.
F.W.
handling
Boiler feed W L.O.

handling
handling
Cast iron
Phosphor bronze
or Ni-Al-bronze
Ductile cast iron Cast iron

Stainless steel Bronze
(SUS 304)
Stainless steel
(SUS 304)
Stainless steel
(SUS 304)
Cr-Mo steel
(SUS 304)
or carbon steel
Others shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.

2) Gear/screw
In general, pump shall be internally lubricated by the pumping fluid.
Mechanical seal shall be applied for gear and screw pump but the manufacturer's
standard seal shall be applied for mono & piston pump.
Rotary pump shall have safety valve.
Material
Casing
Gear & shaft
Rotor
Gear pump
Cast iron
Carbon steel
Screw pump
Cast iron
Carbon steel or cast iron.
Others shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.

The safety valve shall be fitted to protect the pump and motor excessive pressure.
6-412
3) Mono pump
Item Casing
Power rotor
Stator
Material Cast
iron. Stainless
steel Synthetic
rubber
6-413
3) Mono pump
Others shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard. Heat

exchanger 1) General
The heat exchanger shall consist of tubular or plate type cooler and steam heated
tubular or plate type oil heater.
The construction, material, accessories, spares and tools for heat exchanger shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice.
The heat exchanger such as M.E. air cooler, G.E. air cooler/L.O. cooler etc. which are
supplied as a part of machinery or equipment shall be in accordance with the
A short length of pipe for inlet/outlet of tubular type cooler shall be provided for easy
maintenance.
2) Construction and accessories

Tubular type heat exchanger shall be of shell expanding construction for the thermal
expansion, and the tubes shall be fitted into the tube plates by expanding at both end
side.
The tubular type cooler shall be designed so that the cooling water pass through inside
of tubes, while the cooled medium flows outside the tubes, and transverse baffles shall
be installed to provide for multiple passes of the cooled medium across the tubes at a
suitable velocity for efficient performance.
Tubular type heater shall be designed in accordance with the manufacturer's standard
and the requirement of the Class and shall be fitted with U-tube.
The tubular type heater shall consist of the heated medium inside of tubes and the
heating steam outside of tubes, or vice versa and the construction is almost the same to
the cooler, however the insulation with galvanized steel lagging shall be provided in
The corrosion protecting zinc plate of bolted type shall be provided at the suitable
position of water cover of tubular type cooler.
The heat exchanger shall generally have local thermometer at each in/outlet of
cooled/cooling medium.
The accessories shall be supplied in accordance with the manufacturer's standard
practice including thermometer, drain and air cock or plug, connection flange for
chemical cleaning, etc.
(1) Tubular type cooler
Tube material of Al-Brass shall be applied to the tubular cooler.
Shell
: Carbon steel plate or pipe.
Water cover : Cast iron or steel plate with neoprene lining
(S.W. side only)
Tube
: Al-Brass
Tube plate : Naval brass.
(2) Plate type cooler
Plate
Frame
Gasket
: Titanium plate for sea water handling (S.W/F.W), (S.W/L.O).

Stainless steel (SUS 304) for fresh water handling
(F.W/F.W), (F.W./L.O)
: Mild steel.
: Nitrile rubber (NBR)
(3) Tubular heater
6-414
3) Mono pump
Tube
Shell
: Steel pipe
: Steel plate or pipe
(4) Other heat exchanger

The material of heat exchangers except above cooler and heater shall be in
6-415
662
Air compressor and air reservoir

The air compressor and air reservoir shall be of sufficient capacity for starting diesel
engine, and supplying necessary air for general service, and control air service.
Main air compressor shall be fitted with accessories such like unloading device, etc.
manufacturer's standard practice.
1) Main air compressor

Each compressor shall be of vertical, electric motor driven directly, fresh water
cooled, self-contained lub. oil system, skid mounting on common bed with prime
mover and also material in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice.
2) Emergency air compressor
The compressor shall be of electric motor driven, air cooled type. The
power shall be fed from emergency generator.
The construction, material, accessories, spares and tools shall be in accordance with
the manufacturer's standard practice.
3) Deck service air compressor
The compressor shall be of electric motor with belt driven, air cooled, self-contained
lub. oil system, skid mounting with vibration damper, oil separator filter and water
separator.
The material, spares and tools shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
standard.
4) Air reservoir
The air reservoir shall be of cylindrical type of welded steel plate, and complete with
pressure gauge, safety valve, drain connection and manhole for main air reservoir.
The air reservoir shall be painted inside with tar epoxy.
6-416
663
Purifier
The purifier shall be provided with the purification of heavy fuel oil, marine diesel oil and
lub. oil for main engine, generator diesel engine, etc. in engine room.
664
Fresh water generator

Fresh water generator shall be provided for producing fresh water on board the vessel,
utilizing the heat of main engine cooling fresh water.
The salinity content of distilled water shall be below 10 ppm.
The material and construction shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
Chemical dosing unit shall be provided on the feed water line to eliminate scale
formation in the heat exchanger of fresh water generator.
665

Oily water separator shall be provided for handling the oily bilge in engine room.
The performance shall meet the requirements for IMO, "International Maritime
Organization".
666
The inside of separator body shall be coated with tar epoxy or equivalent coating.
Engine room ventilating fan
Ventilating fan for supplying air to main engine, generator diesel engines, boiler, etc. shall
be provided having easy access for removal of electric motor.
The construction, material, accessories, spare parts and tools shall be in accordance with
the manufacturer's standard practice.
667
Main engine overhauling crane

6-417
663
Purifier
Electric hoisting crane shall be provided for overhauling work for main engine in
principle.
The crane shall be of trolley type with electric motor driven hoisting, travelling and
traversing in accordance with the manufacturer's standard construction and material.
Locking device for travelling/traversing shall be provided.
The remote start/stop control box with the remote push button switch shall be provided
for hoisting, travelling and traversing.
668
Waste oil incinerator

The waste oil incinerator shall be followed IMO MARPOL 73/78 Annex VI and IMO
MEPC 76(40).
The waste oil incinerator shall consist of waste oil burner, pilot burner, waste oil pump &
fan and shall be capable of burning waste oil and soild waste.
6-418
Miscellaneous
The following miscellaneous machinery and equipment shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's standard construction, material, accessories, spares and tools.
376
Machinery workshop equipments such as lathe, grinding machine, drilling machine, gas
welder and electric welder.
377
Air dryer.
378
Engine control room unit cooler (Package type).
379
Sterilizer (for drinking water).
380
Rehardening filter
6-419
67
670
PIPING SYSTEM IN ENGINE ROOM

General
Pipe, valve, cock, flange, bolt and nut shall be in accordance with Korean Industrial
Standard (KS) or Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS), unless otherwise specified.
Dimension of pipes shall be in accordance with the thickness table of pipe "page 6-61" of
the Specifications.
The construction, size and material shall comply with the requirements of the Class.
For easy reference the thickness table of pipe for KS and JIS is included and these
abbreviation are used.
Neither pipe joint nor valve shall be located over electric starter, as far as practicable.
Suitable expansion joint shall be fitted on pipe line subject to high thermal expansion,
such as exhaust gas pipe of diesel engine and steam pipe to have expansion bend.
Acid pickling of piping shall be carried out for piping of compressed air line, and lub. oil
systems, except lub. oil drain, and lub. oil transfer and purifying system.
Pipe, valve, cock, flange and other fitting including their insulation which are attached to
the machinery and equipment such as fitting of main engine, generator engines, boiler,
etc. shall be specified and furnished in accordance with the respective manufacturer's
standard practice.
Further all system shall be arranged in the best possible way to allow overhaul of pump,
heater, cooler, etc. with minimum dismantling of piping systems.
Adequate pipe support shall be provided to minimize stress on valve, fitting, piping due
to expansion/contraction load.
6-420
Care shall be taken to avoid air pocket in pipe line, but where unavoidable, valve or screw plug
for draining shall be fitted.
Piping shall be led directly as possible with a minimum number of bend.
Pipe shall have ample bore and thickness according to the Builder's standard and the requirement
of the Class.
Machinery and equipment such as pump, heat exchanger, etc. shall be provided with isolating
valve for easy maintenance, if necessary.
Piping shall be provided in such a way as shall be accessible for repair, renewal or overhauling
and shall not be located behind stiffener or beam as far as practicable.
Galvanized and coated pipe shall have galvanized bolt/nut.
1) Pipe, valve and cock

Wherever pipe pass through watertight bulkhead and deck, the penetration shall be of extra
heavy type based on the Builder's piping practice in principle.
Regulating valve such as those for temperature, pressure etc. shall have construction and
material according to the manufacturer's standard.
Relief valve, air cock, shut-off valve, pressure gauge, etc. shall be provided as necessary for
respective service.
6-421
Pipe
Flange
material list
Size (mm)
Pipes
System Exhaust
gas
Steel built-up
6mm thick.
(SS400). *See
remark
Kg
/c
m2
G
&
bel
ow
)
600 & above

JIS F7805 Steel
plate slip-on or
butt weldim
m2
&
bel
ow
)
Co
mp
res
sed
air
(25
Kg
/c
m2
&
abo
ve)
Co
mp
res
sed
air
(7
Kg
/c
o
i
l
s
e
r
v
i
Lu
c
b.
below
e
oil
fill
ing
S
,
t
tra
e
nsf
a
er
m
&
s
pur
e
ify
r
ing
v
i
c
Lu
e
bri
(
cat
7
ing
6-422
Ex
hau
st
ste
am
and
con
den
sat
ed
wat
er
We
lde
d
ste
el
SP
P.
A
l
l
s
i
z
e
s
Seamless
J steel
STPG-370
I
JI
Sch. 40
S
S
All sizes
30
5
K
K
Fo
Welded steel
rg
STPG-370 Sch.
S
ed
40
t
ste
All sizes
e
el
e
we
l
ld
p steel ed
Welded
l
ty
STPG-370
Sch.
pe
40 a
All sizes t
.
e
s
JI
Welded steel
l
S
STPG-370 Sch.
i
10
40
p
K
All sizes
or
o
5
n
Welded steel K
St
STPG-370 Sch.
eel
40 o
pl
All sizes r
b
ate
u
sli
t
pWelded
steel
t
on
STPG-370
Sch.
w
or
40 e
sle
l
ev
d
e
i
joi
n
nt.
g
JI
S
5
K
St
ee
l
pl
at
e
sl
ip
o
n
JI
S
5
K
St
ee
l
pl
at
e
sl
ip
o
n
JI
S
1
0
K
St
e
e
l
p
l
a
t
e
s
l
i
p
o
n
o
r
s
l
e
e
v
e
j
o
i
n
t
.
J
I
S
Pipe
Flange
material list
5K
Ste
el
pla
te
sli
pon
All sizes or
sle
ev
e
joi
nt
He
ati
ng
tra
cin
g
for
F.
O.
lin
e
He
ati
ng
coi
l in
oil
tan
k.
(d
ru
m
ty
pe
)
Copper
Al
l
si
ze
s
W
el
de
d
st
ee
l
S
T
P
G37
0,
Sc
h.
40
(S
he
ll
si
de
)
Se
a
m
le
ss
s
t
e
e
l
Size (mm)
Un
ion
Co
upl
Pipes
ing
Sle
ev
e
S
T
P
G
3
7
0
,
S
c
h
.
4
0
(
t
u
b
e
s
i
d
e
)
6-423
j
o
i
n
t
Flange
System
Size (mm)
Feed water pump

discharge to boiler/
boiler blow off
Feed water pump

suction
Air vent /
sounding line/
tank overflow
Pipes
Seamless steel
STPG-370.
Sch. 40
All sizes
Welded steel
STPG-370
Sch. 40
All sizes
All sizes
Fuel oil suction,

filling, transfer
and purifying and
other low press
piping.
All sizes
Fuel oil circ.

pump discharge to
main engine/ gen.
engine. (Press,
piping)
All sizes
Welded steel
STPG-370. Sch.
40 Galv.
(Except oil tank)
According to Rule
requirement
Welded steel
STPG-370 Sch. 40
Seamless steel
STPG-370 Sch. 40
JIS 5K Steel plate
slip-on or sleeve
joint.
6-424
JIS l O K o r 16K
Forged steel
slip-on or sleeve
joint.
JIS 5K Steel
plate slip-on
or sleeve
joint.
JIS 5K Steel plate

slip-on or sleeve
joint.
JIS 10Korl6K
Steel plate/forged
steel slip-on or
sleeve joint.
System
Flange
Pipes
F.O. & L.O. drain
Size (mm)
All sizes
Welded steel
STPG-370
Sch. 40
Main sea cross

over line.
Welded steel
STPG-370
(12.7MM thick.)
Galv.
Cooling sea water

line/sea water
general service/
fire & wash deck.
(In E.R.)
300 & above
Welded steel
STPG-370
(12.7MM thick.)
Galv.
250 & below
Welded steel
STPG-370 Sch.
80
JIS 5K
Steel plate
slip-on or
sleeve joint
JIS 5K
Steel plate
slip-on.
Galv.
JIS 5K or 10K
Steel plate slipon.
JIS 5K or 10K
Steel plate slipon.
% Shipside pipe in E/R is to be of STPG 370 ERW, SchUO or 16.0mm thickness.

Cooling fresh
water.
All sizes
Welded steel
SPP.
* See remark 3
JIS 5K
Steel plate
slip-on or
sleeve joint.
Bilge and sludge
All sizes
Welded steel
STPG-370
Sch. 40
Galv.
JIS 5K
Steel plate
slip-on or
sleeve joint.
Fresh water
(In E.R.)
All sizes
Welded steel
STPG-370
Sch. 40
Galv.
JIS 5K
Steel plate
slip-on or
sleeve joint.
6-425
Pipes
Flange
System
Size (mm)
Drinking water (In

E.R.)
TPG-370 Sch.
40 Galv.
(Except oil line)
Union or brazing
Coupling
Hot water
Union or brazing
coupling
Soil and waste

water pipe (In
E.R.)
JIS 5K Steel
plate slip-on or
sleeve joint.
Other drain pipes

Copper
All sizes
All
Copper
sizes
All sizes
W
el
d
e
d
st
ee
l
S
T
P
G
3
7
0
S
c
h.
4
0
G
al
v.
All sizes
W
el
d
e
d
st
e
el
S
JIS 5K Steel
plate slip-on.
G
Pipes
Flange
System
Size (mm)
joint
Remarks :
381
Pipe material and
dimension of SPP is Korean
Industrial standard similar to
S G P o f JIS.
382.........................KS
Korean Industrial Standard
JIS......................Japanese
Industrial Standard
Std......................Standard
SPP..................... Steel pipe
for ordinary piping SPP series
in KS pipe
t
h
i
c
k
n
e
s
s
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
S
G
P
S
t
e
e
l
p
i
p
e
f
o
r
o
r
d
i
n
a
r
y
p
i
p
i
n
g
STPG
370E .......
Carbon steel
pipes for
pressure
piping,
electric
resistance
w
elded
min.
tensile
strengt
h 38
kg/mm
2.
. STPG
370S.......................
Carbon
steel
pipes
for
pressur
e
piping,
seamle
ss min.
tensil
e
streng
th 38
kg/m
m2.
Sch. 40................
Schedule
No. 40 series
in JIS pipe
thickness
standard.
Galv
.....................
Galvanized
3. Cooling fresh
water pipes
for
main
engine and
generator
engines shall
have
phosphate
treatment
Pipes
Flange
System
Size (mm)
for
anticorrosion,
considering
use
of
corrosion
inhibitor by
the
Buyer
after
the
delivery
of
the Vessel in
accordance
with
the
recommendat
ion of the
engine
manufacturer
.
6-49
4. The pipe having a diameter of 10mm and below of up to 30 kg/cm2G pressure

line shall be of seamless copper.
Material of fitting of outer diameter 12mm and below shall be of copper alloy and the
joint shall be screw or bite connection of brass material.
383
Nominal dia. 32mm and below pipe can be used both of welding union socket and flange
joint.
384
Nominal diameter 32mm and above pipe shall be used with flange joint except where
sleeve type connection can be used.
385
The steam tracing line shall be of 10mm copper tube.
386
Exhaust gas pipe above funnel top exposed to the weather shall be bend type to
afterward.
Valve material list
System
(kg/cm2)
Nominal press. Sizes (mm)

Bodies
Compressed air
(25 Kg/cm2 &
above)
32 & over
25 & below
Compressed air (7
Kg/cm2 & below)
50 & over
40 & below
Lubricating oil.
30
Cast steel
flanged.
30
Forged steel
Flanged
10
Cast steel
flanged.
16
Bronze
50 & over
6-429
Cast iron
flanged.
Mountings
Stainless
steel.
(SUS 304)
Stainless
Steel
(SUS 304)
flanged.
Stainless
Steel
(SUS304)
Bronze.
Bronze.
40 & below
Bronze
flanged.
6-430
Bronze.
System
Fuel oil suction,
filling,
transfer,
Purifying,
other
low press, piping
50 & oyer
Fuel oil booster
pump discharge to
main engine/gen.
engine
(Press, piping)
Hot water/fresh
water and sanitary
water.
Sizes (mm)
Nominal press.
(kg/cm2) Bodies
Soil and
waste water pipes.
Cast iron
flanged.
Bronze,
Bronze
flanged.
Bronze,
Stainless
Steel
(SUS 304)
Bronze
40 & below
50 & over
10
Cast steel
flanged.
40 & below
16
Bronze
flanged
50 & over
40 & below
Drinking water
Mountings
25 & below
50 & over
6-431
Cast iron
flanged,
(bronze for
hot water)
Bronze
flanged.
Bronze.
Bronze
flanged.
Bronze.
Cast iron
flanged.
Bronze.
Bronze.
40 & below
Bronze
6-432
flanged.
Bronze.
Steam service
(7 kg/cm2G & below)
50 & over
10
6-433
Cast steel
flanged.
Stainless
Steel
(SUS 304)
40 & below
Bronze
6-434
flanged.
Bronze.
System
Exhaust steam
and condensate
water
(mm)
Nominal press. Sizes

(kg/cm2) Bodies
50 & over
6-435
Cast iron
flanged.
Mountings
Bronze
40 & below
Bronze
flanged
6-436
Bronze
Feed water pump

suction
50 & over
6-437
Cast iron
flanged.
Bronze.
40 & below
Bronze
6-438
flanged.
Bronze.
Feed water pump

discharge to boiler/
boiler blow off
50 & over
10 or 16
6-439
Cast steel
flanged.
Stainless
steel.
(SUS 304)
40 & below
16
Bronze
6-440
flanged.
Bronze.
Cooling fresh
water.
50 & over
6-441
Cast iron
flanged.
Bronze.
40 & below
Bronze
6-442
flanged.
Bronze.
Cooling sea water

line/sea water
general service/fire
& wash deck (In
E.R.)
50 & over
Cast iron
flanged.
Bronze.
40 & below
Bronze
flanged.
Bronze.
6-443
System
Sizes (mm)
Nominal press.
(kg/cm2) Bodies
Mountings
B
40 & below
6-445
Bronze
flanged.
Bronze.
Sea suction,
overboard discharge,
attached on shell and
sea chest
Cast steel
Stainless
flanged/lugged Steel
(SUS 304)
50 & over
6-446
40 & below
Bronze .
6-447
flanged
Bronze
Gauge, instrument and other small piping of 10mm & below

Compressed
(30 kg/cm2)
All other
system.
Remarks
16
Br
on
ze
scr
ew
air
Forged steel screwed or union ended

screwed, union ended bronze cock.
30
ed or union.
The material of following valve and fitting shall be used in accordance with
- Temp, control valve.
- Press, control valve.
- Press, reducing valve.
- Safety & relief valve.
- Steam trap with strainer.
6-448
2) Piping work
(1) Bending of pipe

As a standard for steel and copper pipe, pipe bending shall be carried out by means of
cold bending machine with bending radius of approximately 2.5 times the nominal pipe
diameter.
But in case of bending radius makes piping arrangement difficult or impossible due to
restricted space, and/or cold bending cannot be applied due to the capacity limit of the
Builder's facilities, the commercial bends shall be used in accordance with the Builder's
standard practice.
The miter joint bend (segment built-up bend) shall be avoided as far as practicable except
for exhaust gas piping and air vent piping (above 650mm).
(2) Galvanizing of pipe
Where galvanized piping is specified in "Pipe material list" (hot dip galvanizing), the
galvanizing shall be carried out after fabrication of pipes in principle, but if welding is
carried out after galvanizing in such cases as undermentioned, the damaged part shall be
touched up with zinc paint from inside and outside, as far as practicable.
387
388
389
390
391
Welded sleeve joint fabricated on board.

Flange of adjusted on board pipe.
Middle flange of adjusted on board penetrating piece.
Anchoring piece welded on galvanized pipe after adjusting on board.
Bracket for the shipside distance piece.
(3) Acid pickling

Where acid pickling is necessary such as L.O. pipe and comp. air pipe, the acid pickling
shall be done before installation on board.
The following piping system shall be flushed with the undermentioned mediums after being
fitted on board.
Flushing procedure shall be according to the Builder's standard practice.
(4) Flushing of pipe
Medium System
System
Lub. oil service line for main engine.
oil Compressed
Compressed air supply line for main engine

starting, diesel generator starting, and
control air system.
air.
Hydraulic oil system
System oil Diesel
Fuel oil service line for M.E. and G.E.
oil
Steam supply
Steam blow off
Hydraulic oil piping for remote control valve
N2 gas blow off
6-450
3) Pipe joint, valve, fitting and support

(1) Pipe joint
Type of pipe joint for each piping system shall be as specified in "Pipe material list" based on
the following standard conception :
392 Welded sleeve joint shall be generally used to minimize risk of leakage for the piping
above M.E., boiler, G.E. and electric equipment, for E.R. piping except galvanizing pipes
or where it is difficult to remove the pipes such as in tank, cargo hold, cofferdam, void
space, duct, store space, accommodation space, engine room casing in way of main
engine opening.
393 Flanged joint, union joint or removable expansion joint shall be used for dismantling of
pipe to allow for the easy overhaul of pump, heat exchanger & etc, and shall be used
where frequent disassembly of pipes are necessary.
394 Butt welded joint for large exhaust gas pipe shall be generally used for steel pipe.
395 Brazing joint may be used for copper and copper alloy pipe with ND 50mm and below.
(2)
Valve
The type of valve and fitting shall be selected by the Builder suitably for the intended use,
except where otherwise specified.
In general, globe/butterfly valve shall be used in all pipe line.
Gate valve can be used in accordance with the Builder's practice and intended use.
Butterfly valve shall be used in lieu of globe/gate valve for ND 50 mm and above.
Non-return valves shall be utilized where flow reversal is detrimental to operation or safety.
Material of automatic control valve shall be according to the relevant manufacturer's standard in
compliance with the requirements of the Class.
Extended spindle or valve handle spanner shall be provided for operation of the valve located
300mm below the grating top or 1,800 mm above the platform.
Valve handle spanner, each two (2) sets of Y-type and F-type, shall be supplied.
6-451
3) Pipe joint, valve, fitting and support

Pneumatically operated quick closing valve system which can be operated from the outside of
engine room shall be provided for the outlet valves of fuel oil and lub. oil tank as required by the
Class and the Regulatory body concerned.
Drain cock or drain valve shall be fitted at lowest point of system with have necessity shall be
drained.
Butterfly valve shall be arranged on the line having 50 mm nominal diameter and above for
cooling fresh water and sea water line, bilge and ballast line, lub. oil line and fuel oil transfer line,
etc. shall be in accordance with the Builder's practice.
The material of the butterfly valve shall be as follows.
6-452
For general use valve
For ship side valve
6-453
Valve body : Cast iron

Valve disc : Al-bronze
Valve seat : Synthetic rubber
Valve stem : Stainless steel
(SUS 304)
- Valve body
- Valve disc
- Valve seat
- Valve stem
6-454
Cast steel
Al-bronze
Synthetic rubber (NBR)
(3)
Penetration piece
All penetrating piece shall be of heavy wall thickness in accordance with the
requirements of the Class and the Builder's standards.
Ship side distance piece shall be heavy wall thickness.
Connection through insulated bulkhead shall be of sufficient length to permit
access to the flanged connection without disturbing the insulation.
(4) Reducing piece
For connecting pipes having different diameter, reducing piece shall be applied as
per the Builder's standard.
(5) Expansion joint
In machinery space, expansion of piping shall generally be compensated by bend.
For compensation of thermal expansion for exhaust gas pipe such as main engine,
generator engines, economizer if necessary, bellow type expansion joint shall be
used.
(6) Joint gasket
For universal heat and oil resisting, suitable sheet gasket, non-asbestos type shall
be used for all piping system.
(7) Bolt and nut for flanged joint
Regular the Builder's standard, galvanized steel bolt and nut with hexagonal head
shall be used for all flanged joint.
(8) Pipe support
Pipe support shall be provided in accordance with the Builder's standard.
6-455
Sea chest and strainer

Suction sea chest shall be of welded steel plate construction and welded on ship's structure.
Each sea chest shall be provided with a hinged type stainless steel (SUS 316) grill.
The bolt or stud and nut for securing grating shall be stainless steel (SUS 316).
Clear area ratio shall be at least 2 times of the sea suction valve.
A steam and compressed air connection shall be fitted for weed blow-off.
Overboard connection fitted to hull shall be provided with distance piece of steel pipe fabricated
from steel plate and welded to the shell.
Sea water strainer on sea water line shall be of fabricated steel body with tar-epoxy coating and
strainer element shall be of stainless steel plate.
Suction sea chest and overboard connection shall be arranged as minimum as possible and
practicable.
Vent hole for low sea chest and high sea chest shall be provided.
5) Thickness table of pipe
(1) Steel pipe
NOM. OUT
- 7.9M M
DIA. DIA.
(A) (mm)
15 21.7
2.65
(20) 27.2
PI PE WALL THICKNESS (MM)

#409.5M M 9.5M #80 12.7MM 127MM
M
#160 16.0MM
2.8FOR #40
PIPING SYS.
3.7
2.65
2.9
3.9
4.7 FOR
#160
PP1NG
SYS.
5.5
FOR #80
PIPING SYS.
25
34.0
3.25
3.4
4.5
6.4
(32)
40
50
65
80
100
42.7
48.6
60.5
76.3
89.1
114.3
3.25
3.25
3.65
4.0
4.05
4.5
3.6
3.7
3.9
5.2
5.5
6.0
4.9
5.1
5.5
7.0
7.6
8.6
6.4
7.1
8.7
11.1
12.5
13.5
6-456
Sea chest and strainer

125 139.8
4.85
150 165.2
4.85
200 216.3
5.85
250 267.4
6.4
300 318.5
7.0
350 355.6
7.6
400 406.4
7.9
450 457.2
7.9
500 508.0
7.9
550 558.8
7.9
600 609.6
7.9
650 660.4
700 711.2
750 762.0
800 812.8
850 863.6
SGP
O
S1PG370/STS70
ERW S 370
STPG370/STS370
STPY 400
6.6
7.1
8.2
9.3
9.5
11.0
12.7
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
15.9
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
O
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
O
O
O
REMARK : (KS)
SGP
(JIS)
O
(KS)
SPW : STPY SPPS :
STPG SPPH : STS
6-457
(JIS) SPP :
Outside
Diameter
(mm)
6
8
10
12
15
20
25
30
35
45
55
70
85
110
CO
Nominal
Diameter
(mm)
4
5
6
10
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
Thickness
(mm)
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.5
3.0
6) Velocities for flow through pipe

Project velocity appx.
m. per second
Service condition
Fresh water - fluid
6-458
(2) Copper pipe
Based on JIS F7101

Based on JIS F7101
Based on JIS F7101
Based on JIS F7101
Boiler feed Condensate

Cooling line Sanitary
line Sanitary hot water
line
Based on JIS F7101
6-459
Sea water - fluid
6-460
(2) Copper pipe
Main sea line

Cooling lines except main sea line
General service and fire line
6-461
Based on JIS F7101

Based on JIS F7101
Based on JIS F7101
Ballast main line Bilge line

Based on JIS F7101 Based
on JIS F7101
Oil - fluid.,
substance
:
Fuel
oil
filling, on
service (in
E.R.) Lub.
oil
Air line_______
:
U
p
t
o
1
.
8
b
a
r
F
r
o
m
1
.
8
t
o
1
0
b
a
r
A
b
o
v
e
1
0
b
a
r
6-462
Based
Based
Based
Based
Based
on
on
on
on
on
JIS
JIS
JIS
JIS
JIS
F7101
F7101
F7101
F7101
F7101
Steam system
Following system shall be provided and as illustrated in FIG. 8-1 and 8-2.
396
397
Steam supply system.

Feed water and condensate system.
Steam shall be supplied by aux. boiler and/or composite boiler for fuel oil and lub. oil tank
heating, oil heater, accommodation air conditioning and etc.
Drain from fuel oil and lub. oil tank heating coil and oil heater, etc. shall be led to the cascade
tank through observation tank and atmospheric condenser.
Drain trap with strainer shall be provided on condensate pipe.
The condensate water from atmospheric condenser shall be led to cascade tank by gravity.
The feed water shall be supplied from cascade tank to aux. boiler and composite boiler by the
feed water pump.
Drain from cargo tank heating coil and slop tank heating coil and tank cleaning heater shall be
led to E.R. cascade tank through observation tank in upper deck.
One(l) set of sight glass shall be provided at observation tank in engine room.
One(l) set of saiinometer and oil detector shall be provided In accordance with the boiler
Boiler water test kit for testing shall be supplied by the Buyer. Feed water
chemical dosing tank shall be provided.
Two (2) sampling cooler and sink including valves shall be installed in E.R.
The service steam pressure for various equipment shall be as follows ;
6-463
Steam system
Deck service steam H.F.O. tank heating

and heater in E.R. Steam service in E.R.
except above Steam service in
accommodation
6-464
7kg/cm2
7kg/cm2
4kg/cm2
4kg/cm2
Steam system
One (1) set of observation tank and cascade tank shall be provided (one filter tank shall
be incorporated).
Each two (2) sets of feed water pump for aux. boiler and composte boiler shall be
provided.
6-465
PAG E
Steam Supply System

8 - 1
6-466
6-64
To Upper
Fr om
deck(Cargo Heotins
Sysler
7K
Red. VaIve 4K
Aux .
BoiIer
D U M P.
6-467
V/V
-,
A'i mosphe r i c
6-468
J
-
Condenser
To Acc ommoda lien

Tc Deck Service
6-469
.F .0 Se 11 I i ng
H.
F .0
Service
S1
eam
Tracing
H . F.O T r a n s .
Pipe
Tank
Tonk
Sloroge Tanks
Seo Chest
for
51e am Tracing for M.E.

G . E . a n d B oi l e r F.O P i p e
.
F.O D r a i n
Blow Down
6-470
H . F.O O v er f l ow Tan k
6-471
H . F.O F i l l e r
for M.E.8 G.E
F.O
Dr
Tank
6-472
H.F
.0 Healers
H.F
0 Purifier Heaters
H.F
0.
Bo i
e r
L.O
Pu rifier
Heater
for
G.E.
for
Heolers
E.L.0 Sell I i ng
G. E.L.O Sel 1 1 mg
_j
5
M.E.8
Tank
Tank
0 Drain Tank
ludge Tank
M.E J
Pr e- He a 1e r
Color
e r
Oily Bilge
Ige Holding Tank
Tank
Was t e Oil
Scavenge
Tank
5er v i ce
Air
Box
Tan!
Droin
M.E.
Air Cooler
Chemical
Cleaning Tank
FN'C'
/MACH/STD/POR H/F
OHM - DOS
H6I7 05)
6-473
OOO A4( 9
672
Lub. oil system

F I G
: - 2
PAG E
G-65
G.E.L.0 Settling Tank
H . F.O S e t t 1 i n 3 T an k
St earn Tracing for
H . F.O S e r v i c e
Steam Tracing
H . F.O T r a n s .
Tank
Pipe
Return
H . F.O S t o r a g e T an k s
M.E.L.O Settling Tank
6-475
672
Lub. oil system
H . F.O F i l t e r
for
M.E.8.
G.E.
L.O
Dr
Tank
Sludge Tank
H. F. 0 H e o t e r s
HF
for M.E.8
0 Pur i f i er
HF i0 .
Heot-er
G.E.
Heoters
for e r
Be
L .0
Purifier
Heaters
O i l y B i 1g e T a n k
Bilge Ho
1d i n g T an k
Waste
1 Service
0.
S c a v e n gA i r B e x
e
Tank
Drain
M.E.
A i rC o o l e r
C h e m i c a lC 1 e o n i n g
Tank
To'nk
6-477
672
Lub. oil system
M.E O.W.
Pre-Heater
From Deck Corgo Heating
Calorifier
Atmospheri c
Condenser
From Accommodation
System
on Tank
To
Comp
cs
I S i g h t |
Observe
t e Bei I er
To Aux.
er
Bo
Feed Water Pump

For Compos i t e Boiler
6-479
Cascade
Tank
Glass
Fr om
F.W .H v d
Un i t
672
Lub. oil system
Feed Water Pump

For
Aux .
Be i I
er
FN
,C
.
MAC"/5TP/FORM/FORM005
S&9- IITtl-0 00 A4( 9705)
Following lub. oil system shall be provided and as illustrated in FIG. 9 -1, 9-2 and 9-3.
398
399
400
L.O. filling and transfer system.

L.O. purification system.
L.O. service system.
The lub. oil system shall consist of lub. oil filling, transferring, purification system and
forced lubricating system.
The main engine lub. oil shall be supplied by lub. oil pump which is arranged to take
suction from lub. oil sump tank to discharge to main engine via a auto, back-washing type
filter and the lub. oil cooler.
The cylinder of the main engine shall be lubricated by independent lubricating system.
Each generator engine shall be designed for forced lubrication system throughout.
Each air compressor shall be of self-contained lub. oil system.
Independent deck filling connection shall be provided for main engine and generator
engine system oil.
Cylinder oil filling connection for main engine shall be provided exclusively.
Cylinder oil filling line shall have additional piping connection with isolating valves to
M.E. L.O. storage & settling tank.
Hydraulic oil filling connection for hyd. oil service tank shall be provided exclusively.
Stern tube L.O. system of natural circulation independently shall be provided by gravity
for stern tube bearing.
L.O. transferring system from L.O. drain tank to shore/settling tank by L.O. transfer pump
shall be provided.
L.O. trans, pump shall be also used for transfer and drain of stern tube.
6-66
A cyl. L.O. hand pump shall be provided for cyl. oil measuring tank filling as stand-by.
Uni-lub. oil system for M.E. L.O. system shall be arranged in accordance with the manufacturer's
standard.
Stuffing box drain oil shall be led to oily bilge tank.
L.O. purifier shall be able to purify continuously with main engine in operation.
Generator engine lub. oil system shall be provided in accordance with the manufacturer's
standard.
Lub. oil system for stern equipment shall be arranged in accordance with the manufacturer's
standard.
FIG.
PAGE
9-1
L .0 F i l l i n g a n d T r a n s f e r S y s t e m
6-68
Bunker
Slaiicn
Bunker
Slolion
Bunker
Station
Bunker
Slaticn
Upper Deck
From CyI .0 i
I SIc r og e
Tonk F i I I i
n g Line
Tc Oily
Bilge
Tonk
From
L. 0
Pur i f
ie r
./TV
M.E L.O St
or .
Tonk
G.E L.O St
or .
Tank
M.E L.O Sett.

Tank
G.E L.O Se
i
Tank
Cy I .
Oil SI
or.
Tank
Cm
Hyd .
t
St cr.Tonk
To S/T L.O Gravily

Tank
Tc
Pump
Sh i f t .
To
M.E.
Purifier
Cyl.011
Inlet
L.O
L.O Trans.
Pump
To G.E.
L.O
Pur i fier
Tc
Main
Engine
1
M.E L.O
Sump
Tank
Nc .2
No . 3
No . i
S/T L.O.
Sump
Tank
G.E
G.E
G.E
L.O
L.O
L.O
Sump
Sump
Sump
Tonk
Tonk
Tank
L.O Dro in Tonk
FN
/MACH
/ S 1 D/ F 0 R M / F 0 R H -
OO5
STX Shi
6-68
Co. ,Ltd.
SM- -35(1- 000

A t (9705)
FIG. 9-2
PAGE
L
.0
Purification
System
6-491
6-69
PAGE
FIG. 9-2
VL
M.E L
5e 1 i
_ .0
Tank
G.E L.O Se t I .
Tonk
6-492
PAGE
FIG. 9-2
He o1er
6-493
PAGE
FIG. 9-2
Healer
6-494
PAGE
FIG. 9-2
1L 0 .
NO .
Pur i f e r
6-495
F I G PAGE
. 9-2
M.E L.O
Sump
Tonk
Nc . 1
No .2
Nc . 3
G.E
G.E
G.E
L.O
S/T
L.O
L.O
L .0
Drain
L.O.
Sump
Sump
Sump
Tonk
Sump
Tank
Tonk
Tonk
Tank
6-496
Sludge
PAGE
FN
C
ODS
FIG. 9-2
/MACH/STO/FCRM/FORM-
STX
Shipbuilding Co .
,Ltd .
6-497
m-
000 A4 ( 9705)
/
F I G . 9-3
PAGE
Lu b r i c a t i n g O i l S er v i c e S y s t e m
6-70
Tc M.E.
L.O.
Se t1 .
8
51croge Tank
From M.E. L.O. Sei t . 8 Slorage Tank Suciicn Line
Tank
Ma i n Engine
Scavenge
Air
Dr a i n
Tank
6-498
STX Shipbuilding Co .
,Ltd .
i!SI-
000 A-4(9705)
6-499
6-500
Fuel oil system
Following system shall be provided and as illustrated in FIG. 10-1, 10-2, 10-3, 10-4 and
10-5.
401
402
403
404
405
M.E. & G.E. H.F.O. service system.

G.E. F.O. service system
H.F.O. filling and transfer system.
H.F.O. and D.O. purification system.
Boiler and incinerator F.O. system.
The fuel oil system shall consist of fuel oil filling, transfer system, fuel oil purification and
fuel oil service system.
Common pressurized fuel oil supply system shall be provided for M.E. & G.E.
One(l) set of fuel oil supply unit shall be installed for M.E. & G.E. fuel oil service, the
material and design shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
Fuel oil from heavy fuel and diesel oil service tank shall be drawn by H.F.O. supply pump,
and discharge to fuel oil circ. pump suction.
Heavy fuel oil from venting box shall be supplied to M.E. & G.E. by H.F.O. circ. pump
through H.F.O. heater, viscosity controller and H.F.O. filter.
M.D.O. return piping shall be separated from H.F.O. return piping for G.E.
M.D. O. supply piping shall be separated from H.F.O. supply piping for G.E.
Two(2) sets of H.F.O. flow meter shall be provided for G.E.
For black out starting of G.E., an em'cy M.D.O. pump driven by electric motor shall be
installed and to take suction from the M.D.O. service tank.
Fuel oil for aux. boiler and composite boiler shall be supplied from the heavy fuel oil
service tank by the fuel oil supply pump to discharge to the burner.
Marine gas oil shall be used for ignition of aux. boiler and composite boiler, and shall be
led from the M.G.O. tank, if fitted.
One(l) set of M.D.O. purifier shall be provided for M.D.O. purifying.
Oil drain from the machinery mentioned above shall be collected into the fuel oil overflow
& drain tank.
Sludge from the purifier shall be discharged into the sludge tank, and shall be shifted to the
waste oil serv. tank or the shore connection by the sludge pump.
F.O. viscosity for M.E. & G.E. shall be controlled by H.F.O. heater and viscosity controller
for M.E. & G.E.
G.E. & boiler fuel oil system shall be provided according to the manufacturer's standard.
The diesel engine for hyd. power pack of cargo pump shall be supplied fuel oil from
M.G.O. service tank by the engine driven fuel oil supply pump.
F.O. and D.O. transfer system shall be normally separated, but interchangeable in case of
necessity.
Six (6) sets of H.F.O./M.D.O. change-over 3-way valve (pneumatic type) for G.E. shall be
provided with control device in engine control console.
6-501
Fuel oil system
According to the requirements of SOLAS, high pressure F.O. and D.O. pipe shall be
jacketed so as to contain fuel oil in the event of inner pipe fail.
The heat ratio (m2/m3) of heavy fuel oil tank shall be designed as follows :
- H.F.O. storage tank
: 0.03 m2/m3
- H.F.O. settling tank
: 0.1 m2/m3
- H.F.O. service tank
: 0.08 m2/m3
H.F.O. overflow tank
: 0.04 m2/m3
Waste oil service tank for incinerator
: 0.2 m2/m3
6-502
FIG.
10-1
M .E .& G .E . F .0
Service System
6-503
Venting Bex
o
Si
ghl
Gloss
H . F.0 .
Se
Tonk
IIIi
H . F.0 .
v i ce
ng
Se r
Tonk
6-504
M.D.O.
Service
Tank
M.D.O.
Se t i 1 i n g
Tank
H . F.0 .
Su pp
y Pump
Flew
Me 1 e r
6-505
(E
Mc't
or
Dr
ie>i
venj)
6-506
G.E. Em'
c y D O
Pump
STX
4
H.F.O. F i Her
H.F.O. C i r c . Pump
Ui ih By-pass Filler
FN C / MACH/ST[>/FORM/FORM-005
3M-S*rOOO A4(9705)
Shipbuilding
Co.,Ltd
6-507
FIG. 10-2
PAGE
F .0 Service
System
E-74
Refer l o a t tached
FIG. 10- 1 (Page 673)
fM-C
/MACH/STD/FORM/FORM-OOS
F . O F i l l i n g a n d Tr a n s f e r S y s t e m
FIG.
10-3
To M D 0
Supply Pu mp
for
Incinerat
or
- H . F.O
Line
-M.D.O Line
H . F.
Se t 1
Tonk
> r
0.
ling
H . F.O .
Ser v ice
Tank
i
i
-------------1
!
1
i
1
1
M.D.O.
M.D.O.
Serv i ce
Se t t 1 ing
. Tank
Tank
M.D.O
Trans.
Pu m p
a.
t
Sight
Gl ass
H . F.O O v
e r fIow
Tank
M.G.O.
Tank
M.D.O St
or age
Tank
NO. 1
H . F.O
SI or age
Tank
r
1
N O . 2 H . F.O S t o r a g e T an k
FN
./HACH/51D/FDRM/F0RH-0O5
F I G .
10
PA G E
- 4
F .0 Purification
System
6-76
6-517
- H . F.O
-M.D.O
6-518
L i n e
ne
H . F.O
Purif i
6-519
er
H.F.O Pur i f i er:
Buyer 's SuppIy)
51 udge
Tank
m C
oos
/HAO/SID/FCRM/rCRM.
Shipbuilding
Co . ,Ltd
ST X
6-520
361-
000
{ 3705 )
FIG.
iler & Incinerator
6-521
lystem
PAG E
6-77
674
From
M.D.O.
Supply
Pump
for
Was t e
Oil
Serv ice Tank
Waste 0 i I
Incinerator
F.0
Re
urn
Pipe
6-522
M.G.O
For Be
lgn i t
Tank
iler
c n
M
D..OO.. S
H .. F
S
e err vv i iccee
Tank
H . F.O S u p p I y
P u m p H . F.O
Heater
For Au * .Boi I e r For
Aux .Bo i Ier
H . F.O . S e t i I i
ng Tank
H . F.O
Supp I y Pump
, _ ,,
,
For
e
H . F.O H e a te r
For
Compos i Ie
Bo i I er
Flew
Me t er
iQ
r
Burner
6-523
Compos i i
Bo i I e r
674
FN
/MACH/S70/F0RM/FORN -
005
:TX Shipbuilding Co .
,Ltd .
S6- S3- 0 0 0 A 4 { 9 7 0 5 )
1) General
The central F.W. cooling system shall be applied to the main engine, generator engines
and auxiliary machinery in engine room, except atmospheric condenser.
The cooling water shall be designed based on 36 C in the L.T. F.W. system,
corresponding to 32 C of sea water.
Following system shall be provided and as illustrated in FIG 11-1, 11-2, 11-3, 11-4
and 11-5.
a) M.E. cool. & aux. cool, sea water system.
b) High temperature cooling fresh water system.
c) Low temperature cooling fresh water system.
d) High & low temperature cooling fresh water system.
2) Cooling sea water system
The main cooling sea water pump shall take suction from main sea cross over line
through high or low sea chest to supply cooling sea water for L.T. F.W. cooler,
atmospheric condenser and other consumers if necessary at normal sea going and
harbour condition.
Two (2) sets of main cooling sea water pump shall be provided (one (1) set as standby), for sea going condition.
One (1) set of the main S.W. cooling pumps shall be self-priming type and used as
emergency bilge suction.
One (1) set of port use C.S.W. pump shall be in service at harbour condition.
The material of overboard distance piece for E.R. shall be of mild steel, STPG 370,
ERW, Sch 160 or 16.0t thickness.
3) Cooling F.W. system
The fresh water cooling system shall consist of low temperature cooling system and high
temperature cooling system.
Main cooling system shall consist of jacket water cooling for main engine which are cooled by
two (2) electric motor driven F.W. pumps, separate one (1) set of M.E. J.W. cooler.
Aux. cooling system shall consist of jacket water cooling for G.E. which are cooled by the
engine driven F.W. pump and one (1) pneumatic type temp, control valve .
Two (2) sets of M.E. J.W. pump shall be provided and one (1) set of M.E. J.W. pump shall be
covered the jacket water demand at MCR condition during sea going condition.
Two (2) sets of low temp, cooling fresh water pump shall be provided (one (1) set as standby) for sea going condition.
One (1) set of port use low temp, cooling fresh water pump shall be in service at harbour
condition.
Ref. prov. machine & air cond. machine, ECR unit cooler, hyd. power pack diesel engine
J.W. cooling and hydraulic cooler for hyd. power pack unit shall be cooled by L.T. C.F.W.
6-524
pump during sea going condition.

L.T. and H.T. F.W. expansion tank shall be filled by F.W. hydrophore unit.
6-525
6-526
FIG
,W
.System
6-527
6-80
A1mospher
i
c
Condenser
No
.1
L .
T
F.
W
Co
ol
er
No
.2
L.
T
F.
W
Co
o I
er
6-528
NO. 1
NO. 2
6-529
Por t Us
e C .5. W
Pump
6-530
Mo i n
C.S.W:
Puinp
From Em'c y Bilge

I ion
6-531
Sue
Low 5/C
High S/C
6-532
To F.W.G e n . E j e
ctor Pump
6-533
To
Fire
To Fire
Bilge
Pump
G/5 Pump
To Deck Seal
C.S.W.
Pump
To
6-534
Scrubber
Water
C.S.W Pump
FN.
M*CH
C
.
/5T[>/FORM/FORK-005
SSH-
6-535
000 A4 f 9705 ]
FIG. 1 I-2
Aux . Cooling Sea
6-536
a t er S y s t e m
PAGE
6-81
Refer
FN
005
to attached FIG.
1 1 - 1 Pa g e 6 - 8 0
/HACK/ST [>/FORM/FORM-
/
PAGE
M . E . H i g h Te m p e r a t u re C o o l i n g F
.W Syste
6-537
6-82
M-
OOO A4(9705)
FIG. 11-3
M.E J.W Pump
FN
H/
:
C
:
5TD/FORM/FCRH-OOS
/HA.C
M.E J.W Coo i er
6-538
7
FIG. 11-4
PAGE
Low Temperature Cooling F .W

System
6-539
L.T F.W Ex pons i on Tonk
Hyd.
Oil
Cooler for
Hyd.
Power Pack OniI
Hyd.
Powe r
Pack D i eseI Eng
i ne
ECR
Un
Coo I e r
Pro.
an 1
M.E
Coo
Ref.
A i r
e r
Air
Con.
for Ac
c ommo d a I ion
6-540
M.E. J.U ^ M.E. L.O

Cooler Cooler
SSH- gai- 000 A A (9705)
.C./MACH/5TD/FORH/FORM0 05
FN
6-541
To L . T.
F.W. E x p a n s i o n T an k
No
G.E
J . W. Te m p .
Control V/V
(Direr- Ac I i n9)
A i r
Cooler
-Jacke t
G
E
Pump
J . W.
L.O.
C o cIer
No
G.E
.2
. W . Te m p . C e n t r e I
V/V ^(Direc1 Ac t
ing)
_/K
Cooler
-Jacke
G.E.
J . W. P u m p
L.O.
Coc I er
No
G.E
J W Te m p
Coniro I V/V
(Di rec1 Ac t i ng)
A i r
-Jack e
T o L . T. C . F.W.
Cooler
Pump
Fr o m L . T.
F.W .
6-831
FN
/M*CH/STD/FORH/FO[?Hnr)5
Cooler

Following system shall be provided and as illustrated in FIG. 12-1.
406
407
Starting air system.

Service and control air system.
Compressed air shall be provided for starting of main engine and generator engines and
various service such as air horn, machinery control, hydrophore tank charging and engine
room miscellaneous, etc.
Starting air shall be charged in the main and aux. air reservoir by the main air compressor
through oil/water separator.
An oily/water separator shall be provided at common discharge line of main air
compressor.
Service air shall be supplied from deck service air reservoir and main air reservoir via
pressure reducing valve and shall be led to air dryer.
The control air for the measuring equipment shall be supplied from the main air reservoir
via pressure reducing valve and shall be led to air dryer.
The main air compressor shall be started/stopped at local and automatically.
Electric motor driven emergency air compressor shall be provided for emergency use.
6-551
F I G
2- 1
PA G E
ompressei
.ir bystem
6-85
6-552
676
ItNo . 1
Main
Air
Reserve i r
Nc
Ma in
Air
.2
Reservoi r
(1)
NO.
Con iro
Air
Dryer
6-553
NO-.
;
Can t r
o 1
Air
Dr y er
6-554
676
- j ________
-HXE---------------------t^r-
Red.
Valve
To Conir.O-A
i r Li ne
No . I
. 2 Main Air
To E.'R i
Deck 5er
v ice
Comp
r es
NO. 3
Serv
ice Air
Dr ye r
6-555
Em'cy
Comp
in
Se
rv .
Air
Air Reservoir
Aux.
Air
Reserve ir
Ser v.A i r
Cornpr
essor
Ma i n Engine
6-556
676
No . 3 G.E
S5M-
0 0 0
A4(9705)
FN:C;
/MACH/ST
0/FORK/FORM-OOJ
Following system shall be provided and as illustrated in FIG. 13-1 and 13-2.
a) Bilge system.
b) Sanitary system.
The engine room bilge system shall be served by the fire & G/S pump, the fire & bilge
pump and the oily water separator pump.
These pumps shall have the connection from the bilge main in the engine room which have
the bilge suction each with a mud box.
Direct bilge suction line shall be provided in accordance with the requirement of the Class
The oily water sep. pump shall have the connection from the bilge tank and to overboard or
oily bilge tank through the oily water separator.
Bilge shall be led to the oily water separator by the oily water sep. pump, and after
separation, separated water shall be discharged to overboard and separated oily bilge shall
be automatically drained to the oily bilge tank by gravity.
Fire system shall be serviced by the fire & G/S pump and the fire & bilge pump.
The emergency fire pump shall be installed outside of the engine room.
Sea water for miscellaneous service such as wash deck shall be supplied by the fire & G/S
pump.
Sanitary water shall be supplied by fresh water pump with hydrophore unit.
One (1) set of the sterilizer shall be provided for accommodation sanitary water system.
One (1) set of the sludge pump shall be provided for transferring sludge.
6-557
FIG.
1
13-
(P)
U g c System
(5)
6-558
676
Cargo Man i To
Id Ar ea
Oily
Water
Separ.a f or
Waste Oi I
Ser vi ce
Tonk
Oily
Se
p
Pump
Wo I er
ar
oI
or
Sludge
Pump
Waste Oi I ]
n c i n e r a
t o r
6-559
J
Oily Bilge Tank
51udge Tank
L.O Dra i n Tank
6-560
676
From S.W Line
6-561
From
M.E.A/C
Cleaning Tonk
6-562
Chemica
676
To Fire 8
Fire 8
FN'C
DOS
G/S Pump
Bilge Pump
"/MACH/STD/FORM/FORM-
m- S 7 J - 0 0 0 A 4 ( 9 7 0 5 )
6-563
FIG. 13-2
PAGE
6-564
Sanitary
System
6-565
6-SB
F.W
Generoicr
Tc Loco I Fire F i gh1 i ng Pump Un i 1
Rehor
den
ng F i i kr
i
51
zer
6-566
eri
Tc Accc
6-567
Frcm
c o
Ac
Co
er
6-568
or
f i
Hc1 W.
Pump
Circ
Tc Accc
To Accc.
F.W .
Line
Tc E.R Service
FN
C
-OOS
/MAC"/SID/FORM/FORK
STX Shipbuilding Co .
,Ltd .
6-569
JlaH-gX-000 A4(9705)
677 Exhaust gas system

Following system shall be provided and as illustrated in FIG.. 14. a)
Exhaust gas system.
Exhaust gas from turbocharger of the main engine shall be led to the exhaust gas section
of composite boiler and discharged directly to the open air.
Exhaust gas from each generator engine shall be led up independently to open air through
each silencer combined with spark arrester located in the engine room.
Exhaust gas from emergency generator engine shall be led to atmosphere through a
silencer combined with spark arrester.
An independent exhaust gas pipe shall be provided for aux. boiler, oil fire section of
composite boiler and incinerator, and shall be led to the top of the funnel.
Exhaust gas from each diesel engine for hydraulic power pack of cargo pump shall be led
up independently to open air through each silencer combined with spark arrester located
in engine room.
The exhaust pipe and the boiler uptake shall be so arranged as to allow free expansion.
Provision for water drainage shall be made to the exhaust gas pipe and the exh. gas
section of composite boiler to avoid water entering into the main engine
turbocharger.
A soot drain tank of lm3 shall be provided in E.R.
st x
FIG. 14
Exhaust Gas System
Fu n n e I
PAGE
6-90
n
cr
ED
fr
LU
LL
z
2L
6-571
FNf FR
6-572
6-573
w. o.
]nc ineroior
6-574
No.l
N o
G.E
G.E
.2
No
G.E
No . 1 . 2Hy
d.Power
Pock
Eng i
n e
Compos i i e
6-575
Bo i Ier
EM 'CY G .E RM
38100 0 A
4 ( 9 705 )
Mo in Engine
FN.C./HACH/5TD/FDRH/F0l?
M-OOS
6-576
68
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND OUTFITTING
Miscellaneous equipment and outfitting such as insulation, tank, ventilating duct, funnel, ladder
and floor plate, etc. shall be constructed and furnished in accordance with the Builder's standard
practice and in compliance with the Class.
681
Insulation
1) General
The surface having normal operating temperature above 65 C, except for the cooling
fresh water line and condensate line where otherwise described below, shall be
insulated in accordance with following the Specifications.
2) Piping
6-577
68
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND OUTFITTING
System
Size
Material
Thickness
Steam supply
32A & above

25A & below
cloth
25mm
Two layer
Steam escape for

safety valve
All
Glasswool
Fiber glass
cloth
Fiber glass
Two layer
F.O./L.O.
(Steam traced &
insulated)
All
F.O./L.O.
(Insulated)
32A
&
above 25 A &
below
Glasswool
Fiber glass
cloth
25mm
Two layer
Hot water
circulation
All
Fiber glass
cloth
Two layer
Exh. gas
Glasswool
M.E
25mm
Rockwool with 75mm

galv. sheet steel
G.E. & aux. boiler Rockwool with 50mm
etc.
galv. sheet steel
6-578
System
Size
Material
Thickness
F.O. serv./sett.
tank, waste oil
tank
Glasswool
25mm
Flange & valve
for steam
Rockwool mat
25mm
S.W. for M.E. air All

cooler & above
Fiber glass
cloth
6-579
One layer
System
Size
Material
Thickness
ele. equipment
Thickness of insulation mentioned above shall be sufficient to cause no injury for
accidental touch and temp, shall not be exceed 55 C. .
The steam and condensate line in purifier room shall be insulated by glasswool
(thickness 25mm) with fiber glass cloth (thickness 0.3mm).
The exhaust gas piping after turbocharger of main engine and gen. engines, boiler and
incinerator shall be insulated with rock wool or equivalent and fastened by galvanized
steel wire and finished with galvanized steel plate.
Exhaust gas pipe and uptake upto 2m height from E.R. casing top shall be insulated.
The exposed part to the crew of following pipe shall be insulated with glass cloth
regardless of pipe diameter and internal fluid temperature.
- Drain pipe after passing through drain valve and trap.

- Blow off pipe of boiler water.
- Exhaust steam pipe after relief and safety valve.
- Boiler feed water line
Flange and valve for F.O. and L.O. insulated piping system shall not be insulated for
easy inspection.
The thickness of galvanized steel plate shall be of 0.5mm, in general.
The flanged joints and valves for steam piping shall be insulated by removable
type mattress.
Pipe insulation in way of flanges and fittings, the end if insulation shall be suitably
terminated to permit free removal of bolts and to allow movement of pipe hangers.
S.W. piping running above electric equipment shall have fiberglass wool cloth
sweat protection.
6-580
Steam tracing
Following pipes in engine room shall have steam tracing, and shall be insulated.
H.F.O. transfer line

H.F.O. purifier suction from settling to H.F.O. purifier heater
M.E., G.E. and aux. boiler H.F.O. service line
F.O. return pipe (mixing tank) Sludge
pump suction
3) Tank and heater

Heavy fuel oil service, settling tank and waste oil service tank shall be insulated with glass
wool of 25 mm thickness covered with galvanized sheet steel (0.5 mm).
All heater shall be insulated in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
4) Aux. boiler and composite boiler
The aux. boiler and composite boier shall be insulated with the proper thermal insulating
material, and covered with galvanized sheet steel in accordance with the manufacturer's
standard.
5) Incinerator
The incinerator shall be insulated in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
6) A-60 insulation bulkhead and deckhead
The surface of A-60 insulation bulkhead and deckhead shall be insulated with glasswool
(50t) and covered with fiber glass cloth coated aluminum foil. The insulation thickness
shall be in accordance with the Rule requirements.
6-581
682
Overhauling equipment for main engine and auxiliary machinery shall be provided as
mentioned below.
1) Overhauling of main engine
For overhauling of main engine, there shall be a crane on the overhead lifting beam.
The crane shall consist of travelling girder hung from the strong I-beam running in
longitudinal direction of the Vessel, and driving control apparatus shall be mounted
over the travelling girder.
I-beam shall be securely supported to ship's structure and shall extend the full length of
the main engine.
All control and operation shall be done from engine top level by means of push button.
Overhead crane shall also reach heavy spare parts stored in the vicinity of M.E.
2) Propeller shaft removal
Lifting beam with two (2) sets of trolley and eye plate shall be provided in the shaft
alley so that the relocation of the intermediate shaft and the withdrawal of the propeller
shaft in board for inspection may be facilitated.
Pipe and outfitting arrangement shall be minimized near the temporary opening for
minimum dismantling.
Removal of propeller shaft from the Vessel may be carried out via a temporary
opening cut in the shell plating, of which location shall be made at sideshell in engine
room with welding bead.
Each generator engine shall have adequately designed lifting beam with a trolley to
facilitate overhaul and normal maintenance.
Oil purifier shall have adequately designed lifting beam with a trolley to facilitate
overhaul and normal maintenance.
Other major pump and heat exchanger shall have eye plate to facilitate overhaul and
normal maintenance.
Lifting eye plate shall be arranged over the large electric motor 50kg and above for
maintenance.
Engine room machinery part on M.E. floor level shall be led to the lift space in engine
room which is served by the engine room overhead crane.
Machinery workshop & engine room store in E.R. shall be provided with lifting
beam and trolley of adequate capacity.
683
Tank in engine room

Tank in engine room shall be of welded steel plate, and generally provided with necessary
fitting such as heating coil, thermal insulation, sounding apparatus, thermometer pocket, air
escape pipe, overflow pipe, drain plug, hole for cleaning and valve, etc. where necessary.
6-582
682
Oil tank located over the engine room floor level shall be provided with drip pan or oil tray
having drain piping where necessary.
684
Ventilation of machinery space

The air duct shall be so. arranged that the necessary air for main engine, generator engines
and boiler, etc. is available.
Fresh air shall be supplied through ducts to machinery space having sufficient outlets.
Ventilating duct shall be made to a rectangular cross section with the anti-rusted painted on
steel plate.
Vent duct shall be of steel plate with thickness of 3.2 f^nfi for main duct and 2.3 mm for
branch duct.
Where a duct is welded directly to the ship's structure, the thickness shall be of 4.5 mm.
The damper shall be fitted with air duct where necessary.
The exh. air opening and fresh air intake shall be provided with pneumatic type
emergency shut-off device and the main control panel shall be provided at fire control
station.
The damper shall be fitted with air duct where necessary.
Air intake of the ventilating fan shall be suction with wire mesh filter.
Connection of the duct shall be made by butt or sleeve welding and/or flanged in
accordance with the Builder's practice.
The coaming height of the ventilator shall be as follows according to the installation
position.
Upper deck
"A" deck
: 900mm above the deck

: 760mm above the deck
The engine control room shall be air-conditioned by one (1) set of unit cooler.
685
Silencer
One (1) set of silencer combined with spark arrester shall be provided for each generator
engine.
One(l) set of silencer combined with spark arrester shall be provided for each diesel engine
for hyd. power pack of cargo pump.
The exhaust gas section of compsite boiler shall be used as silencer for main engine exh.
gas.
686
Machinery workshop and engine room store

The machinery workshop, electric workshop and engine room store shall be provided in the
engine room.
The engine room store shall be enclosed by steel wall and shall be provided with shelve,
cabinet and drawer so that spare parts and tools, etc. shall be classified.
Three (3) sets of steel cabinet with locking device & drawer shall be provided in engine
room store.
Steel shelves in engine room store shall be provided in accordance with the Builder's
practice.
A mono rail and trolley shall be provided from the machinery workshop entrance.
Following machinery shall be arranged in the machinery workshop : 1 Lathe.
1 - Grinding machine 1 Electric welder. 1 - Gas
welder
(Oxygen and acetylene bottle shall be stored outside of the engine room and shall be
provided with piping to the welder, gas line shall be of seamless steel pipe).
1 - Working table with a vice. 1 -
6-583
682
Drilling machine 1 - Welding table

1 - Exh. valve grinding device for M.E.
Each 1 - Fuel valve test device with valve holder for M.E. & G.E. 1 G.E. exhaust valve grinding machine
(manufacturer's standard for spindle and seat)
G.E. fuel valve test device shall be arranged at near the gen. engine side.
Adequate space for table and locker (the Buyer supply) shall be provided for boiler water
testing in suitable space (machinery workshop or near E.C.R. or near boiler).
A welding area shall be provided in the machinery workshop and isolated with
curtain.
The separated electric store for test panel, working table with a vice and rack for elect,
spare shall be provided at suitable location in E.R.
687
Ladder, handrail, grating, floor and emergency escape

The ladder, handrail, grating, floor and emergency escape shall be provided in accordance
with the Builder's practice.
1) Ladder
Main access ladder shall be led fore and aft wherever possible and shall not slope in
excess of 60 degree (normal 55 degree, maximum 60 degree) from the horizontal,
and width of main ladder shall be of max. 600 mm and/or min. 550 mm.
Vertical ladder shall be of appx. 350mm width, 65mm x 8t frame and 340mm pitch.
Ladder shall be inclined type with back plate for main passage except where it is
unavoidable vertical ladder shall be used.
6-584
2) Handrail
Handrail throughout the machinery space shall be of steel pipe (20A) and shall be
supported by stanchion offlat bar (65mm x 9mm thick.).
Where necessary for overhaul of machinery, handrail and stanchions shall
be removable but firmly secured.
3) Grating
Expanded metal grating shall be installed where necessary for space ventilation (only
E.R. casing, funnel and around shafting space) in accordance with the Builder's
standard practice.
4) Floor
In general, the checkered plate of appx. 4.5mm in thickness, supported and fastened to
suitable bars of angle frame shall be used at E.R. floor and opening space for 1 st and 2nd
deck in E.R.
The method of floor checkered plate shall be two kind of securing method.
One is a point welding to support angle for permanent fixing and the other is a
machinery screwed fitting (flat head type set screw) to support angle for removable.
Portable floor plate shall be provided where necessary for access to valve, strainer,
manifold, and to space below floor.
5) Emergency escape
One (1) emergency escape route with vertical ladder in the trunk shall be arranged, and
an entrance door in E.R. floor and additional door in E.C.R shall be provided.
The direct access from E.R. to steering gear room shall be provided with air lock.
6) Funnel
Funnel shall be accommodated for M.E. & G.E. exhaust gas pipes, G.E. silencer, boiler
and incinerator uptake exh. gas pipes, waste steam pipe, vent pipe, M.E. and G.E.
crankcase breather pipes and shall be provided ventilation exhaust louver for engine
room.
The height and shape of funnel shall suit for ship and of adequate strength and
stiffness.
6-585
688
Name plate
Name plate for machinery, caution plate for machinery operation, including valve
handling plate etc. shall be provided as necessary.
Brass name plate shall be fitted to valve handle.
689
Painting in engine room

Painting in engine room including the primer for tank, air trunk etc. shall be applied
according to the Builder's practice.
All part of machinery in engine room shall be painted with the colour shown on the
following table at manufacturer's shop and touch up after installation.
ITEM
Main engine, generator engines with
alternators and auxiliary machinery
Aux. boiler, economizer, incinerator and
heater
Air reservoir
SPECIFICATION
Refer to "Chapter 2"
Heat resistant silver
White (N-9.5)
In addition, the piping shall be distinguished by colour code for the service intended, in
accordance with the Builder's standard.
Following part shall not be painted.
408
Working surface of machinery, brass surface, shafting and other part are finished
bright.
409
Surface of insulation which are not covered steel plate or equal.
410
The pipe and valve shall be distinguished by colour code for the service intended
according to the Builder's standard for identification of pipe line.
6-586
69
691
SPARE PART AND TOOL

General
Spare part and tool for all machinery equipment shall be furnished in accordance with the
requirements of the Class and manufacturer's standard.
All spare part except ones, which are fitted on the arranged position, shall be suitably
stowed in steel box.
Heavy Spare part and tool shall be mounted on suitable brackets or straps and fastened
near the auxiliaries served wherever practicable.
692
Ship's inventories
One (1) set of ship's inventories shall be supplied in accordance with JIS F 7602-1989 for
engine room.
6-587/
CHAPTER?
AUTOMATION
SYSTEM
70
GENERAL
701
General description
The automation in engine room, control devices and instrumentation shall be provided to
comply with the requirements for unmanned machinery space.
Alarm and monitoring system shall be provided with CRT with keyboard.
At the sea going and harbour in-out, it is possible to remote control the main engine from
the bridge.
Remote control of the main engine shall be carried out by means of an electric system
from engine control room and an electric system from wheelhouse.
On the other hand, a simple maneuvering system shall be provided at the engine side for
emergency use.
The generator engine on stand-by condition shall be automatically started if operating
generator is blacked out. (stand-by generator shall start when the generator in service
slow down or additional load is requested - before the actual black-out; in case of
additional significant load - i.e. the electric motor of the hydraulic pump - the system
shall check the available load before starting the equipment)
The air conditioned and soundproofed engine control room shall be arranged at suitable
place in the engine room, and important gauges for engine and auxiliary machineries
shall be fitted in engine control room for concentrated watch keeping system.
The engine control room shall be equipped with the main switchboard, group starter
panel, main engine control console, alarm panel and air conditioner, etc.
All indicator dials and scale graduation shall be in the metric system and all dial marking
shall be indicated in English.
Necessary instrumentation for local manual control in the machinery space, such as
thermometers and pressure gauges, shall be provided.
No water, oil or steam shall be used for instrumentation within consoles.

7-1
71
CONTROL
711 Control of main engine 1)

Control station
a) Bridge control
Operation of the main engine such as starting, stopping, reversing, speed and load
control shall be carried out safely and accurately according to the pre-set program
by operation of the engine maneuvering handle at the bridge control console after
the control position shall be transferred from engine control room.
The maneuvering handle shall serve as an engine telegraph order lever in addition
to the above function in case of bridge control and shall be used only as an engine
telegraph order lever in the other case.
The stepwise speed control shall be automatically performed in the manoeuvring
speed zone, and stepless speed control shall be possible from ECR console.
If the main engine speed is given inside of the critical speed range, the automatic
critical zone quick pass control shall be provided.
b) Engine control room control
The engine is started, stopped, reversed and speed controlled by the operation of
speed setting lever & telegraph receiver (commonly used as reversing handle) on
the engine control console.
c) Emergency control at engine side
In emergency such as failure of governor and/or ordinary pneumatic maneuvering
system, main engine shall be controlled using the fuel handle and reversing lever
on the emergency stand at engine side.
Emergency telegraph receiver shall be provided at the local control station.
Change-over of maneuvering station

Change over from "BRIDGE CONTROL" to "ENGINE CONTROL ROOM CONTROL" or vice
versa shall be carried out by operating the change over switch in the engine control room with the
mutual confirmation.
In bridge, no change-over switch but the confirmation button shall be provided.
The control shall be from one station only at any one time.
All control stations shall be provided with indicators showing which position is in control.
The engine control room shall at all times be able to override any remote control station.
Safety device
a) Manual emergency stop
The emergency stop device shall be provided for such an emergency case.
This device shall stop the engine by energizing the solenoid valve by pushing the emergency
stop switch In bridge, control room or engine side.
Emergency stop can be released by pushing the emergency stop reset button and setting the
telegraph handle of the bridge control console or manoeuvring handle to "stop" position.
Emergency trip system shall be independent of the remote control system.
b) Automatic stop
The engine shall be stopped automatically under the following conditions.
411 Main L.O. inlet too low pressure

412Overspeed
413Thruster pad too high temperature
414T/C L. O. inlet too low pressure
Stopping by each trip condition shall actuate an alarm with trip indication on the engine
control console, and a common alarm shall be connected to the machinery alarm and
monitoring system.
Automatic stop can be released by setting the telegraph handle or manoeuvring handle to
"Stop" position after the restoration of stop causes.
The emergency shut-down system shall be independent of the remote control system.
c) Automatic slow down
When the engine is running over the "Slow" revolution during bridge and engine control
room control, if "Slow Down" signal is supplied by following causes, engine speed is
decreased automatically to the pressure of "Slow" revolution.
Item for slow down shall be decided according to classification.
- Jacket water inlet press, low and outlet high temp.

- Main L.O. & Piston cooling oil inlet press, low
- Scanvenging air fire detector high temp.
- Oil mist in crank case high
- Main L.O. inlet high temp.
- Thruster pad high temp.
- Crosshead bearing & piston cooling outlet high temp.
- Piston cooling oil non-flow
- Cyl. L. O. non-flow
- Cyl. exh. gas outlet high temp.
- T/C L.O. inlet press, low
Each slow down function shall be indicated by an alarm with lamp fitted on the engine
control console and alarm shall be connected to the machinery alarm and monitoring
system.
Automatic slow down is released by restoration of the failure and returning the telegraph
transmitter to the position under "Slow".
The automatic slow down system shall be independent of the remote control system.
d) Protection to turning gear
As far as the turning gear is engaged, a starting air control valve shall be locked so that the
starting of the engine shall be impossible.

4) Others
a) Wrong way
In case that the position of the telegraph receiver is not coincident with the direction of
the engine rotation an alarm "Wrong way" is given on the engine control console and
wheel house.
The reset of the alarm can be carried out in case of either coincidence between the reply
of the telegraph receiver and the direction of engine rotation or setting the regulation
handle to "Stop" position.
b) Misfiring
When the engine revolutions after a start attempt decrease below half the speed
corresponding to starting air off, a misfiring is recorded.
Simultaneously starting air will be applied again in order to carry out a new attempt.
However, after three start attempts have missed, "STARTING FAIL" alarm shall be
generated.
Others shall be in accordance with manufacturer's standard.
The auxiliary blowers shall be started and stopped automatically in accordance
with the scavenging air pressure in the inlet manifold.
d) Automatic viscosity control
A viscosity controller without viscosity recorder shall be provided for
automatically maintaining the viscosity of the heavy fuel oil content.
H.F.O/D.O change-over and vice versa shall be controlled by manual at local and
indicating lamps shall be fitted on the engine control console.
Local temperature indicator shall be installed as close as possible to the outlet of
viscosity controller and electronic temperature indicator shall be installed in
ECR console.
e) Automatic feeding of cylinder oil

Cylinder oil shall be automatically fed from cylinder oil measuring tank through
cylinder lubricator with flow indicator at each lubricating point to inspect the flow.
One of flow indicator per lubricator shall be equipped with non-flow alarm
contact.
The non-flow alarm for cylinder lubricator shall be cancelled when fuel regulating
shaft is placed at stop position.
712 Control of composite and auxiliary boiler
1 a) General
The operation of the boiler shall be done at local manually.
The boiler shall be automatically controlled by the boiler control panel installed in
front of the boiler.
Emergency shut-off shall be possible from the engine control room.
The steam pressure and water level in the drum and air-fuel ratio shall be manually set
and automatically controlled.
The boiler shall be equipped with one (1) oil burner, which is designed for ignitor or
pilot burner.
To achieve an automatic and safe control of the boiler plant, following functions shall be
governed.
- Maintain constant steam pressure.

- Maintain constant water level.
- Indicator alarm and stop burner in case of failure.
- Maintain smoke free combustion.
lb) Following device for supervision from engine control room shall be provided:
Burner running indication lamp on engine control console
Boiler steam pressure indication on the CRT of alarm/monitoring system
Boiler high/low drum level alarm on the CRT
1c) The emergency manual tripping device shall be provided on the local control panel and
engine control console
2) Automatic combustion control system

The combustion control system shall regulate the fuel and air supply to the boiler in
accordance with the demand for steam by maintaining the steam pressure in the drum within
predetermined limits.
The combustion control system shall include the necessary equipment to permit adjustment of
the loading and fuel air ratio and for manual control of the boiler from the boiler side local
panel.
The fuel oil temperature to the burner shall be automatically controlled.
3) Automatic feed water control system
For auxiliary boiler
The automatic feed water control s system shall detect the water level in the drum and control
the flow quantity of feed water by means of feed water control valve in order to maintain the
water level in the drum within predetermined limits. For composite boiler
The automatic feed water control s system shall detect the water level in the drum and control
the flow quantity of feed water by means of feed water pump on-off order to maintain the
water level in the drum within predetermined limits.
4) Automatic level control
The feed water flow shall be controlled by the pneumatic feed water regulator which shall
maintain the water level in steam drum within the predetermined range.
5) Emergency shut down

The automatic fuel cutting-off device shall be provided for the auxiliary boiler to protect
against the following conditions.
- Drum water low-low level

- Fuel oil low temperature
- Forced draft fan failure
- Fuel oil low pressure
- Burner flame and ignition failure
- Control electric power failure
6) Automatic dumping control
The excessive steam generated by the exhaust gas section of the boiler shall be automatically
released to the drain cooler by an pressure control valve.
Control of diesel generator
1) The diesel generator control system shall have following functions :
- Manual remote start/stop.

- Stand-by start.
- Automatic synchronizing and connection.
- Automatic load sharing.
2) Local starting and speed control shall be provided independent of the remote
control system to get confirmation that manual
synchronizing and
connection can be carried out.
3) In any of following conditions occurs, the generator diesel engine shall be stopped
automatically.
- Over speed.
- Low pressure of lubricating oil inlet.
- High temperature of jacket water outlet.
1) Fuel oil and diesel oil system
7-596
Purification system
Starting and stopping of the heavy fuel oil purifiers shall be manually operated at
purifier side.
The malfunction alarm equipment shall be provided for the heavy fuel oil purifiers
and M.D.O. purifier.
At the seal water breakage, three way feeding oil valve shall be changed to
recirculation side automatically.
Automatic desludging shall be applied for the heavy fuel oil purifiers and M.D.O.
purifier.
Service system
Steam control valves of fuel oil heater for main engine and gen. Engine shall be
automatically controlled by viscosity controller.
2) Lubricating oil system
Starting and stopping of the lub. oil purifier shall be manually operated at purifier
side.
The malfunction alarm equipment shall be provided for the lub. oil purifier.
At the seal water breakage, three way feeding oil valve shall be changed to
recirculation side automatically.
Automatic desludging shall be applied for the lub. oil purifier. -
7-597
3) Fresh water hydrophore system
The pumps shall take suction from fresh water tank and discharge through a stop check valve
to the pressure tank.
An automatic pressure control shall be fitted to start and stop the pump to maintain the
pressure in the pressure tank between the pre-setting pressure.
In case that the salinity of distilled water from fresh water generator would exceed a
predetermined value, the distilled water shall be automatically diverted by a solenoid dump
valve (Acc. to manufacturer's standard).
4) Compressed air system
The main air compressors shall be arranged for automatic start and stop with predetermined
pressure of each inlet line to the air reservoirs.
And above compressors shall be remotely started and stopped from the engine control room.
Control air for air operated automatic regulating system shall be supplied from the
refrigerated control air dryer.
In the following conditions, the main air compressor shall be stopped automatically.
- Lub. oil low pressure or low level alarm.

- Discharge air high temperature.
5) Bilge system
The oily water separator pump shall be arranged to start and stop automatically by float
actuated switch fitted on after bilge well in engine room and shall have long run alarm.
After bilge well in engine room shall be automatically sucked by oily water separator pump
and shall be collected in bilge holding tank.
The bilge in bilge holding tank shall be manually sucked by oily water separator pump and
shall be automatically discharged to direct overboard by oil content meter through oily water
separator.
6) Automatic level control
7-598
Item
Method
7-599
Heavy fuel oil (Diesel oil)

service tank
Overflow to heavy fuel oil (Diesel oil)

settling tanks
Heavy fuel oil (Diesel oil)

settling tank
Automatic start & stop of heavy fuel oil

(Diesel oil) transfer pump
7-600
Purifier operating water

tank
Float valve
Cascade tank
Float valve
7-601
7) Heat exchanger and tanks
Automatic temperature control valves shall be applied to the following heat exchangers and
tanks.
7-602
Name
Type
Cooler
Air
operate
d
Control Method
F.W shall be
bypassed.
Lub. oil shall
be by-passed.
7-603
Applied part
L.T. C.F.W.
cooler M.E. J.W.
cooler G.E. J.W.
cooler M.E. L.O.
cooler
Heater
Tank
Direct
operated
(wax expansion type)
G.E. L.O. coolers
Electric
operated
To be regulated
heating steam flow
M.E. & G.E. F.O. heaters
Air
operated
To regulated heating
steam flow.
Purifier F.O. heaters
Direct
operated
(Capillary tube type)
Calorifier.
L.O. purifier heater
Direct
operted
(Capillary tube type)
Fuel oil settling &

service tank.
8) Automatic change of vital pumps

Following essential pumps in stand-by shall be started automatically, if lowvoltage of the running motor is detected or discharge pressure from working
pump falls below a predetermined value.
However, the initial start shall be performed at the machine side in connection
with operation of the associated valves.
M.E. L.O. pumps
F.O. supply pumps for M.E. & G.E. F.O.
circulating pumps for M.E. & G.E. L.T.
cooling fresh water pumps M.E. jacket
water pumps Main cooling S.W. pumps
F.O. supply pumps for aux. boiler Feed
water pumps for aux. boiler Feed water
pumps for composite boiler Deck water
seal pumps for IGG
9) E/R deadman alarm system
One (1) set of dead-man alarm shall be providedfor engine room.
The system shall be switched on at the dead-man alarm start panel on the
engine control console when the engineer goes to the engine room and to be
reset with in preset time by reset push buttons prepared on the illuminated
signal boards in engine room.
The system to give visual/audible alarm in the engine control room after a
preset time and simultaneously to initiate visual/audible alarm on the signal
boards of engine room.
In the event this signal is not acknowledged within a further short preset time,
the alarm shall be extended to the engineer's cabins and the wheelhouse
automatically.
721 General
Control consoles shall be designed for best possible service ability and shall
be individually designed to best suit its purpose.
Material and standard of enclosure shall be selected depending on location of
installation.
In wet or humid atmosphere where condensation can be expected, the
consoles shall be fitted with heating element.
The main control console shall be provided in the engine control room, and
incorporated with main engine maneuvering devices, instruments, alarm,
7-604
CRT display, key board, alarm printer and communication device.

The bridge control console shall be provided in the wheelhouse and
incorporated with the main engine maneuvering devices, instruments, alarm
and communication device.
Running indicator windows shall be square type and shall be written in
English.
The window's colour shall be green for running indicator lamps, red lamps
for abnormal.
CRT, keyboard and PC shall be in principle duplicated to take into
consideration possible failure at one of duplicated system.
7-605
722
Engine control room
1) Lay-out
The engine control room surrounded with steel walls having soundproof and heat
insulated air conditioned construction, shall be located in machinery space.
The engine control room shall have soundproof door and suitable glass windows
(wide type) facing the engine room to afford the operating personal a good view of
the operating flat.
In the engine control room, following equipment and instruments shall be provided
for the centralized supervision and the control of main engine and essential auxiliary
machinery.
Engine control console with alarm and monitoring system, communication

equipment and main engine manoeuvring device, etc.
Main switchboard
Group starter panel for vital auxiliaries
A package type unit cooler in the engine control room shall have auto and manual
start/stop.
2) Engine control console
One (1) set of piano type engine control console shall be provided and following
instruments and equipment shall be incorporated into the console.
o. Main engine manoeuvring panel with lever o.
Telegraph (Telegraph receiver) with bell o. Main
engine safety panel
- According to the manufacturer's standard o.
Engine room panel including sub-telegraph
- According to manufacturer's standard o.
Main engine indication panel
- According to the manufacturer's standard
o. Main engine control position change-over switch and lamp
- Bridge
- Engine control room
o. Governor control panel for main engine
7 - 606
723
o. Propeller shaft rpm indicator

o. Propeller shaft rpm counter
o. Turbocharger rpm indicator
o. Main engine emergency stop switch with cover
o. Pressure gauges
o. Aux. blower control switch with lamp o. Boiler
emergency stop device o. Boiler running indicator o.
Boiler drum level indicator o. Clock
o. Fuel pump mark indicator
o. Automatic telephone
o. Common battery telephone
o. M.E. H.F.O./D.O. chaner-over Indicating lamp
o. Two (2) 17 inch C.R.T. display unit with keyboard
o. Alarm printer (1)
o. Data logger (1)
o. Extension alarm panel with duty engineer selection switch/engineer calling
system o. Harbor speed table o.
Ash tray
o. Rudder angle indicator
o. Alarm lamps for steering gear
o. Writing table
7-607
723

1) Lay-out
Following equipments shall be provided in the wheelhouse.
-
Bridge control console

Chart table
Radio equipments
2) Bridge control console

One (1) set of desk type bridge control console shall be provided as follows :
o. Bridge manoeuvring panel
- Main engine telegraph transmitter
- Sub-telegraph
- Control position indication lamps with confirmation push button
- Propeller shaft rpm indicator
- Pressure gauge for starting air
- Emergency run device with cover
- Emergency stop device with cover
- Other shall be in accordance with manufaturer's standard o. Fire
alarm push button
o. General alarm push button o.
Extention alarm panel o. Automatic
telephone o. Common battery telephone
o. Emergency stop push buttons for accom, ventilation fans o. Control
unit for whistle
o. Start/stop push button for emergency fire pump and fire and general
service pump o. Engine order
telegraph logger
o. Dimmer switches for instrument lights except one for magnetic compass
o. Public address control panel
o. Steering gear alarm panel
o. Steering gear st/sp switch
o. Flicker stop push button
o. Lamp/buzzer test push button
o. Buzzer stop push button
o. Any other controls required by rules
7-608
723

o. Navigation light control panel o. Suez canal light
control panel o. Control switch for flood light
o. Other navigation and communition equipment as specified in these Specifications
7-609
73
731
ALARM AND SAFETY SYSTEM

General
Alarm and safety system including their sensors shall be completely independent from
other systems installed.
Red indicating light shall be used for "abnormal condition" and this colour may not be
used for other type of indication.
In all normal conditions at sea, in maneuvre or in port there shall be no red lights in the
maneuvering console.
These means that alarms must be automatically blocked when manually stopping the
main engine or any auxiliary system.
732
Engine room alarm and monitoring system

The alarm and monitoring system shall be of modern microprocessor design for
centralized observation to meet "unmanned engine room" operation.
The components of the system shall be as follows :
2 - data processing unit
2- 1 7 inch colour CRT display unit in ECR
2 - Operation keyboard with trackball in ECR
1 - Alarm printer in ECR
1 - Data logger in ECR
The adjustable time leg device shall be provided to each level alarm system.
The system shall be supplied from the AC 220V supply system and the DC 24V supply
system of the engine control console.
The system shall have self-diagnosis function or simulation test device as per maker
standard.
Dual networks between data processing unit and workstation shall be provided for
back-up.
7-610
733
When the main engine is controlled from the wheelhouse, the alarms shall be classified
into six (6) groups and extended to the accommodation by the extention alarm panel
together with fire alarm and calling lamp as follows :
Alarm group
A - Main engine auto shut down/auto slowdown
B - Main engine general alarm
C - Generator engine/general alarm
D -Engine room bilge
E - Miscellaneous
F - Fire
Extension alarm panel
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
Wheelhouse control console

Chief engineer's day room
Each engineer's room
Officer's mess room
Ship's office
Duty mess room
The duty engineer shall be selected between the engineer by the duty engineer select
switch on the engine control console.
The alarm shall not be extended the engineer's room when the engineer is not on duty.
74/75 APPLICATION LIST
Following list may be changed in accordance with the requirements of the Class Rules and
The abbreviations of following list shall be as follows :
NO : Number of each operation place.
AC
: Automatic Control.
O : Application.
7-611
733
ID : Indicator.
C : CRT display.
O : Indicating lamp or electric gauge.
OP: Operating
Low level alarm.
St-by start alarm.
Stop alarm.
AL: Alarm.
H : High level alarm
L
O : Alarm lamp
ST
G : Group alarm
SA
C : Alarm display on CRT.
PARTICULARS
NO ACLOCAL ENG. CONT. WHEEL
REMARK
ROOM
HOUSE
ID OP
ID AL OP ID AL OP
Starting
Stopping
##
0
0
Reversing
Speed control
*0
Speed setting limit
Load program
1
1
Load program cancel

(Acceleration)
Critical speed
Camshaft ahead & astern
Mis-ignition
Starting failure
Starting impossible
Reset
Turning gear
Engage & disengage
0
0
0
O
1
2
1
#0
#
0
#
0
0
0
0
C
0
G
0
o
7-612
0
G
O
C
0
#0
733
REMARK : # : By the operation of the engine telegraph transmitter.

## : By the regulation handle and the telegraph receiver
(common use as reversing handle). * : By the fuel handle and the reversing
lever.
P NO AC
A
R
TI
C
U
L
A
R
S
LOCALENG.
CONT. L
ROOM HOUSE
ID
Wrong
way
Reset of
wrong
way
alarm
Lamp
test
Buzzer
stop
Starting
air
valve
position
Service/
block
F/E,
S/B,
RAJ
change
over
Finishe
d with
engine
Standby
WHEE REMARK
OP
IDAL
OP
IDAL
OP
G
O
0
1
7-613
733 Distribution of alarms

At sea
Duty
1
enginee
r (each)
Extensti 1
on
alarm
(each)
REMARK :
PARTICULARS
0
0
O
0
0
0
NO AC LOCALENG. CONT. WHEEL
REMARK
ROOM
HOUSE
ID OP ID AL OPID
AL OP
Dimmer for
M.E. revolution indicator &
starting air press, gauge
Telegraph indicator
Indicating lamp
Alarm lamp
Aux. blower
Auto/manual change over
Start & stop
Running indicator
Running failure
Main control console
A.C. power available
A.C. power failure
D.C. power available
D.C. power failure
1
1
1
2
0
0
0
0
O
0
0
0
C
1
0
0
7-614
733
REMARK:
P NO AC
A
R
T
I
C
U
L
A
R
S
LOCALENG.
WHEE REMARK
CONT. L
ROOM HOUSE
ID
OP
ID
AL
OP
ID
ALOP
From
control
room to
wheel
house
Change
over
1)
Lamp
0
0
"Bridge
control"
& alarm
Confir
mation
2)
Lamp
"Bridge
control"
Control
1
1
0
0
0
0
From
wheel
house
to
7-615
733
control
room
Chan
ge
over
1)
Lamp
"Contro
l room
control"
& alarm
Lamp
"Contro
l room
control"
Contr
ol
Emerge
ncy
local
control
Chan
ger
over
1)
Lamp
"Eme
rgenc
y
contr
ol"
REMARK : 1) By using the control position selector switch. 2) By

using the confirmation switch.
P NO
AC
LOCALENG. WHEE REMARK
A
CONT. L
R
T
ROOM HOUSE
7-616
733
I
C
U
L
A
R
S
ID
Engine 1
telegrap
h
transmit
ter
Regulat 2
OP
ID
AL
OP
ID
ing
handle
and
telegrap
h
receiver
Fuel
1
handle
Reversi 1
ng lever
M.E.
revoluti * 6
on
indicato
r
M.E. 1
revoluti
on
counter
1
M
0
0
.
E
.
T
/
7-617
ALOP
0
733
C
h
i
g
h
s
p
e
e
d
t
a
c
h
o
m
e
t
e
r
Control 1
position
confirm
ation
switch
(W/HC/R)
Control 1
system
abnorm
al
Control 1
source
7-618
733 Distribution of alarms

no-volt
Safety 1
source
no-volt
REMARK : * 2 - Bridge wing

* 1 - Chief engineer's office
7-619
744
Main engine/emergency function

PARTICULARS

ROOM
HOUSE
ID OP ID AL OP ID ALOP
0
C
G
0
0
Automatic emergency slow down 1

Jacket W. inlet press. lowJacket W. outlet temp, high
Piston cool, oil inlet press, low

Scavenging air fire dat. temp,
high
Oil mist in crankcase high
Main L.O. inlet temp, high
Main L.O. inlet press, low
0
0
0
Crosshead bearing & piston

cool, oil outlet temp, high
Thrust pad temp, high
Piston cooling oil non-flow
Cyl. L.O. non-flow
0
0
0
0
Cyl. exh. gas. outlet high

temp.
T/C L.O. inlet press, low
Automatic emergency stop
Main L.O. inlet press, too low

Overspeed
Thruster pad temp, too high
Manual emergency stop
Reset manual emergency stop
REMARK:
REMARK
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
7-620
O
0
0
0
PARTICULARS
NO AC
LOCALENG. CONT. WHEEL

ROOM
HOUSE
OPID AL OP
ID ALOP
0
G
CL
Fuel oil inlet
ID
0
T/C L.O inlet
CL
Main lub. Oil & P.C.O inlet
CL
Starting air inlet
CL
Jacket water inlet
Control air inlet

Cyl. Lubricator flow
1
1
CL
C
Air cooler cool. F.W. inlet
F.O leakage level
Exh. valve spring air
G
G
CL
G
G
CL
CL
CL
Safety control air
Scavenging air inlet
CL
C
REMARK:
PARTICULARS
NOAC

HOUSE
ROOM
ID OPID AL OP ID
ALOP
Exh. gas for cyl. outlet/cyl.
CH
Exh. gas after 1 before
CH
turbocharger
Scaveng. air in manifold
CH
CH
Scaveng. air high temp./cyl. (fire

detection)
Fuel oil inlet
C
H/L
Main lub. oil inlet
CH
CH
CH
CH
Piston cooling oil outlet/ cyl.

Jacket water outlet/cyl.
Thrust bearing pad
REMARK
7-621
REMARK
Oil mist in crankcase

Exh. gas deviation for cyl.
Inter, shaft bearing temp.
T/C L.O outlet
P
A
R
T
I
C
U
L
A
R
S
NO
c
c
ACLOCALENG.
CH
C
CH
G
G
CH
WHEE REMARK
CONT. L
ROOM HOUSE
Starting
/stoppin
g
IDOP
ID
AL
o
n
t
r
o
l
m
o
d
e
(
7-622
OP
ID
ALOP
A
u
t
o
,
r
e
m
o
t
e
,
l
o
c
a
l
)
Parallel
running
Synchro
nizing
Load
sharing
Runnin
g
indicato
r
Start
failure
Main
switchb
oard
abnorm
al
Main
0
O
0
O
switchb
7-623
oard
control
source
failure
Emerge
ncy
gen.
abnorm
al
L.O
sump
tank
level
CH
REMARK:
7-624
748
Generator plant/emergency function and instruments

PARTICULARS
NO AC

ROOM
HOUSE
ID OP ID ALOP ID
ALOP
Auto shut down
Lub. oil inlet press., too low
Cool. F.W. outlet temp., too high

Overspeed
Lub. oil inlet press.
3
C
0
J. water inlet press.
Starting air press
Lub. oil inlet temp.
J.water outlet temp.
Power circuit fail

J.W. inlet temp.
T/C exh. gas inlet temp.
3
3
3
0
O
F.O inlet press.
F.O leakage tank level
C
C CL
C CL
G
G
G
C CL
C CH
C CH
C
C CH
C CL
CH
L.O sump tank level
CL
Prelub. oil inlet level
CL
L.O across diff. press.
CH
7-625
REMARK
PARTICULARS
REMARK
ROOM
HOUSE
ID OP ID ALOP ID
ALOP
Boiler burning
Combustion control
Steam press
2
2
Water salinity
Auto shut down

Water level, too low
F.O press, low
0
0
0
0
0
C
HL
CH
G
C
C
C
F.O. inlet temp, too low/ high

F.D.F. trip
C
C
Burner flame and ignition failure

Control El. power failure
Water level
c
c
HL
REMARK:
PARTICULARS
NO
AC LOCALENG. CONT. WHEEL

ROOM
ID OP ID AL
Steam dumping valve

Pressure control
Drain cooler
Steam inlet press.
Drain outlet temp.
Cool, water inlet temp.
Cool, water outlet temp.
Cascade tank
Level
Temperature
HOUSE
OPID
ALOP
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
O
7-626
CL
REMARK
Oil detector
Feed water pump for
aux. boiler
Change over
Start & stop
Running indicator
CH
2
0
0
Suction press.
Discharge press.
Feed water pump for composite 2
boiler
Change over
Start & stop
Running indicator
Suction press.
Discharge press.
0
0
0
0 C
ST
O
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7-627
0 C
751
Lub. oil system
PARTICULARS
NO AC LOCALENG.
REMARK
WHEEL
CONT.
HOUSE
ROOM
ID OP ID AL OPID ALOP
M.E. lub. oil sump tank

Level
Main lub. oil pump

Change over
Start & stop
Running indicator
Discharge press.
Suction press.
M.E. lub. oil cooler
Temp, control
L.O. inlet temp.
L.O. outlet temp.
Cool, water inlet temp.
Cool, water outlet temp.
M.E. L.O. settling tank
Level
CL
*0
0
0
0
0
0
C
ST
CL
0
0
1
O
0
o
0
0
1
Temperature
Cyl. oil shifting pump
1
Start & stop
Running indicator
Hydraulic oil storage tank for 1
cargo pump power pack unit
Level
0
0
0
** 0
REMARK : * : By sounding pipe

** : Dial gauge type
PARTICULARS
NO AC

ROOM
HOUSE
ID OP ID AL OP ID
ALOP
M.E. L.O. full flow filter

Differential press.
1
** 0
CH
CCH
CL
Fwd stern tube seal oil tank

Level
CL
Aft stern tube seal oil tank

Level
Aft stern tube bearing

Temp.
Stern tube L.O gravity
Level
L/H
Stern tube L.O. drain tank
Level
1
*0
7-628
REMARK
751
Lub. oil system
REMARK : * : Dial gauge type

** : By duplex press gauge
P NO AC
LOCALENG. WHEE REMARK
A
CONT. L
R
T
ROOM HOUSE
I
C
U
L
A
R
S
ID
OPID
AL
OP
Cyl. oil
storage
tank
Level
M.E.
L.O.
storage
tank
Level
G.E.
L.O
storage
tank
Level
Scaven
ging
box
drain
tank
Level
G.E.
L.O
settling
tank
Level
M.E. air
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
cooler
chemica
l
cleanin
g tank
Level
M.E. air
0
1
cooler
cleanin
g water
circ.
pump
Start
&
stop
Runn
ing
indic
ator
Sucti
on
press.
0
0
7-629
ID
AL
OP
751
Lub. oil system
Disch
arge
press.
REMARK : * : By sounding pipe.

P NO
ACLOCALENG. WHEE
A
CONT. L
R
T
ROOM HOUSE
I
C
U
L
A
R
S
ID
OP
IDAL
Lub. oil
1
trans,
pump
Start &
0
stop
Runnin
O
0C
g
SA
indicato
r
Suction
O
press.
Dischar
O
ge
press.
Lub. oil
2
purifier
Start
0
&
stop
Sludg
O
0
e
disch
arge
Abno
C
rmal
#
Runn
O
0
ing
indic
ator
L.O.
2
purifier
heater
Temp
0
,
contr
ol
L.O.
O
inlet
temp.
L.O.
0
outlet
temp.
7-630
OP
ID
ALOP
751
Lub. oil system
REMARK : # : Including L.O. purifier control box power failure alarm.

P NO AC
LOCALENG. WHEE
A
CONT. L
R
T
ROOM HOUSE
I
C
U
L
A
R
S
ID
OPID
ALOP
ID
AL
Sludge
1
tank
Level
G
CH
*0
Cyl. Oil 1
measur
ing
tank
Level
G
CL
OP
REMARK : * : By sounding pipe ** :

By press, gauge
P NO
A
R
T
I
C
U
L
A
R
S
ACLOCALENG.
CONT. L
ROOM HOUSE
ID
F.O.
service
tank
Level
control
WHEE
OP
ID AL
*0
7-631
OPID
ALOP
751
Lub. oil system
Temp,
control
0
REMA
RK
Level
F.O.
tempera
ture
F.O.
flow
meter(
M.E.,
G.E.)
F.O.
flow
** 0 C L
^^0
0
CH
0
2
F
.
O
.
s
u
p
p
l
y
p
u
m
p
(
M
.
E
.
,
G
.
E
.
)
Chan
ge
over
Start
&
stop
Runn
ing
indic
ator
Sucti
on
press.
Disc
O
0
0
0
0 C ST
0
0
7-632
751
Lub. oil system
harge
press.
REMARK : * : By means of over flow * * :

Electric type *** : Dial gauge type
PARTICULARS
NO
REMARK
ROOM
HOUSE
ID OP ID AL OPID
ALOP
2
F.O. circ. pump

(M.E., G.E.)
Change over
Start & stop
Running indicator
0
0
0
0
C
ST
Suction press.
Discharge press.
F.O. heater(M.E., G.E.)
Temp, control
F.O. inlet temp.
F.O. outlet temp.
F.O. filter(M.E., G.E.)
Differential press.
0
0
2
0
O
0
1
G.E. enrcy D.O. pump (Elec.
motor driven type)

Start & stop
Running indicator
G.E. em'cy D.O. pump (Air

driven type)
Start & stop
Running indicator
M.G.O. tank
Level
CH
*0
1
O
0
0
0
1
** 0
M.G.O. shifting pump

Start & stop
Running indicator
1
0
0
REMARK : * : By press, gauge ** :

Dial gauge type
P NO
A
R
T
I
C
U
L
A
R
S
ACLOCALENG.
CONT. L
ROOM HOUSE
ID
D.O.
service
tank
WHEE
OPID
ALOP
7-633
ID
ALOP
751
Lub. oil system
Level
D.O.
settling
tank
Level
control
Level
CL
REMA
RK
C
HL
CH
++
CH
++
CH
***
0
1
F.O.
2
purifier
feed
pump
Start
&
stop
Runn
ing
indic
ator
Sucti
on
press.
Disch
arge
press.
D.O.
1
storage
tank
(each)
Level
+0
0
o
0
0
0
o
F.O
1
storage
tank
(each)
Level
Temp
eratu
re
M.D.O. I
purifier
feed
pump
Start
&
stop
Run
ning
indic
ator
Sucti
on
press
ure
Disc
harg
e
press
ure
** 0
*
o
o
o
REMARK : + : D.O. transfer pump auto, start/stop ++ ;

Independent high level alarm
*
: By sounding pipe ** : Electric type *** : Flat glass
type
7-634
751
Lub. oil system
P NO
A
R
TI
C
U
L
A
R
S
ACLOCALENG.
CONT. L
ROOM HOUSE
ID
F.O.
purifier
Start &
stop
Sludge
dischar
ge
Abnorm
al #
Runnin
g
indicato
r
F.O.
purifier
heater
Temp,
control
F.O.
inlet
temp.
F.O.
outlet
temp.
F.O.
sett,
tank
Level
control
M.D.O.
purifier
Start
&
stop
Slud
ge
disch
arge
Run
ning
indic
ator
OP
ID
ALOP
ID
ALOP
2
0
O
CH
CH
CH
CH
2
0
0
0
1
+
Temp,
control
Sludg
e
disch
arge
Level
F.O.
temp
eratur
e
F.O.
drain
tank
Level
WHEE
0
0
*0
0
1
0
** 0
1
o
o
7-635
751
Lub. oil system
Abno
rmal
REMARK : + : F.O. trans, pump auto, start/stop

#
: Including F.O. purifier control box power failure alarm
: Dial gauge type ** : By sounding pipe

PARTICULARS
ID
F.O. trans, pump

Start & stop
Running indicator
Suction press.
Discharge press.
D.O. trans, pump
Start & stop
Running indicator
Suction press.
Discharge press.
F.O. overflow tank
Level
ROOM
HOUSE
OP ID AL OP ID
ALOP
1
0
0
0
Suction press.
Discharge press
0 C
SA
CH
0
O
1
0
0
O
O
0
1
*
o
Sludge pump
Start & stop
Running indicator
0 C
SA
1
0
0
O C
SA
REMARK : - : Depending on F.O. settl. tank's level - :

Depending on D.O. sett, tank's level * : By sounding pipe
7-636
REMARK
753

P
A
R
T
I
C
U
L
A
R
S
NO
ACLOCALENG.
CONT. L
ROOM HOUSE
ID
Main
cooling
S.W.
pump
Change
over
Start &
stop
Runnin
g
indicato
r
Sucti
on
press.
Disch
arge
press.
M.E.
jacket
water
cooler
Temp
,
contr
ol
H.T.
F.W.
inlet
temp.
H.T.
F.W.
outlet
temp.
L.T.
F.W.
WHEE REMARK
OP
ID
AL
OPID
ALOP
0
0
0
0
0
C ST
0
0
1
7-637
PARTICULARS
NO

ROOM
HOUSE
ID OP ID AL OPID
ALOP
L.T. C.F.W. cooler

Temp, control
F.W. inlet temp.
F.W. outlet temp.
S.W. inlet temp.
S.W. outlet temp. '
L.T. C.F.W. pump
Change over
2
0
O
O
0
2
0
Start & stop

Funning indicator
0
0
0
0
C
ST
Suction press.
Discharge press.
H.T. F.W. exp. tank
Level
O
0
1
L.T. F.W. exp. tank

Level
Port use C.S.W. pump

Start & stop
Running indicator
Suction press.
Discharge press.
REMARK:
PARTICULARS
Suction press.
Discharge press.
M.E. J.W. pre-heater
F.W. inlet temp.
CL
CL
O
0
0
O C
SA
O
O
NO AC

ID
Port use L.T. C.F.W. pump

Start & stop
Running indicator
ROOM
HOUSE
OP IDAL OP ID AL OP
1
0
0
0
0C
SA
0
0
1
0
7-638
REMARK
F.W. outlet temp.

M.E. J.W. pre-heater circ. pump
Start & stop
Running indicator
0
1
0
0
REMARK:
PARTICULARS
NO AC

ROOM
HOUSE
ID OPID
ALOP ID AL OP
F.W. generator
3)
Running indicator
Salinity of dist. water
Distilled water flow
M.E. J.W. inlet temp.
M.E. J.W. outlet temp.
Cool. S.W. inlet temp.
Cool. S.W. outlet temp.
Shell vacuum
F.W. gen. ejector pump
Start & stop
Suction press.
Discharge press
1
O
0
0
CH
0
0
0
0
O
0
1
0
0
0
7-639
REMARK : 3) According to the F.W. generator maker's standard.

PARTICULARS
HOUSE
ROOM
OPID AL OP ID AL OP
ID
F.W. hydrophore unit
Pump change over
Start & stop
Running indicator
Hydro tank press.
Hydro tank level
Hot water circu. pump
Start & stop
Running indicator
Suction press.
Discharge press.
REMARK
2-Pump
0
0
0
0
0
O
1
0
0
O
0
REMARK:
PARTICULARS
NO AC

HOUSE
ROOM
ID OP ID ALOP ID
ALOP
1
0
O
0
r<
Calorifier
Temp, control
F.W. inlet temp.
F.W. outlet temp.
Sewage holding tank
7-640
REMARK
Level
Incinerator
Abnormal
Running indicator
Sterilizer
Start & stop
Running indicator
Sewage treatment plant
Start & stop
Running indicator
Abnormal
REMARK :
PARTICULARS
CH
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
O
O
NO

ROOM
HOUSE
Fire & G.S. pump

Start & stop
Running indicator
Suction press.
Discharge press.
Fire & bilge pump
Start & stop
Running indicator
Suction press.
Discharge press.
Deck seal pump
Change over
Start & slop
Running indicator
1
0
0
C
SA
0
0
1
O
0
0
0
C
SA
0
0
2
0
0
O
0
0
0
C
ST
Suction press.
Discharge press.
Scrubber C.S.W. pump
0
G
O
0
1
7-641
REMARK
Start & stop

Running indicator
Suction press.
Discharge press.
REMARK :
PARTICULARS
0
0
0
0
REMARK
ROOM
HOUSE
ID OP ID ALOP ID
ALOP
Oily water separator pump
Stop
Running indicator
Suction press.
discharge press.
Bilge well
Level
Bilge holding tank

Level
Waste oil serv. Tank for
0
0
0
0
incinerator
Temp, control
Level
CH
*O
CH
CH
*0
CH
Oily bilge tank

Level
REMARK : : Auto, stop by aft. bilge well level with a long run alarm. *
By sounding pipe
PARTICULARS
NO

HOUSE
ROOM
ID OP ID ALOP ID
ALOP

Separated oil discharge operation
Abnormal
1
0
C
7-642
REMARK
Main air compressor

Start & stop
Running indicator
Emergency stop
L.O. press., low level
Air cool. High temp.
Main air reservoir
Pressure
Aux. air reservior

Pressure
Deck service air compressor
Start & stop
Running indicator
Abnormal
Deck service air reservoir
Pressure
REMARK:
PARTICULARS
0
0
Running indicator
Service air dryer
Start & stop
Running indicator
Emergency air compressor
Start & stop
Running indicator
C CL
0
0
2
0
0
1
0
O
0
1
0
NO AC

ID
Control air dryer

Start & stop
ROOM
HOUSE
OPID AL OP ID AL OP
o
O
1
o
O
1
o
0
7-643
REMARK
REMARK :
7-644
756 Others
PARTICULARS
NO
REMARK
HOUSE
ROOM
Rudder angle indicator
Steering gear power unit

Change over
Start & stop
Running indicator
Pump discharge press.
** 0
^.efer page 8-52.
0
0
0
0
0
0
Steering gear hydraulic oil tank
0
0
level, low
Steering gear el. control power
failure
*
Engine room vent, fan
Start & stop
4
0
Running indicator
C
SA
Air cond. ref. compressor

Start & stop
Running indicator
Abnormal
Purifier room exh. fan
Start & stop
Running indicator
2
0
0
0
0
C
1
0
0
Hyd. power pack room exh. fan 1

Start & stop
Running indicator
0
0
0
0
0
0
REMARK : * : Including of no voltage, over load and phase failure alarm. ** :

Mechanical type
PARTICULARS
NO AC

ID
Em'cy G.E. supply fan

Start & stop
Running indicator
Provision ref. compressor
Start & stop
Running indicator
Abnormal
ROOM
HOUSE
OP ID ALOP ID
ALOP
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
C
C
abnormal
7-645
G
G
REMARK
756 Others
REMARK:
7-646
801
Test and inspection
CHAPTERS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT
GENERAL
The electrical installation shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the
Specification and the Rules and Regulations specified in the "Sec. 04" of the Specifications.
All materials and equipments, except otherwise especially specified, shall be of Korean or
Japanese make.
Such equipment and materials shall comply with the Korean Industrial Standard (KS) and
Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) and/or Builder's standard.
The whole electrical works on the Vessel shall be carried out in accordance with the Specification
and the Builder's standard practice.
An ambient temperature of 45C and primary cooling water of 32C shall be assumed for electric
rotating equipments in engine room.
Electrical equipment shall be located so as to be easily approachable for repair and removal and
shall be of type proven in marine service.
8-648
1) Shop test
In general, shop tests of electrical equipment shall be carried out at the manufacturer's
shop in accordance with the requirements of the Class and the manufacturer's
inspection standard.
The shop tests of essential electrical equipments shall be executed at the
manufacturer's shop in the presence of the Buyer's representative.
However, if the Buyer's representative can not attend at the inspections and/or tests, it
will be entrusted to the manufacturer to conduct the inspections and/or tests in
accordance with the Rule requirements and the results shall be submitted to the Buyer.
Shop tests of the following electrical equipments specified by the Class shall be
conducted in the presence of the Class Surveyor and Buyer's representative.
422 Generators
423 Main switchboard
424 Emergency switchboard
In general, equipment and device regarding which there are no applicable
requirements of the Class shall be tested in accordance with the manufacturer's
inspection standard or Builder's standard practice.
2) Onboard test
After completion, the electrical installation shall be tested and inspected by the
Buyer's representative and the Class Surveyor and necessary test records shall be
submitted to the Buyer.
In general, onboard tests of electrical equipments shall be carried out at the sea trial or
at the quay according to the Rule requirements and the Builder's practice.
The generator tests shall be carried out at the quay including measurement of
insulation resistance, capacity test for about 1 hour, load characteristic test, voltage
regulation and governor test, parallel running test etc. according to the Builder's
standard.
8-649
Motors together with their associated control gear shall be run under normal operating conditions
to make sure of the performance at the sea trial or at the quay according to the working schedule.
Working condition of emergency stop switches in the wheelhouse, engine room entrance, etc.
shall be confirmed (Ventilation fans, F.O. pump motors, etc.).
"ON" and "OFF" test of each lighting switch shall be carried out.
Nautical instruments shall be tested or calibrated at the sea trial or at the quay.
Working Condition of radio equipment shall be checked.
Other electric equipments shall be tested to demonstrate their satisfactory operation before
delivery.
Schedule of onboard tests shall be submitted to the Buyer.
8-650
802
Voltage, frequency and distribution system

The main distribution system shall be of the 3-phase, 3-wire, alternating current system.
In general, voltage, frequency and distribution for electrical equipment shall be as follows
:
ITEM
Generators
Power Motors
Power Motors
(Fractional Output &
Special Service)
Galley Equipment
Main & em'cy lighting
(Main circuit)
VOLTAGE FREQUENCY
450V, A.C
60 Hz
440V, A.C
60 Hz
220V, A.C
60 Hz
440V, A.C
220V, A.C
220V, A.C
PHASE CONDUCTOR
3ph
3 core
3ph
3 core
3 or 1 ph
3 core
or 2 core
3 core 2 core
60 Hz
3ph 1
ph
3ph
1 ph
2 core
60 Hz 60 Hz
3 core
Main & em'cy light

(Brach Circuit)
220V, A.C
60 Hz
Nautical
Instruments
440V, A.C
220V, A.C
24V, D.C
60 Hz 60 Hz 3 p h 3 or 1
ph
3 core 3 core
or 2 core
2core
Interior
Communication and
Alarm System
Radio Equipment
220V, A.C
24V, D.C
60 Hz
1 ph
2 core 2 core
440V, A.C
220V, A.C
24V, D.C
60 Hz 60 Hz
3ph 1
ph
3 core 2 core
2 core -
8-651
803

In general, electric cables shall be of the Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS) C-3410
approved by the Class except those for thermometers, antenna circuits etc. which shall be
of manufacturer's standard.
660V cable shall be used for A.C. 440V circuit and 250V cable for A.C. 220V and D.C
24V circuit.
Cable application and employment in the vessel shall comply with the rule requirements
of the Class.
Generally, cable supports shall be of the hanger, tray, flat bar and pipe system.(where
steel fitting are used, these shall be galvanized)
Three layers or more may be allowed only for small size cables.
Where hangers are used for cable supports, they shall be arranged as far as practicable, to
permit painting of the surrounding structure without undue disturbance to the installation.
Cable installed in exposed area and in refrigeration provision chambers shall be secured
with band hoops of stainless steel.
In accommodation space where the walls and ceilings are paneled, the cables shall be
installed behind the panel as far as practicable, while in all other spaces the cables shall
be exposed.
Exposed cable in cabins with paneling shall be covered with plastic or wooden cover.
Cables installed in locations where it is particularly liable to mechanical damage shall be
protected by steel coverings, SPP pipes, flexible steel tubes and other equivalent means.
Cables which are subject to mechanical damage under engine room lower floor shall be
protected with flexible tubes or steel pipe.
Cable fastening clamps shall be of galvanized steel sheets except exposed area, (cable
strapped vertical hanger (300mm), horizontal (900mm) SPACING and cable
strapping to in 12mm)
Where cables passing through watertight decks or bulkheads, watertight glands or
approved type sealing compound shall be employed and cables passing through nonwatertight bulkheads, decks, girders or beams, the holes shall be fitted with suitable
bushing or coaming.
Where cables enter any box or wiring device, the cables shall be secured by a clamp or
gland on the box, otherwise by a clamp near the box
8-652
803
Where cables penetrate non-water-tight bulkhead, frame, beam and girder, bushing or
coaming shall be fitted. However bushing or coaming may be omitted where the steel plate
has suitable thickness.
Where cable penetrate non-water-tight deck, coaming or cable pipe without cable gland
shall be fitted.
Where cables penetrate fire tight deck or bulkhead, cable gland or coaming shall be used
and filled with rise insert and sealing putting for horizontal installation cable, while
compound for vertical installation cable.
Cable runs shall be so arranged as to prevent the propagation of fire by using fire stop which shall
be approved by the Class.
Cable on exposed deck between the accommodation and the upper deck fore shall be protected
with galvanized steel pipe (SPP) and several expansion boxes shall be fitted.
All cables on weather deck including those passing inside of steel pipe on upper deck shall be
ofPYCY type.
Application of cables shall be as follows :
8-653
Type of Cable
Application
Ethylene propylene rubber insulated,

polyvinyl-chloride sheathed and steel
wire braided cable (PYC)._________
Power circuits, lighting circuits,

communication equipment and
nautical instrument circuits.

wire braided cable with polyvinylchloride protective covering (PYCY).
wire braided cable with common shield
(PYCS).
polyvinyl-chloride sheathed flexible
cord (PNP).____________
Cables of one (1) meter or more

in length unavoidable exposed to
the weather deck and cables in
battery room and ref. chamber.
Communication, nautical equipment
and radio equipment circuits where
shielding is needed.
Portable equipments, except for
desk lamps, chart lamps, etc.
8-654
804 Color of electrical equipment

Bare metal surfaces of electrical equipment shall be painted with rust-proof paint and
finishing paint, except those which are specially treated and rendered corrosion free or are
of corrosion resistant material which may be left without paint.
Standard color scheme of finishing paint for electrical equipment metal surface shall be in
accordance with maker's standard which is shown below in general.
8-655
806
Color by Munsell's
Notation
Equipment
Generator and motor,
Switchboard and starter,
Panel board and other
panel Transformer.
Interior communication equipment
and
Navigation equipment
General alarm devices and em'cy
stop switches
Others
Refer Sec. 220
Manufacturer's
Standard
Manufacturer's
Standard
5RA4/13
(Red)
Manufacturer's
standard
8-656
805 Distinguishing color

Busbar shall be clearly made with paint or tape of the following colors.
8-657
806
For A.C Phase 1

Phase 2
Phase 3
For D.C Positive
Negative
Red
White
Blue
Red
Blue
8-658
Polarity arrangement of busbar shall be as follows :

For A.C. Phase 1,2,3,
From left to right or Phase
1,2,3,
From top to bottom or Phase 1,2,3,
From front to rear
For D.C. Positive
Negative
Left
top
Right
or
bottom rear
front
or
The terminal of three phases shall be marked with following letter.
Phase 1
Phase 2
Phase 3
807
808
Load side
U
V
W
Source side
R
S
T
Color of indication lamp

Power on
White
Running
Green
Stop
Dark
Alarm
Red
Stand by
Amber
Fuse, terminal and name plate
1) Fuse
The fuses shall be used to protection of feeder circuits/service with low amperage.
An indication shall be provided on each feeder circuit for fuse protection.
2) Terminal
Solderless type
The end of cable conductors shall be connected to the terminal block by solderless type
terminal lugs, pin type terminals or sleeve type terminals depending upon type of
terminal block or by spring loaded type terminal block without terminal lugs.
In general cable shall be installed in continuous length between electric equipment.
8-659
806
However, according to the works of construction, cables may be joined between electric
equipment by means approved by the Class. The cable connection box shall be of drip
proof or water proof construction depending on their location. Method of jointing and
approximate location shall be identified on plans.
3) Name plate
425
426
To be in English
Material of plate
8-660
For rotating machine For

starter and panel
Enclosed space
Exposed space For
connection diagram For
others
Non-corrosive plate
Plastic plate Noncorrosive plate
Laminated paper plate inserted in vinylcase
Manufacturer's standard
8-661
806
4) All starters and distribution boards to have their respective circuit diagram on laminated
paper kept inside cabinet.
5) Distribution boards shall be lockable.
810
General
The generating plant shall consist of three (3) sets of diesel engine driven generator
and one (1) set of emergency generator.
The main diesel generators shall be operated in parallel with each other, (two or
three sets)
Generators shall be installed in engine room with their shaft line in the longitudinal
direction of the vessel and shall be free from dripping water, oil, etc.
811
Main diesel
generator
1) Main
particulars
Particulars of main diesel generators shall be as follows :
8-662
81
ELECTRICAL POWER SOURCE
427
Rating
normal
output
428
429
430
431
432
433
Number of set
Voltage
Phase and line
Frequency
Power factor
Rating
8-663
434
Revolution
: 1,125 KVA (900kW) :
Three (3) sets
: A.C. 450V
: 3 phase, 3 line system
: 6 0 Hz
: 0.8 Lagging
: 100% continuous
: 900 RPM
81
ELECTRICAL POWER SOURCE
9. Type
435
Exciting
system
436
Insulation
material
437
438
: Horizontal, synchronous and revolving field

type
: Brushless type
: Class "F"
: Drip-proof type, IP23. :
Self ventilation
Enclosure
Cooling system
Other particulars of the main diesel generators shall be in accordance with

8-664
2) Thermometer
Embeded temperature detector shall be provided in order to obtain the temperature of

the generator stationary winding which shall be displayed C.R.T. of alarm monitoring
system.
3) Space heater
Space heater shall be provided according to manufacturer's standard.
The space heaters shall be automatically disconnected from the circuit whenever the
applicable generator circuit breaker is closed.
Power source for space heater shall be provided A.C. 220V, lph.
4) Exciting system
Exciting system of the generator shall be of self exciting brushless type.

Necessary components and fittings shall be installed in accordance with
5) Bearing and lubrication
Generator shall have one (l)bracket type sleeve bearing in accordance with
manufacturer's standard
Oil ring lubrication system depending on manufacturer's standard shall be provided
for diesel generator.
6) Prime mover
For details of prime mover, see "Chapter 6." in the Specifications.
The emergency generator shall not be capable of running in parallel with the main
diesel generators and shall not be capable of feeding to main switchborad with its
source.
The emergency diesel generator shall be automatically started by battery starting
device and one other additional starting device in the event of failure of main
power and fed to emergency switchboard, and shall be stopped by manual.
Particulars of emergency generator shall be as follows :
8-665
812
Emergency generator
439
Rating
normal
output
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
No. of set
Voltage
Phase and line
Frequency
Power factor
Rating
Revolution
Exciting system
Insulation
material
8-666
449
450
Enclosure
Cooling system
225 KVA (180 kW)
One(l).
A.C. 450V
3 phase, 3 line system 60
Hz
0.8 lagging 100%
continuous 1,800 RPM
Brushless type
: Class "F"
: Drip-proof type (IP23)
: Self-ventilation
812
Emergency generator
Other particulars of the emergency generator shall be in accordance with manufacturer's

standard.
8-667
813Service
The main diesel generators shall be served as follows.
8-668
Service 813
Service condition
Diesel gen, in use
o. Normal sea going

o. Maneuvering with bow thruster
o. Tank cleaning
o. Cargo handling
o. Harbour
One (1)
Three (3)
Two (2)
Two (2)
One (1)
8-669
813Service
814
Battery & battery charging and discharg board

1) Battery
One (1) set of 24V, 200 A.H.lead-acid marine type storage battery shall be installed in
the battery room for use as power source for the navigation equipment, alarm system,
telephone system, etc.
One (1) set of 24V, lead-acid storage battery (Capacity : Manufacturer's standard) shall
be installed in the battery room for use as power source for radio equipment.
One (1) set of 24V, lead-acid storage battery (Capacity : Manufacturer's
recommendation) shall be installed in the emergency generator room for use as power
source for emergency generator engine starting.
(1) For general use
One (1) set of battery charging and discharging board for interior communication
equipment and alarm shall be installed.
Particulars of rectifier shall be as follow :
Type
Primary voltage
Charging voltage for
Rating current
: Silicon rectifier.
: A.C. 440V, 3ph, 60 Hz.
: D.C. 26.2 V +/-5% equalizing
: 20A
The board shall be equipped with the followings :

1 - Change over switch for charge or discharge selection 1 - Voltage
adjuster 1 - DC voltmeter
1 - DC ammeter with change over switch 1 Insulation resistance meter
The charging voltage shall be automatically controlled by automatic voltage regulator.
The floating charge system shall be provided.
(2) For emergency radio equipment
One (1) charging unit in radio station (Refer to section 89 "Radio equipemnt").
(3) For emergency generator starting
One (1) charging unit shall be fitted close to battery.
8-670
Transformer
1) Main transformer
Marine type main transformer shall be installed near the main switchboard for general
lighting, small power equipment, interior communication equipment, navigation
equipment and radio equipment.
They shall be located at well ventilated space.
Particulars of main transformer shall be as follows :
Type
Capacity
Phase
No. of set
Frequency
Voltage
Insulation
Connection
Drip-proof, natural air cooled dry type.

120 KVA continuous rating.
Three phase.
Two (2) (One : stand by).
60 Hz.
Primary voltage 450/440/430V
Secondary voltage 230V.
. Class-F.
: Delta-Delta.
2) Emergency transformer
One (1) bank of marine type transformer shall be installed in emergency generator
room for emergency lighting and emergency small power.
Particulars of emergency transformer shall be as follows :
Type
Capacity
Phase
No. of set
Frequency
Voltage
Insulation
Connection
Drip-proof, natural air cooled dry type.

45 KVA continuous rating.
Three.
Two(2) (One : stand by).
60 Hz.
Primary voltage 450/440/430V.
Secondary voltage 230V.
. Class-F.
: Delta-Delta.
8-671
82
SWITCHBOARD AND PANEL BOARD
8-672
821
8-673
Main switchboard
1) General
One (1) set of self-supported, dead front type marine use main switchboard consisting
of three (3) generator panels (including one bus-tie breaker (on/off function only)
panel and one synchronizing panel), two (2) vital group starter panels, two (2) 440V
feeder panels and one (1) 220V feeder panel shall be installed in engine control room.
The switchboard shall consist of necessary wiring, terminals, busbars with bus
support, fuses, air circuit breakers, moulded case circuit breakers, relays, meters and so
on.
Front panel shall be movable door supported with hinges and fitted with screws, so
that the breakers, switches, etc. are accessible from the front.
The switchboard shall be arranged with clear working space for maintenance
purposes.
An insulated handrail shall be provided all along the front and rear side to avoid
accidental contact with the parts under tension during inspection.
Floor in front and rear of the main switchboard shall be covered with insulating sheet.
Main switchboard shall be applied SOLAS 96 amendments (Reg. 41.5.1.3).
2) Meter
The meters shall be of class 1.5 and shall have scale of the following range with red
color mark at rated value.
8-674
Voltmeter
0 to abt. 120% of rated voltage
Ammeter
0 to abt. 130% of rated current
8-675
Wattemeter
- 1 5 % (reverse power) to abt. 130% of rated wattage
8-676
Frequency meter
8-677
55-65 Hz
5)
Pilot lamp, signal lamp and illumination lamp
3) Air circuit breaker (draw-out type)

The air circuit breaker shall be used for protection of the generators.
Air circuit breaker shall be of motor operated type and controlled by a control switch,
and additionally a manual operating handle shall be provided.
The air circuit breaker shall have over current trip device for long time and short time
inverse action and shall have magnetic coils for instantaneous trip and under voltage
trip.
Generator shall be protected against reverse power with reverse power relay connected
to under voltage trip device.
The air circuit breaker shall be capable of maintenance from the front of the main
switchboard.
The air circuit breaker shall have enough interrupting capacity against short circuit
current.
4) Moulded case circuit breaker
The moulded case circuit breaker shall be used for protection of feeder circuits.
Moulded case circuit breaker shall be equipped with thermal over-current and
magnetic instataneous trip device and used for distribution feeders on the switchboard.
Feed breaker for steering gear motor shall be instantaneous trip only.
All moulded case circuit breakers shall be of plug-in type, so that the breakers may be
removed from panel front without touching any energized part.
Moulded case circuit breaker for shore-connection shall have auxiliary contact to
inter-lock with air circuit breakers for main generator.
Pilot lamps with medium Edison type (E-12) and Bayonet type (B-15) shall be able to
exchange one for another from the panel front.
6) Busbar and copper connection
All busbars shall have sufficient current capacity for normal service condition and the
bus bar shall be of copper high conductivity.
7) Control switch
Switches installed for instrument transfer or earth test shall be manually operated
rotary type, equipped with clearly marked name plate to indicate their position.
8) Reverse power relay
Reverse power relays shall be housed in dust proof case of manufacturer's standard.
9) Over current relay
Over current relays shall be housed in dust proof case of manufacturer's standard.
10) Control and instrument wiring
All wiring for instrument and control circuit shall be of flexible type for connection
wiring.
1 DName plate
8-678
Name plate shall be provided for devices on the switch board. Feeder name plate shall
indicate the feeder designation, name of appliance and rating of the trip-element.
12)
Preferential tripping system
Preferential tripping system shall be arranged so that in the event of the generator
having over current, the non-vital services shall be interrupted.
13) Fitting list
Kind and number of meters, etc. fitted on the main swithboard shall be as follows :
a) For three (3) generator panels (total)
Air circuit breaker
A.C. voltmeter (One of them shall be also used
for shore source)
Change-over switch for A.C. voltmeter
A.C. ammeter (One of them shall be also used
for shore source)
Change-over switch for A.C. ammeter
Over current relay according to maker's standard
Over current relay for preferential trip
according to maker's standard
Reverse power relay
Indicating lamp for air circuit breaker
(Close-green, open-red)
Indicating lamp for generator (Running-white)
Space heater control switch
Indicating lamp for space heater (On-orange)
Voltage adjuster
Hour meter
b) For synchronizing panel
A.C voltmeter (Double scale) Frequency meter
(Double scale) Kilowattmeter (with return power
scale)
Change-over switch for voltmeter & frequency meter
Automatic synchronizing device
Automatic load sharing device
Synchronizing three (3) lamp
Synchroscope with switch
Selecting switch for "Auto-Man" synchronizing
Common lamp for preferential trip
Governor control switch
Start-stop switch for D/G prime mover
Close-open switch for A.C.B.
Close-open indicating lamp for A.C.B.
Indicating lamp
Auto start stand-by
DC source
Shore source receiving
Insulation low level alarm (MSB : 440V-1, 220V-1
ESB : 440V-1, 220V-1, Battery CH./DiSCH. board-1 spare : 1)
Insulation resistance meter
c) For 440 volt feeder panel (total)
8-679
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
6
MCCB for shore power

MCCB for supplying em'cy swith board
Moulded case thermal type breaker
11
Necessary
Quantity
8-680
d) For 220 volt feeder panel

Moulded case thermal type circuit
Breaker
A.C. voltmeter
Change-over switch for A.C. voltmeter A.C.
ammeter
Change-over swith for A.C. ammeter Insulation
resistance meter
Necessary
Quantity
1111
1 (on the generator panel)
Emergency switchboard
A separate switchboard built
in same way as the main
switchboard shall be located
in emergency generator room
for control of emergency
generator and emergency
power distribution.
The switchboard shall consist
of one (1) generator panel, one
(1) 440V feeder panel and one
(1) 220V feeder panel.
Protection
device
(interlocking device) between
main
switchboard
and
emergency switchboard shall
be provided.
1) Emergency generator panel
The generator panel shall
be provided with
following devices :
1 - Three pole air circuit
breaker
1Magnetic
contactor
for
normal-
8-681
d) For 220 volt feeder panel

emergency source transferring
1 - Voltmeter with a selector
switch 1 - Ammeter with a
selector switch 1 - Frequency
meter 1 - Wattmeter
1 - Running indicating lamp
1 - Governor control switch
1 - Air circuit breaker OFF indicating lamp
1 - Air circuit breaker ON indicating lamp
1 - Space heater indicating lamp for
emergency generator
1 - Space heater control switch
8-682
2)AC 440V emergency feeder panel

The feeder panel shall be provided with the following devices :
Required number of MCCBs or fuses 1 MCCB to the main switchboard 1 - Insulation
resistance meter
3) AC 220V emergency feeder panel
The feeder panel shall be provided with the following devices :
Required number of MCCBs or fuses 1 Ammeter with a selector switch 1 - Voltmeter
with selector switch 1 - Insulation resistance
meter
Shore connection box
One (1) A.C. 440V, 3ph, 60Hz, 500A drip-proof type shore connection box with phase sequence
indicating lamp, volt meter (and kWH meter) and moulded case circuit breaker shall be installed
in emergency switchboard and shall be connected to main switchboard.
The portable cable connected to the shore source shall not be supplied by the Builder.
On the main switchboard, molded case thermal type circuit breaker shall be equipped and shall be
electrically interlocked with the air circuit breaker of main generator.
8-683
824
Distribution board
Distribution board shall be of drip-proof, wall mounting or recessed steel plate type
depending upon its location.
All boards shall be provided with single doors.
A directory listing all circuits and rating of trip element shall be provided and mounted
inside door of each cabinet.
No board shall be fitted in a position liable to be damaged from spray and leakage from
steam or water pipes.
Distribution board shall have necessary components as follows :
1) A.C. 440V circuits shall be equipped with 3-pole moulded case circuit breakers
or miniature circuit breakers.
2) A.C. 220V circuits shall be equipped with 3-pole or 2-pole moulded case
circuit breakers or miniature circuit breakers.
3) D.C. 24V circuits shall be equipped with 2-pole moulded case circuit
breakers.
4) General alarm circuit shall be equipped with fuse or miniature circuit breaker.
One (1) set of test panel shall be installed in electric store.

This test panel shall be used for lamps, fuse and small electric appliance check
and have the following instruments and devices.
1) 1 set-test terminals : 440V A.C. 3Ph, 60 Hz, 1 OA.
220V A.C. lPh, 5A. 24V D.C. 5A.
451
1 set - A.C. Voltmeter with a selecting switch for A.C. 440V, A.C. 220V.
452
1 set - D.C. voltmeter for D.C. 24V.
453
Various lamp holders for testing incandescent or fluorescent lamp bulbs.
454
1 - fuse testing instrumnet.
8-684
824
Distribution board
455
1 - Moulded case circuit breaker.
456
1 - Source pilot lamp.
457
1 - N.W.T. Receptacle
8-685
83
831
DISTRIBUTION
Electric distribution system
In general, separate main feeder shall be fed from main switchboard to large pump
motors, steering gear motor, navigation lights.
Small motors, domestic service and others shall be connected to each distribution board.
Nautical instrument and interior communication equipment shall be connected to their
own distribution board.
General lighting system shall be separated into accommodation lighting system, engine
room lighting system, deck part lighting system and distributed adequately thourgh each
distribution board.
Monitoring system and some interior communication equipment shall be connected to
their own distribution board fed from the battery charging and discharging panel.
832
Main distribution
The main power supply of A.C. 440V, 3ph, 60 Hz ? shall supply the following
fundamental services :
o. All the power circuit in the engine room
o. Steering gear electric motor.
o. Transformer for lighting circuits.
o. Group control for motor.
o. Large pump motors, etc.
o. Emergency switchboard.
The secondary system at A.C. 220V, 3ph or lph, 60Hz, shall supply the following services
:
o. General lighting circuits.
o. Some circuit of small power as the pantry/galley.
o. Control circuit.
o. Nautical instrument.
o. Interior communication instrument.
834
Emergency distribution
8-686
83
DISTRIBUTION
The emergency system at A.C. 440V, 60Hz, and A.C. 220V, shall supply the following
services :
1) A.C. 440V, 60Kz, Power
o. Radio equipment.
o. Emergency transformer.
o. Steering gear motor (1 set).
o. Battery charging and discharging board.
o. Emergency fire pump.
o. One (1) E/R vent fan.
o. Emergency air compressor.
2) A.C. 220V, 60Hz, Power
84
840
o. Emergency lighting circuits, o.

Navigation lights, o. Radio
system.
o. Interior communication and navigation equipments, o.
Engine control console, o. Cargo control console.
POWER EQUIPMENT
General
The specification described in this section shall be applied to motors and their controls
except following electric equipment which shall be constructed in accordance with
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
841
Electric appliances for galley and laundry equipment.

Governor motors.
Instrument and control motors.
Control air dryer.
Work shop equipments.
M/E turning gear and aux. blower
Package unit cooler for E.C.R.
Deck machineries.
Other domestic service equipment.
Motor
8-687
83
DISTRIBUTION
1) General
In general, motors shall be rated at A.C. 440V, 3-phase (motor of 0.4 KW or less may
be 220V three or single phase), and shall have the proper speed and power to suit
each application.
All motors shall be of squirrel cage rotor, induction type unless specially noted.
All motors with rating greater than 30 KW and motors for steering gear, hyd. pump
for deck machinery, ref. compressors for provision, and air cond. shall be equipped
with heating element automatically switched on when the motor stops.
Special motors shall be of manufacturer's standard.
8-688
Motors, unless otherwise specified, shall be of drip proof type (IP 23) in general, and under
engine room floor shall be of totally enclosed type (IP 44).
Motors located on open deck shall be of water proof type (IP 56).
Motors located within the hazardous area shall be explosion-proof and intrinsically safe type.
3) Insulation
Generally, motor windings shall be designed and constructed as class B or F insulation
according to motor size.
4) Bearing
All motors shall be provided with ball bearing of JIS standard or manufacturer's standard.
Pre-lubricated sealed type bearing shall be used as far as practicable depending on
5) Lubrication
Lubrication of all ball bearings except sealed type shall be by means of JIS B1575 A-type
PT-1/8" grease nipple.
6) Terminal box
Motors shall be provided with water-proof terminal box of cast iron or steel plate
construction with cable gland.
7) Others
Interior painting colour shall be according to manufacturer's standard.
Identification name plate shall be provided on each motor.
Starter and control equipment 1) General
a) Starting system
8-689
2) Enclosure
All controls shall be of magnetic type except that starters for non-essential motors of
0.4KW rating and less may be manually operated.
All controls shall be across-the-line starting type.
If excessively large starting current of the large motor causes more than 15% variation of
the generator's rated voltage, the control for the large motor shall be reduced voltage
starting type.
Motor control shall be locally operated by non-watertight push-button mounted on the
starter door when motor is in sight of the starter.
Where the starter is located at a distance (out of sight of the motor), a local start and stop
master switch with locking device on "off position shall be provided near the motor
except for ventilation fan motors.
Reduced voltage starting system shall be provided for following equipment
which are fed by the emergency generator.
1 - Steering gear motor
1 - E/R vent fan
1 - Emergency fire pump
b) Construction
In general, starters of motors in the engine room shall be assembled in group starter
panels as far as practicable and the ones for essential auxiliaries shall be assembled in
group starter panel which is located in the main switchboard, and the other ones 'shall be
assembled in several group starter panels according to their location and/or purpose and
located near the respective motors arranged on bulkhead or floor.
Starter for each motor shall be built into drip-proof enclosed steel cubicle with hinged
door.
The group starter panel in engine control room shall contain starters for main air
compressor, ballast pump, pumps for main & aux. sea water service, fresh water, lub. oil,
fuel oil and transfer service, E/R ventilation fans and fire pump, etc.
c) Under Voltage Feature
8-690
All controls except for non-essential motors of 0.4 KW rating and less shall be provided
with under voltage protection or release features.
d) Over current protection
An over current relay of thermal type with two current elements shall be provided for each
starter and shall be calibrated for ambient temperature of4C.
e) Potential of Control Circuit
The control voltage of starter, in general, shall be 220V. 2) Starter
panel
The starter panels shall be of drip-proof type, wall mounted or floor mounted type.
Motor starters shall have laminated schematic and elementary wiring diagrams inside each
starter.
Starters shall be provided with the following components, but not limited to :
- Disconnecting switch or breaker with white source lamp

- Magnetic contactor
- Start/stop push button
- "Running" indicating lamp (Green)
- Ammeter (above 30KW and for vital pumps)
- Switch for control mode manual/auto, if necessary.
- Transformer for control circuit 440/220V.
- Thermal motor protection or overload protection relays operating on 2 phases
- Stand-by indicating lamp for duplicated vital pump if applicable.
- Running hour meter for group starter panel in engine control room
(Approximately 50 ea of running hourmeter at the local side)
3) Emergency stop switch
In order to prevent the spread of fire, emergency stop switch shall be provided as follows and
as per rule requirement.
a) From engine room entrance
8-691
2) Enclosure
- All vent, fans in the engine room
- All F.O. and D.O. pumps in the engine room

b) From bridge console
- Air cond. unit fan

- Vent, fan motor for all accommodation space
4) Special control function
a) Turning gear
Turning gear shall be controlled remotely by a portable push button box with 15 meter
flexible cable and receptacles shall be fitted, each one at upper floor and lower floor in
the engine room.
b) Steering gear
Steering gear motors shall be operated in steering gear room and wheelhouse and
following devices shall be provided in the wheelhouse and ECR.
8-692
2 - control power failure alarm 2 - Motor

running indicating lamps 2 - Motor over load
alarm 2 - Hyd. oil tank low level 2 - Motor
phase failure alarm 2 - Motor no voltage alarm 2
- Hydraulic locking alarm
c) Emergency stop switch for bilge and sludge pump shall be installed on
upper deck both side.
467
Emergency stop switch shall be provided in a convenient station for sea water
discharging pumps whose overboard discharge outlet is above the light load line and whose
discharge outlet is located beneath the lifeboat launching area.
468
Emergency stop switch shall be provided for cargo pumps at each manifold, at CCR and
engine room side.
8-693
85
ELECTRIC LIGHTING
850
General
The Vessel shall be adequately lighted with fixtures suitable for marine use.
The emergency lighting shall be fitted at stairs, exits, passageways, boat stations,
wheelhouse, chart space and machinery spaces normally fed from 220 volt section of
emergency switchboard on failure of main supply.
Machinery space light shall be so arranged/supplied that the failure of any one branch
circuit may not cause any space to be entirely dark.
In general, fixtures and fittings shall be arranged for flush or surface mounted and shall
be of the following type depending upon their location.
1) Water proof type
469
Non water proof type
470
Spaces exposed to the weather, refrigerated

provision chambers, galley, laundry, drying room pantry,
sanitary spaces, etc.
Living quarters, wheelhouse, offices, etc.
Drip-proof type Machinery spaces, stores and other
locations
exposed to vapor or moisture.
4) Exp-proof type
Battery room, paint, lamp store and other hazardous

area.
5) Sodium of water proof type shall be used for projectors and deck flood lights.
Lamps shall be controlled by switches fitted at convenient place independently or
properly grouped.
Lighting shall be arranged so as to obtain as a minimum the average illumination level
for accommodation and machinery space.
Fixture and fitting shall be generally constructed to meet IEC Standard type
(European Standard type).
8-694
Lamp bulbs and lamp holders shall be as follows :
8-695
Lamp bulb
Lamp holder
8-696
Incandescent lamp
24V lamp up to 20W 24V

lamp above 20W 220V
lamp up to 200W 220V
lamp above 300W
B-15
B-22 E26 E-39
Fluorescent lamp
220V lamp of 10W

220V lamp of20W
220V lamp of40W
Glow lamp
G-13
G-13
G-13 P21
Projector or deck
flood light
Pilot lamp
E-39
24V, 18V, 2W
8-697
E-12
Ceiling light
1) Fluorescent ceiling light (20W, 40W)
471
Flush mounted type fluorescent light with plastic cover shall be fitted in
wheelhouse, chart space, engine control room public spaces, inner passage and
cabins.
472
Fluorescent light with polycarbonate globe shall be fitted in galley,

laundry, engine room, steering gear room, outside passages and other machinery
spaces.
2) Incandescent ceiling light (40W - 200W)

Incandescent ceiling light shall be fitted in stores, lockers, engine room (bilge and
instrument light), lavatory, and refrigerated chamber.
1) Desk light
10W fluorescent desk light, bulkhead mounting type shall be fitted on each writting
desk in cabin.
10W fluorescent light, table stand type shall be provided on writing table in Captain
class cabins.
2) Bed light
One (1) 10W fluorescent bed light with switch shall be fitted over or on the side of
each bed head.
3) Mirror light
One (1) 10W fluorescent mirror light with shaver socket shall be fitted over each
mirror in private lavatory.
This mirror light shall be assembled into the toilet cabinet.
4) Chart table light
Two (2) 60W incandescent chart table light with angle poise and dimmer switch shall
be fitted on chart table in chart space.
5) Engine room flood light
Two (2) 400W flood lights of sodium type shall be fitted to illuminate the main engine
top floor.
8-698
6) Exp-proof light (60W)

Explosion proof ceiling light of incandescent shall be fitted in battery room, paint and lamp
store, and other hazardous area.
These lights shall be controlled by switches located outside of these spaces.
7) Hand lamp (60 W)
5 - Water-tight type with 15m cord
5 - Non-water-tight type with 15m cord
8) Instrument light
Instrument light shall be fitted in magnetic compass, revolution indicator, rudder angle
indicator, telegraph and other nautical instruments in wheelhouse.
Instrument light for magnetic compass shall be fed from D.C. 24V.
9) Flood light
473
Four (4) 400W projector of sodium lamp type shall be fitted on forward end of
navigation bridge deck.
474
Two (2) 400W projector of sodium lamp type shall be fitted for aft mooring
working space.
475
Two (2) 400W projector of sodium lamp type shall be fitted on aft part of
foremast.
476
Two (2) 400W projector of sodium lamp type shall be fitted on foremast for
windlass working.
477
Each four (4) 400W projector Of sodium lamp type shall be fitted on lighting
post of upper deck port and starboard.
Two (2) 300W projector of water-proof incandescent type shall be fitted on suitable place
for funnel mark illumination.
11)
Ship name board light

Each three (3) 100W projector of water proof incandescent type shall be fitted on each ship
8-699
6) Exp-proof light (60W)

name board.
12)
Life boat launching light

Two (2) boat deck lights of 500W incandescent lamp shall be provided and fed from the
emergency A.C. 220V source.
13)
Life boat preparation light

Two (2) 75W sealed beam type light shall be fed from em'cy D.C. 24V feeder and shall be
fitted near lift boat.
14)
Accommodation ladder light

Each one (1) 300W incandescent lamp shall be provided at both side of upper deck for
illuminating the accommodation ladder and pilot ladder.
8-700

Following navigation light and signal light shall be provided.
1) Navigation light and indicating panel
Duplicate lamp type electric navigation light according to the Regulation, i.e two (2) mast
lights, one (1) pair of side light, one (1) stern light shall be arranged, and navigation light
indicating panel shall be installed in wheelhouse. And mimic navigation light indicator with
alarm bell or buzzer and lamp showing any accident or abnormality on navigation light shall
be equipped in wheelhouse.
Navigation light indicating panel shall be fed from main source and emergency source.
One shall be fed directly from 220V feeder on main switchboard and the other from 220V
feeder on emergency switchboard.
2) Anchor light
Each one(l) 40 W anchor light (duplicate lamp type) shall be fitted on fore and aft of the
Vessel and control switches shall be provided on navigation light indicating panel and shall
be fed from A.C. 220V.
3) Not under command (NUC) light
Two (2) 60W red light shall be fitted on radar mast.

Light shall be fed from A.C. 220V and control switch shall be provided on Suez Canal
Signal light control panel.
One (1) set of morse signal lamp (20W x 4) shall be fitted on radar mast and three (3) morse
keys shall be provided.
One (1) morse key in wheelhouse front and each one (1) morse key on both bridge wing shall
be fitted (A.C. 220V).
This morse lamp shall be inter-connected with horn signal.
5) Daylight signal lamp (Portable type)
One (1) set of signal lamp (60W) shall be equipped, and can be operated on bridge wing and
in the wheelhouse front wall.
8-701

This lamp shall be fed from D.C. 24V and shall also be provided with D.C. 24V battery and
battery charger.
6) Suez canal signal light
One (1) set of 40W Suez Canal signal light shall be fitted on radar mast and stern.
The control panel of mimic diagram type shall be provided in wheelhouse (A.C. 220V).
a) Radar Mast (Fixed type)
Red light
4
White light 4 Green light
2
b) Stern (Fixed type)
Red light.
1
8-702
7) Suez canal search light

Suez canal search light shall be supplied by the Builder, source line of A.C. 220V,
3KW capacity and a receptacle with switch shall be provided on forecastle deck.
Suitable storage space and basement shall be provided in forward bosun store.
Two (2) 1,000 W search light swivel mounting type shall be provided, one each at
navigation bridge wing.
8) Steering light
One (1) steering light (40W) shall be fitted on after part of foremast and shall be
controlled with dimmer from wheelhouse (A.C. 220V).
855
Emergency light
Emergency lighting shall be fully incorporated in normal lighting system, i.e. same
lighting fixture shall be used.
Emergency lighting shall be provided throughout the vessel to furnish illumination for
guiding the personnel to lifeboats and to permit the performance of essential operations
and observations.
Each alleyway and all stairs shall have an emergency light.
These light fittings shall be marked with red label.
These lights shall be fed from lighting distribution panels connected to the emergency
switchboard.
Emergency light shall be fitted as follows :
Wheelhouse. Chart
space. Engine control
room. Cargo control
room. Radio space.
Mess room. Galley.
Hospital.
8-703
8) Following light shall be controlled from wheelhouse.

Inner passage of living quarter. Outside
passage of living quarter. Engine room.
Steering gear room. Emergency fire pump
space.
One (1) D.C. 24V lamp shall be fitted in radio space and supplied from the radio battery.
Switch and receptacle
478
Switches fitted in cabins, public rooms, inner passages, lockers and similar spaces shall
be of non-watertight type and ones fitted in other places shall be of watertight synthetic resin
type.
479
Switches fitted in cabins, public rooms and offices shall be of flush mounting type except
where un-applicable and those in other spaces shall be of surface mounting type.
480
Passage light and machinery space light, in general, shall be divided into suitable group
and controlled by branch circuit breaker in lighting distribution board.
481
Switch for bed and desk lamp shall be built in its own fixture.
482
Switches fitted on exposed space on the upper deck shall be protected with a synthetic
resin box from mechanical damage.
483
Switch of lightings connected to the ship's service system, in general, shall be located at
inside of each entrance.
484
Switches for explosion-proof lights shall be of double pole type and shall be provided
with a key for maintenance
4 - 400W flood light of navigation bridge deck.
2 - 400W flood light of aft mooring working space.
2 - 400W flood light of foremast aft.
2 - 400W flood light of foremast fore.
2 - 300W funnel light.
2 - 500W life boat light.
6 - 100W ship name board light.
8 - 400W upper deck flood light.
2 - 75 W life boat preparation light.
9) Receptacle
8-704
485
Receptacles, in general, shall be of synthetic resin three pole type, one pole of which to
serve as earth connection of frame of portable appliance.
486
Receptacle built-in lighting fixtures shall be of two pole type.
487
Receptacle fitted on exposed space on the upper deck shall be protected with box of
synthetic resin from mechanical damage.
488
Suitable number of receptacles shall be provided inside the main passages, these
receptacles are for using an electric cleaner or a small electric appliance at 220 volts.
489
Two receptacles shall be fitted in each cabin including public room. Bed room
shall have one receptacle.
490
Two receptacles shall be fitted in each day room and office.
491
Four receptacles shall be fitted in each officer's smoking room and crew's smoking room
for TV and stereo cassette.
h) An additional receptacle shall be provided for refrigerator, if any.

INTERIOR COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
Telephone equipment
1) Auto-exchange telephone
One(l) set of automatic exchange telephone system shall be provided as follows :
The system shall be supplied from the A.C. 220V, 1 phase and in the event of A.C. power
failure operates on D.C. 24V.
Each circuit shall be connected with one (1) telephone except where otherwise specified.
a) Exchanger
Auto, telephone exchanger of electronic type, fifty (50) lines, capable of three (3)
simultaneous talking with a means for announcement through public address system from
the telephone shall be provided.
Interrupt calling system shall be adopted for the telephone in wheelhouse, engine control
8-705
8) Following light shall be controlled from wheelhouse.

room, captain and chief eng. room.
b) Subscribers
Push button type telephone shall be provided as follows : 1 Wheelhouse
#1 - Captain's day room, bed room
#1 - Chief engineer's day room, bed room
#1 - Senior class officer's day room and bed room
1 - Engine control room
#1 - Senior class engineer's day room and bed room
2 - Junior class officer's room
2 - Junior class engineer's room 6 - Petty
class room 1 - Officer's smoking room 1 Crew's smoking room 1 - Cargo control
room 12 - Crew's room
8-706
2) Common battery telephone (D.C 24V)

1 - Pilot
1 - Hospital
1 - Air con. room
1 - Engine room
1 - Near boiler
1 - Em'cy gen. room
1 - Galley
1 - Steering gear room 1 - Duty mess room 1
- Officer's mess room 1 - Crew's mess room
1 - Ship's office 1 - Conference room
# Mark telephone line shall be connected in parallel connection.
Telephones in the engine room and engine control room are connected in parallel and
connected to the light signal column in engine room in addition to normal acoustic signal.
Locations may be changed according to the Buyer's advice.
LAN cable
LAN cable (Eather net) shall be installed as follows.
1 - Bridge (radio space) 1 - Ship's office 1 ECR
1 - Captain's day room
1 - Chief engineer's day room
8-707
Selective ringing, common talking telephone system shall be installed at the following
stations.
Type Console
No.
Location
492
Wheelhouse
mounting Console
493
Engine control room
mounting
3.
Engine side
Steering gear room.

Wall mounting with
auxiliary receiver.
4.
8-708
Remarks
Wall mounting
To be housed in half
height Telephone
booth.
5.
Cargo control room
Console mounting.
8-709
862 Public addresser and general emergency alarm

One (1) complete set of public addresser combined with talk-back for deck announcing
system, general emergency alarm and one (1) paging device shall be installed as follows :
Entertainment sound system shall automatically be turned off when the general
emergency alarm system in activated.
1) Main equipment
2 - Amplifier 200W with cassette recorder and talk back system in radio space
494 - Control panel in wheelhouse
495 - Signal generator of general emergency alarm
2) Remote control panel
Each one (1) set of remote control panel shall be installed in wheelhouse and cargo
control room.
3) Microphone (talk back system)
1 - On amplifier (with curl cord).
1 - For forecastle deck (with 15m cord), portable.
1 - For upper deck aft (with 15m cord), portable.
1 - For both side of wheelhouse wing (with 15m cord), portable.
Each one (1) microphone comiection receptacle shall be fitted on both wing of
navigation bridge deck.
Each one (1) microphone and speaker connection box shall be fitted in forecastle
deck, aft mooring station on upper deck.
4) Speaker
1 - 50W tumable from wheelhouse on compass deck.
Public addressor for E/R shall be integrated with signal light column
2 - 10W on navigation bridge deck wing. 1 10W near the life boat area
1 - 5W in steering gear room 1 - 5W in galley 1 - 5W em'cy generator
room 1 - 5W fire control station each 1 - 15W with 10m cord on
forecastle deck, upper deck aft.
8-710

Each cabin room 2W cabin speaker as follows :
Engine control room
Cargo control room
Crew's smoking room
Ship's office
Officer's mess room
Duty mess room
Crew's mess room
Conference room
Public toilet 9 - 2W passage speaker as
follows :
Upper deck passage (2)
"A" deck passage (1)
"B" deck passage (2)
"C" deck passage (2)
"A" deck stairway (1)
"C" deck stairway (1)
Each one (1) push button for general emergency alarm shall be installed in wheelhouse and
fire control station.
Calling signal system
1) For patrol man calling alarm (DC 24V)
Following shall be provided for calling engine crew patrolling in engine room.
1 - Call button on engine control console

Alarm system shall be incorporated with machinery alarm in engine room and calling autotelephone in engine room shall be activated by call button for calling patrol man.
2) For engine officers (D.C. 24V)
The system shall be incorporated into entention alarm system.
1 - Call button on engine control console 1 - Selector

switch on engine control console
4 - Calling alarm panel, each one in engineer's cabins and officer's smoking room.
3) Locked-in alarm
Each one (1) switch shall be provided in refrigerated provision chamber and each one (1)
alarm bell with indicating lamp shall be provided in galley, Cargo Control Room and bridge
control console (alarm buzzer with indicating lamp).
8-711
1 - Portable push button at each bed in hospital Each 1 Buzzer in Cargo Control Room and wheelhouse
5) For engine room alarms
Ten (10) light signal columns shall be provided for engine room and steering gear
room alarm system.
Each light signal column shall have one (1) electric horn, one (1) siren, one (1) yellow
rotating light and one (1) red rotating light.
Total six (6) section shall be provided for each light signal column as follows.
- General alarm section

- Fire alarm section
- Foam release alarm section
- Engine room machinery alarm section
- Telephone call section
- E/R dead man alarm section
864 Engine Order Telegraph
One (1) set of engine order telegraph system shall be provided as follows :
1 - Transmitter in bridge console
1 - Receiver with reply on the engine control console
1 - Receiver with reply (manufacturer's standard type) near the main engine
emergency maneuvering station 1 Buzzer on the bridge console 1 - Bell on
the engine control console
1 - Gong near the main engine emergency maneuvering station 1 Telegraph logger on bridge control console
The engine telegraph has following divisions (As per manufacturer's standard).
Ahead
Astern
Full/Half/Slow/Dead slow
Stop
Dead slow/Slow/Half/Full
8-712
In addition to the engine telegraph, each one (1) set of lamp illuminated sub-telegraph having the
following divisions shall be provided on the engine control console and bridge control console :
Finished with engine Stand-by At sea.
Fire alarm, and Foam alarm
1) Fire alarm (Addressable type)

Fire alarm system shall be provided as follows :
For the engine room, engine control room and steering gear room, the light signal columns
shall be used for the alarm device.
Fire alarm system shall be installed for supervision of fire in engine room, engine control
room and passage in accommodation spaces.
Fire and general alarm sound shall be distinguished separately.
The control panel shall be installed in the wheelhouse.
Smoke type of fire detector shall be installed in engine room, passage in accommodation,
each cabin, public space, steering gear room, paint locker and forecastle store, and
temperature detectors shall be installed in work shop engine control room and galley and
manual alarm switch shall be installed in wheelhouse, engine control room and inner
passages of accommodation.
Valve switches for release shall be provided in gas bottle room and alarm system shall
be used commonly with light signal column.
866
Quartz crystal clock

One (1) set of quartz crystal clock shall be installed as follows :
496
497
One (1) master clock with slave clock control panel in chart space.
Two (2) slave clocks with three (3) hands in engine control room and
wheelhouse.
498
Twenty-/ive (25) slave clocks with two (2) hands :
8-713
2) Foam flood alarm
- Captain's day room

- Chief engineer's day room
- Galley
- Officer's smoking room
- Crew's smoking room
- Senior class officer's day room
- Senior class engineer's day room
- Junior class engineer's room
- Junior class officer's room
- Petty class room
- Hospital
- Cargo control room
- Ship's office
- Duty mess room
- Officer's mess room
- Crew's mess room
- Pilot room
- Conference room
1 decorative type
1 decorative type
1
1 decorative type
1 decorative type
1
2
2
6
1
1 (three hands)
1
1
1
1
1
1
8-714
2) Foam flood alarm
This system shall be fed from A.C. 220V, D.C 24V.
8-715
867
Bridge console
One (1) set of navigation bridge console shall be installed in wheelhouse and shall be fed
from A.C. 220V/D.C. 24V.
(Detailed specification - Refer to "Sec. 723 specification").
868

One (1) set of gauge board shall be installed on the upper part of the wheelhouse front
wall center.
The gauge board shall consist of following devices :
- Shaft revolution indicator.

- Wind direction and speed indicator.
- Crystal clock.
- Speed indicator
869
Main engine revolution indicator and rudder angle indicator

1) Main engine revolution indicator
Main engine revolution indicator system shall be installed. The major
components of the system shall be provided as follows : 1 - Transmitter
1 - Indicator of flush type with an illumination light on wheelhouse front wall and a
dimmer switch, each 1 - Indicator with an illumination light and a dimmer switch at both
side of
wheelhouse door outside, each 1 - Indicator of flush type and counter on the engine
control console. 1 - Indicator at the main engine emergency stand at main engine side. 1 Indicator for chief engineer's day room.
8-716
2) Rudder angle indicator

A rudder angle indicator system of selsyn motor type shall be provided as follows :
1 - Transmitter connected to the rudder stock by lever in steering gear room. 1 - Panorama type
indicator with illumination and dimmer in wheelhouse. each 1 - Bulkhead mounting type
indicator with illumination and dimmer at both side of wheelhouse door outside. 1 - Flush
mounting type indicator on the engine control console. 1 - Bulkhead mounting type indicator in
steering gear room.
This system shall be fed from A.C. 220V.
87
NAUTICAL INSTRUMENT 871
Radar
Following two (2) sets of radar shall be installed and fed from A.C. 440V or 220V.
1) One (1) complete set of "S" band radar (daylight color type) with true motion
and combined with ARPA.
Display unit in wheelhouse :
Dia. of scope
: 16 inches (PPI)
Peak power
: 30 KW
Scanner on radar mast : 12 feet slotted type

Performance monitor
One (1) interswitch shall be provided.
2) One (1) complete set of "X" band radar (daylight color type) with relative
motion and combined with ARPA.
Display unit in wheelhouse :
Dia. of scope
: 16 inches (PPI)
Peak power
: 25 KW
Scanner on radar mast : 7 - 9 feet slotted type

8-717
2) Rudder angle indicator

Performance monitor
Detail particulars shall be in accordance with maker's standard.
8-718
872
Magnetic compass
One (1) set of reflector type standard compass shall be installed on the compass bridge
deck to take the bearings by the reflecting mirror in the whelhouse.
The illumination lamp shall be provided and supplied from the D.C. 24V.
One (1) azimuth circle and three (3) shadow pins shall be provided.
One (1) set of spare bowl with wooden box shall be provided.
One (1) off-course alarm
873
Gyro compass & auto pilot

One (1) complete set of gyro compass combined with auto pilot shall be installed as
follows :
1 - Master compass in wheelhouse
1 - Course recorder in chart space.
Gyro repeater shall be fitted on following stations :
1 - Front wall center line in wheelhouse.
Eachl - Bridge wing, port & starboard.
1 - Repeater of tilting bracket type in steering gear room. 1 Set of azimuth mirror and azimuth circle.
Repeater signal shall be connected to radars.
One (1) complete set of auto pilot shall be installed as follows :
499
500
- Auto pilot stand combined with gyro master compass in wheelhouse.
- Power unit in steering gear room.

2 - Repeat back unit in steering gear room. 1 Off course alarm.
The pilot stand shall be fitted with a follow-up control wheel and a non-follow-up control
handle.
Detail particulars shall be in accordance with manufacturer's standard.
8-719
Speed log, echo sounder and navigator 1)

Doppler speed log
One (1) set of doppler speed log (single axis) shall be installed as follows :
1 - Main unit with speed and distance indicator in chart space
1 - Transducer at bottom of vessel
1 - Speed indicator on wheelhouse gauge board
I - Speed indicator on E. C. C.
1 - Necessary accessory
Speed signal circuit shall be prepared and connected to ARPA radar, ODME, Autopilot.
Detail particulars shall be in accordance with manufacturer's standard. This
system shall be fed from A.C. 220V.
2) Echo sounder
One (1) set of echo sounder shall be installed as follows :
1 - Depth recorder in wheelhouse
1 - Transducer at bottom of the Vessel
1 - Digital repeater on wheelhouse gauge board (Buyer's supply) 1Individual dimmer for wheelhouse gauge board (Buyer's supply) 1Digital repeater on cargo control console
The oscillation frequency shall be of 200 KHz.
3) Navigator
. Two (2) sets of differential G.P.S. (global positioning system) navigator shall be
provided. Each 1 - Receiver Each 1 - Antenna
Each one output signal shall be transmitted via signal change over switch to
Radars and -C, MF/HF DSC and VHF DSC
8-55
875

One (1) set of weather facsimile recorder shall be provided in chart space.
1 - Recorder incorporating receiver. 1 Antenna on compass bridge deck.
876
Anemometer and anemoscope and whistle

1) One (1) set of anemometer and anemoscope shall be installed as follows :
1 - Vane type transmitter on radar mast. Each 1 - Wind direction and speed indicator with
illumination on wheelhouse gauge board.
Each 1 - Wind direction and speed indicator in CCR.
2) Whistle
Whistles with control system shall be provided as follows ;
1 - Air horn on the radar mast 1 Electric horn on the foremast
501
- Signal controller in wheelhouse
502
- Each one(l) push button at bridge wing.
The manoeuvring light and whistle shall be able to be controlled synchronously by
the signal controller.
1) Voyage Data Recorder shall be provided as follows ;
1 - Data acquisition unit 1 Recording control unit 1 Protective capsule
The following historical data shall be stored for a period of twelve (12) hours and the
latest data shall be continuously updated.
Recording data shall be connected to data acquisition and recording control
unit interface as follows.
1 - Data and time
1 - Ship's position
8-721
875

1 - Speed
1 - Heading
1 - Bridge audio
1 - Communication audio (VHF)
1 - Radar data
1 - Depth
1 - Main alarms
1 - Rudder order/response
1 - Engine order/response
1 - Wind speed and direction
2) AIS (Automatic Identification System)
One (1) set of AIS shall be installed for automatic providing/receiving the ship's
information which ship-to-shore mode and ship to ship mode.
AIS shall be provided as follows.
1 Transponder unit with a VHF transceiver and a control processor
1 - Interface unit
1 - Controller (LCD type)
Ship's position, ship's speed and heading shall be connected to interface unit for AIS.
8-722
88
RADIO EQUIPMENT
880
General
The following equipments shall be provided according to SOLAS 1988 amendments for
GMDSS (Global Maritime Distress and Safety System), for A3 area with duplication of
equipment.
Radio license shall be prepared by buyer.
Power source for equipment shall be A.C. 440V or 220V and fed from the emergency
switchboard.
One (1) set of radio battery shall be provided.
881
Radio equipment
1) Radio
Radio equipment shall consist of the following units :
1 - MF/HF (400W) main transmitter with SSB.
1 - MF/HF receiver.
1 - MF/HF with DSC controller
1 - DSC watch receiver
1 - Battery charger for radio emergency battery. 1
- Antenna tuner.
503 - Self supporting type antenna.
504 - Whip antenna.
1 - Battery operated 3 hand clock
1 - Accessories.
8-723
2) VHF radio telephone

Two (2) sets of international V.H.F. radio telephone system shall be provided as follows:
l - N o . l VHF with DSC in wheelhouse Each 1 No. 2 VHF with DSC in radio space
1 - No. 3 VHF in radio space and portable handsets with receptacle for on W/H
front
505
- Remote controller, cargo control room.
506
- Receptacle for handsets, each one at both bridge wing 1
- Portable handset for both bridge wing.
Each 2 - Antenna on the wheelhouse top.
3) Satellite communication system
a) Two (2) sets of standard-C type with EGC function shall be provided as
follows.
1 - Antenna on the radar mast. 1 - Control
unit. 1 - VDU with key board. 1 Teleprinter.
b) One (1) set of standard-F type without telex, shall be provided as follows.
1 - Radome antenna
1 - Mastercont unit
1 - Telephone (GMDSS console)
1 - Data facimile
5 - Remote telephone (captain's day room, cargo control room, hospital, conference
room, pilot room)
4) Portable VHF/UHF transceiver

a) Portable VHF transceiver (as per IMO/GMDSS)
3 - Portable transceiver with flexible antenna.
1 - Battery charger of 3 slots. (Shall be provided with primary batteries and secondary
batteries)
b) Portable UHF Transceiver
3 - Portable UHF Transceiver with flexible antenna. 1 - Battery
charger of 3 slots.
8-724
Satellite
5)
EPIRB
Satellite Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) shall be provided as

follows.
1 - satellite EPIRB float free type (406 MHZ).
6) Radar transponder
Two (2) sets of 9 GHZ radar transponder shall be provided.
7) NAVTEX receiver
One (1) set of Navtex receiver providing automatic printing of navigation and
meteorlogical warning broadcast on 518 KHZ shall be provided in chart space.
1 - Receiver
1 - Antenna
882
Broadcast/TV antenna
1 - Whip antenna for radio (AM/FM) 1 Omni-directional antennas for T.V. 1 Amplifier.
Each 1 - Outlet box with two (2) receptacle in public room and each cabin.
Receptacle for each cabin and public room shall be combined with outlet box for
broadcast antenna system.
883
Load master computer (Loading computer software shall be approved by Class

for intact stability)
One(l) set of on-line type load master computer with printer shall be provided with
following calculation functions in cargo control room.
- Deadweight
- Trim
- Aft draft and fore draft
- Drafts (aft and fore) correction due to difference of sea water density
- Shear force and bending moment at the prescribed frame points
- Maximum values of bending moment and shear forec
- Maximum GM according to IMO requirement
- GoM calculation for intact stability
- Display of tank condition : Each
tank level, temperature
Weight, volume and volume percent of each tank.
8-725
89
SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS

1) Measuring equipment
1 - DC 500V portable megger (100 Meg-ohm, transister type) 1 Portable AC voltmeter/ammeter
507 - Portable circuit tester
508 - Portable DC voltmeter (minus 2-0-plus 2V)
2 - Standard hydrometers (1.1-1.3)
2 - Thermometers (minus 20 C - plus 100C) 1 Beaker (1 lit.)
1 - Voltage detector (neon lamp type AC/DC 600V)
2) Tool
1 - Soldering iron (100W, AC 220V) with two spare heating elements 1 Soldering iron (40W, AC 220V) with two spare heating elements 1 - Pliers (20 cm)
1 - Nipper (15 cm) 1 - Adjustable spanner Each 3 - " + " and "-" screw driver, each
one of 5, 10 and 15 cm 1 - Jack knife
1 - Rubber glover (for 450 V) 1 - Set of tools
for battery consisting of: 1 - Funnel
1 - Electrolyte bucket
1 - Tool for fixing of terminals
Special tools for maintenance and overhauling for electric machines shall be supplied
in accordance with manufacturer's supplying standard.
8-726

B-16 Final Specifications

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

B-16 Final Specifications

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

PLAN HISTORY

055) 543 - 71B4 j________

DATE2006.02.07 DWG. NO.5B110P36CB

Materials and workmanship

Measurement unit and language

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE VESSEL

Deck height, camber and sheer

Capacities (100% volume)

POWERING AND SPEED

Daily fuel oil consumption of main engine

Specific fuel oil consumption of main engine

CLASSIFICATIONS, RULES AND

Rules and Regulations

PROPERTIES OF THE VESSEL

Lightweight and deadweight

Trim and stability

Noise and vibration

SUPERVISION, TESTING AND TRIALS

DELIVERY AND GUARANTEE

GENERAL HULL WORK

Material and scantling

Aft body construction

Rudder and assembly

Model ship tank test

Engine room construction

DECKHOUSE AND FUNNEL

Hull and house marking

Exposed area and hull outfitting

Steering gear room

Machinery and equipment

Cargo area construction

SHIP EQUIPMENT AND OUTFITTING

ANCHORING AND MOORING EQUIPMENT

LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES

FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

Complement and cabin

Joiner bulkhead and lining panel (wall panel)

DECK COVERING, INSULATION,

Ladder and rail in accommodation

FURNITURE AND FIXTURE

CATERING, LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT

Drinking water fountain

Laundry and drying equipment

WINDOW, SCUTTLE AND DOOR

General for window

General for door

Door type and size

PROVISION STORE AND

Dry provision store

Refrigerated provision chamber

VENTILATION AND AIR

Air conditioning system

Mechanical ventilation system

Duct and trunk

Natural ventilation system

Notice board and name plate

Picture and painting

CARGO OIL PUMPING SYSTEM

Cargo oil pump

Prime mover for cargo oil pump

CARGO OIL STRIPPING SYSTEM

Cargo oil stripping pump

Prime mover for ballast pump

Valves for water ballast system